Agenda packet — Victorville City Council, January 18, 2022 (part 3 of 11)

VICTORVILLE Northwest corner of Jargon Rd 92392 0405 ‐331‐18 Low Density Residential R ‐1, Low Density Reside 0 5 5.08 Vacant YES ‐ Current NO ‐ Privately‐Owned Pending Project Not Used in Prior Housing Element 0 0 122 122 VICTORVILLE Southeast corner of Seneca Rd 92392 3105 ‐271‐01 High Density Residential R ‐4, High Density Resid 0 20 8.51 Vacant YES ‐ Current NO ‐ Privately‐Owned Pending Project Not Used in Prior Housing Element 204 0 0 204 VICTORVILLE Northeast corner of Petaluma 92392 3105 ‐271‐02 High Density Residential R ‐4, High Density Resid 0 20 4.54 Vacant YES ‐ Current NO ‐ Privately‐Owned Pending Project Not Used in Prior Housing Element 109 0 0 109 VICTORVILLE Northeast corner of Petaluma 92392 3105 ‐271‐03 High Density Residential R ‐4, High Density Resid 0 20 4.34 Vacant YES ‐ Current NO ‐ Privately‐Owned Pending Project Not Used in Prior Housing Element 104 0 0 104 VICTORVILLE Northwest corner El Evado Rd 92392 3105 ‐271‐06 High Density Residential R ‐4, High Density Resid 0 20 4.2 Vacant YES ‐ Current NO ‐ Privately‐Owned Pending Project Not Used in Prior Housing Element 100 0 0 100 VICTORVILLE Northwest corner of Petaluma 92392 3105 ‐261‐03 High Density Residential R ‐4, High Density Resid 0 20 9.15 Vacant YES ‐ Current NO ‐ Privately‐Owned Pending Project Not Used in Prior Housing Element 219 0 0 219 VICTORVILLE Northeast corner of Paicoma R 92392 3105 ‐261‐05 High Density Residential R ‐4, High Density Resid 0 20 7.18 Vacant YES ‐ Current NO ‐ Privately‐Owned Pending Project Not Used in Prior Housing Element 172 0 0 172 VICTORVILLE Southwest corner of Seneca R 92392 3105 ‐261‐06 High Density Residential R ‐4, High Density Resid 0 20 8.6 Vacant YES ‐ Current NO ‐ Privately‐Owned Pending Project Not Used in Prior Housing Element 206 0 0 206 Table B: Candidate Sites Identified to be Rezoned to Accommodate Shortfall Housing Need, Table Starts in Cell Jurisdiction
Name Site Address/Intersection 5 Digit ZIP Code Assessor Parcel Number
Very Low-
Income Low-Income Moderate-
Income
VICTORVILLE East corner of Nuevo Rd & 5th St 92395 3091-331-02 0 0 0 VICTORVILLE East corner of Nuevo Rd & 5th St 92395 3091-331-01 VICTORVILLE East corner of Bear Valley Rd & 5th St 92395 3091-351-02 74 74 0 VICTORVILLE East corner of Bear Valley Rd & 5th St 92395 3091-351-03 VICTORVILLE East corner of Bear Valley Rd & 5th St 92395 3091-351-01 70 69 0 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-04 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-05 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-06 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-07 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-08 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-09 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-10 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-11 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-12 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-13 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-14 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-15 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-16 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-17 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-18 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-19 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-20 VICTORVILLE West corner of Bear Valley Rd & 2nd Ave 92395 3091-221-21 VICTORVILLE East corner of 2nd Ave & Jasmine St 92395 3091-361-04 0 0 0 VICTORVILLE West Corner of 1st Ave & Jasmine St 92395 3091-361-05 VICTORVILLE Palmdale Rd, between US-395 and Bellflower St 92392 3103-491-05 80 80 80 VICTORVILLE Palmdale Rd, between US-395 and Bellflower St 92392 3103-491-02 77 77 76 VICTORVILLE 11695 PALMDALE RD 92392 3103-491-03 75 75 74 VICTORVILLE 11715 PALMDALE RD 92301 3103-531-01 16 16 14 VICTORVILLE Palmdale Rd, between US-395 and Bellflower St 92301 3103-531-02 29 29 29 VICTORVILLE Palmdale Rd, between US-395 and Bellflower St 92301 3103-531-03 15 15 14 VICTORVILLE Palmdale Rd, between US-395 and Bellflower St 92301 3103-531-04 15 15 13 VICTORVILLE Palmdale Rd, between US-395 and Bellflower St 92301 3103-531-05 30 30 29 VICTORVILLE Palmdale Rd, between US-395 and Bellflower St 92301 3103-531-06 VICTORVILLE Palmdale Rd, between US-395 and Bellflower St 92301 3103-531-07 30 30 28 VICTORVILLE Palmdale Rd, between US-395 and Bellflower St 92301 3103-531-08 VICTORVILLE Palmdale Rd, between US-395 and Bellflower St 92301 3103-531-09 15 15 13 VICTORVILLE Southwest corner of Palmdale Rd & Topaz Rd 92392 3105-171-01 80 80 80 VICTORVILLE Southeast corner of Palmdale Rd & Topaz Rd 92392 3103-611-08 39 39 37 VICTORVILLE Southeast corner of Palmdale Rd & Topaz Rd 92392 3103-611-05 38 38 38 VICTORVILLE Southeast corner of Amethyst Rd & Sierra Rd 92392 3072-211-14 23 0 23 VICTORVILLE Southeast corner of Amethyst Rd & Sierra Rd 92392 3072-211-15 55 0 55 VICTORVILLE Southeast corner of Amethyst Rd & Bear Valley R d 92392 3072-211-04 35 0 35
VICTORVILLE Southwest corner of Shooting Star Dr & Bear Valle 92392 3072-211-11 70 0 70 VICTORVILLE Southeast corner of Shooting Star Dr & Bear Valle y 92392 3072-211-12 48 48 48
VICTORVILLE Southeast corner of Shooting Star Dr & Bear Valley 92392 3072-221-16 80 80 80 VICTORVILLE Southeast corner of Seneca Rd & US-395 92392 3103-551-04 120 40 80 VICTORVILLE Nort of Far Hills Ln 92392 3103-531-10 239 0 0 VICTORVILLE Southwest corner of Seneca Rd & Mesa Linda Av e 92392 3103-551-05 120 120 0
VICTORVILLE Southwest corner of Jargon Rd & Mesa St 92392 0405-331-03 0 0 122 VICTORVILLE 10883 JARGON RD 92392 0405-331-05 0 0 116
VICTORVILLE 10758 JARGON RD 92392 0405-331-06 0 0 122
VICTORVILLE Northwest corner of Jargon Rd & Mojave St 92394 0405-331-08 0 0 111 VICTORVILLE Northeast corner of Jargon Rd & Mojave St 92392 0405-331-09 0 0 0 VICTORVILLE Northeast corner of Jargon Rd & Mojave St 92392 0405-331-10 0 0 0 VICTORVILLE Northeast corner of Jargon Rd & Mojave St 92392 0405-331-11 0 0 0 VICTORVILLE 13290 SMOKE TREE RD 92392 0405-331-12 0 0 0 VICTORVILLE 13112 SMOKE TREE RD 92392 0405-331-17 0 0 0 VICTORVILLE Northwest corner of Jargon Rd & Mojave St 92392 0405-331-18 0 0 0 VICTORVILLE Southeast corner of Seneca Rd & Gateside Way 92392 3105-271-01 102 102 0 VICTORVILLE Northeast corner of Petaluma Rd & Begonia Rd 92392 3105-271-02 55 54 0 VICTORVILLE Northeast corner of Petaluma Rd & Begonia Rd 92392 3105-271-03 52 52 0 VICTORVILLE Northwest corner El Evado Rd & Begonia Rd 92392 3105-271-06 50 50 0 VICTORVILLE Northwest corner of Petaluma Rd & Begonia Rd 92392 3105-261-03 110 109 0 VICTORVILLE Northeast corner of Paicoma Rd & Begonia Rd 92392 3105-261-05 86 86 0 VICTORVILLE Southwest corner of Seneca Rd & Gateside Way 92392 3105-261-06 103 103 0 6 A2
Above
Moderate-
Income
Type of Shortfall Parcel Size
(Acres)
Current General Plan
Designation Current Zoning
Proposed
General Plan
(GP)
Designation
Proposed
Zoning
106 Shortfall of Sites 6.62 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 6.62 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 9.26 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 9.26 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 8.65 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 35.75 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 140 Shortfall of Sites 8.74 Office Professional C-A, Office Professio Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 8.74 Office Professional C-A, Office Professio Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 18.79 High Density Residential PUD, High Density R Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 9.59 High Density Residential PUD, High Density R Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 9.34 High Density Residential PUD, High Density R Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 1.94 High Density Residential PUD, High Density R Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 3.66 High Density Residential PUD, High Density R Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 1.87 High Density Residential PUD, High Density R Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 1.83 High Density Residential PUD, High Density R Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 3.72 High Density Residential PUD, High Density R Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 3.72 High Density Residential PUD, High Density R Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 3.67 High Density Residential PUD, High Density R Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use Shortfall of Sites 3.67 High Density Residential PUD, High Density R Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 1.79 High Density Residential PUD, High Density R Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 29.78 High Density Residential R-3, High Density Re High Density R R-4, High Density
0 Shortfall of Sites 4.81 High Density Residential R-3, High Density Re High Density R R-4, High Density 0 Shortfall of Sites 4.77 High Density Residential R-3, High Density Re High Density R R-4, High Density 21 Shortfall of Sites 4.17 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 53 Shortfall of Sites 10.16 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 34 Shortfall of Sites 8.65 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 68 Shortfall of Sites 21.57 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 14.99 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 39.61 Commercial C-2, Commercial Mixed Use M-2, Mixed Use 0 Shortfall of Sites 12.69 High Density Residential R-3, High Density Re High Density R R-4, High Density
0 Shortfall of Sites 9.97 High Density Residential R-3, High Density Re High Density R R-4, High Density 0 Shortfall of Sites 54.93 Low Density Residential R-1, Low Density Re sHigh Density R R-4, High Density 122 Shortfall of Sites 7.96 Low Density Residential R-1, Low Density Re sHigh Density R R-4, High Density 116 Shortfall of Sites 9.35 Low Density Residential R-1, Low Density Re sHigh Density R R-4, High Density 122 Shortfall of Sites 8.69 Low Density Residential R-1, Low Density Re sHigh Density R R-4, High Density 111 Shortfall of Sites 9.34 Low Density Residential R-1, Low Density Re sHigh Density R R-4, High Density 244 Shortfall of Sites 10.19 Low Density Residential R-1, Low Density Re sHigh Density R R-4, High Density 105 Shortfall of Sites 4.4 Low Density Residential R-1, Low Density Re sHigh Density R R-4, High Density 61 Shortfall of Sites 2.55 Low Density Residential R-1, Low Density Re sHigh Density R R-4, High Density 49 Shortfall of Sites 2.06 Low Density Residential R-1, Low Density Re sHigh Density R R-4, High Density 122 Shortfall of Sites 5.08 Low Density Residential R-1, Low Density Re sHigh Density R R-4, High Density 122 Shortfall of Sites 5.08 Low Density Residential R-1, Low Density Re sHigh Density R R-4, High Density 0 Shortfall of Sites 8.51 High Density Residential R-4, High Density Re High Density R R-4, High Density 0 Shortfall of Sites 4.54 High Density Residential R-4, High Density Re High Density R R-4, High Density 0 Shortfall of Sites 4.34 High Density Residential R-4, High Density Re High Density R R-4, High Density 0 Shortfall of Sites 4.2 High Density Residential R-4, High Density Re High Density R R-4, High Density 0 Shortfall of Sites 9.15 High Density Residential R-4, High Density Re High Density R R-4, High Density 0 Shortfall of Sites 7.18 High Density Residential R-4, High Density Re High Density R R-4, High Density 0 Shortfall of Sites 8.6 High Density Residential R-4, High Density Re High Density R R-4, High Density 7 Minimum
Density
Allowed
Maximum
Density Allowed Total Capacity Vacant/
Nonvacant
Description
of Existing
Uses
Optional
Information1
Optional
Information2
Optional
Information3
15 30 106 Vacant Vacant
15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 148 Vacant Vacant
15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 139 Vacant Vacant
15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated
site.
15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 140 Vacant Vacant
15 30 Vacant Vacant Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 240 Vacant Vacant M‐2 will allow higher density than current HDR. 15 30 230 Vacant Vacant M‐2 will allow higher density than current HDR.
15 30 224 Vacant Vacant M‐2 will allow higher density than current HDR. 15 30 46 Vacant Vacant M‐2 will allow higher density than current HDR. 15 30 87 Vacant Vacant M‐2 will allow higher density than current HDR. 15 30 44 Vacant Vacant M‐2 will allow higher density than current HDR. 15 30 43 Vacant Vacant M‐2 will allow higher density than current HDR. 15 30 89 Vacant Vacant M‐2 will allow higher density than current HDR. 15 30 Vacant Vacant M‐2 will allow hi Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 88 Vacant Vacant M‐2 will allow higher density than current HDR. 15 30 Vacant Vacant M‐2 will allow hi Units shown once for consolidated site. 15 30 43 Vacant Vacant M‐2 will allow higher density than current HDR. 20 30 240 Vacant Vacant New HDR will allow more density than current HDR. 20 30 115 Vacant Vacant New HDR will allow more density than current HDR. 20 30 114 Vacant Vacant New HDR will allow more density than current HDR. 15 30 67 Vacant Vacant
15 30 163 Vacant Vacant
15 30 104 Vacant Vacant
15 30 208 Vacant Vacant
15 30 144 Vacant Vacant
15 30 240 Vacant Vacant
20 30 240 Vacant Vacant New HDR will allow more density than current HDR. 20 30 239 Vacant Vacant New HDR will allow more density than current HDR. 20 30 240 Vacant Vacant
20 30 244 Vacant Vacant
20 30 232 Non-Vacant Farm
20 30 244 Non-Vacant Paved road
20 30 222 Vacant Vacant
20 30 244 Vacant Vacant
20 30 105 Vacant Vacant
20 30 61 Vacant Vacant
20 30 49 Vacant Vacant
20 30 122 Non-Vacant Single Family Residential, 1
20 30 122 Vacant Vacant
20 30 204 Vacant Vacant New HDR will allow more density than current HDR. 20 30 109 Vacant Vacant New HDR will allow more density than current HDR. 20 30 104 Vacant Vacant New HDR will allow more density than current HDR. 20 30 100 Vacant Vacant New HDR will allow more density than current HDR. 20 30 219 Vacant Vacant New HDR will allow more
density than current HDR.
20 30 172 Vacant Vacant New HDR will allow more density than current HDR. 20 30 206 Vacant Vacant New HDR will allow more density than current HDR. 8 Table C: Land Use, Table Starts in A2
Zoning Designation
(From Table A, Column G) General Land Uses Allowed
C‐2, Commercial General Commercial, Muni Code Sec. 16‐3.06 C‐A, Office Professional Administrative Professional Offices, Muni Code Sec. 16‐3.06 PUD, High Density Residential High Density Residential, Muni Code Sec. 16‐3.06 PUD, Medium Density Residential Medium Density Residential, Muni Code Sec. 16‐3.06 R‐1, Low Density Residential Single ‐Family Residential, Muni Code Sec. 16‐3.06 R‐1, Very Low Density Residential Single ‐Family Residential, Muni Code Sec. 16‐3.06 R‐3, High Density Residential High Density Residential, Muni Code Sec. 16‐3.06 R‐4, High Density Residential High Density Residential, Muni Code Sec. 16‐3.06 Specific Plan, Civic Commons Very High Density Residential, Civic Center Specific Plan Specific Plan, Civic Mixed Mixed Use & Very High Density Residential, Civic Center Specific Plan Specific Plan, Low Density Residential Low Density Residential, West Creek Specific Plan Specific Plan, Low Residential and Medium‐Low ResidentLow Density Residential, Vista Verde Specific Plan Specific Plan, Medium High Density Residential Medium Density Residential, West Creek Specific Plan Specific Plan, Medium‐Low Residential and Medium ResiMedium Density Residential, Talon Ranch Specific Plan Specific Plan, Mixed Use Retail Retail & High Density Residential, Old Town Specific Plan Specific Plan, Mixed Use Retail and Mixed Use Service Retail, Office, & High Density Residential, Old Town Specific Plan Specific Plan, Mixed Use Service Office & High Density Residential, Old Town Specific Plan Specific Plan, Residential Medium Density Medium Density Residential, Old Town Specific Plan Specific Plan, Residential Medium‐High Density High Density Residential, Old Town Specific Plan

This page intentionally left blank.

APPENDIX D – HOUSING AND COMMUNITY

DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT REVIEW

LETTERS
Draft Housing Element HCD Findings Letter
STATE OF CALIFORNIA - BUSINESS, CONSUMER SERVICES AND HOUSING AGENCY GAVIN NEWSOM, Governor

DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT

DIVISION OF HOUSING POLICY DEVELOPMENT
2020 W. El Camino Avenue, Suite 500
Sacramento, CA 95833
(916) 263-2911 / FAX (916) 263-7453
www.hcd.ca.gov

September 17, 2021

Scott Webb, City Planner
Development Department
City of Victorville
14343 Civic Drive
Victorville, CA 92393-5001

Dear Scott Webb:

RE: Review of City of Victorville’s 6th Cycle (2021-2029) Draft Housing Element

Thank you for submitting City of Victorville’s (City) draft housing element received for review on July 20, 2021. Pursuant to Government Code section 65585, subdivision (b), the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) is reporting the results of its review. In addition, HCD considered comments from Inland Equity Partnership pursuant to Government Code section 65585, subdivision (c).

The draft element addresses many statutory requirements; however, revisions will be necessary to comply with State Housing Element Law (Article 10.6 of the Gov. Code).

The enclosed Appendix describes the revisions needed to comply with State Housing Element Law.

To remain on an eight-year planning cycle, the City must adopt its housing element within 120 calendar days from the statutory due date of October 15, 2021 for Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) localities. If adopted after this date, Government Code section 65588, subdivision (e), paragraph (4), requires the housing element be revised every four years until adopting at least two consecutive revisions by the statutory deadline. For more information on housing element adoption requirements, please visit HCD’s website at: http://www.hcd.ca.gov/community- development/housing-element/housing-element-memos/docs/sb375_final100413.pdf.

Several federal, state, and regional funding programs consider housing element compliance as an eligibility or ranking criteria. For example, the CalTrans Senate Bill (SB) 1 Sustainable Communities grant; the Strategic Growth Council and HCD’s Affordable Housing and Sustainable Communities programs; and HCD’s Permanent Local Housing Allocation consider housing element compliance and/or annual reporting requirements pursuant to Government Code section 65400. With a compliant housing element, the City will meet housing element requirements for these and other funding sources.

Scott Webb, City Planner

Page 2 ends

HCD is committed to assisting Victorville in addressing all statutory requirements of State Housing Element Law and appreciates your efforts as well as consultants Irlanda Martinez, Hitta Mosesman and Dima Galkin provided in the preparation of your draft element. If you have any questions or need additional technical assistance, please contact Gerlinde Bernd at [email protected].

Sincerely,

Shannan West
Land Use & Planning Unit Chief

Enclosure

HCD Review of the City of Victorville’s 6th Cycle Housing Element Page 1 September 17, 2021

APPENDIX

CITY OF VICTORVILLE

The following changes are necessary to bring the City’s housing element into compliance with Article 10.6 of the Government Code. Accompanying each recommended change, we cite the supporting section of the Government Code.

Housing element technical assistance information is available on HCD’s website at http://www.hcd.ca.gov/community-development/housing-element/housing-element-memos.shtml.

Among other resources, the housing element section contains HCD’s latest technical assistance tool, Building Blocks for Effective Housing Elements (Building Blocks), available at http://www.hcd.ca.gov/community-development/building-blocks/index.shtml and includes the Government Code addressing State Housing Element Law and other resources.

A. Housing Needs, Resources, and Constraints

1. An analysis of population and employment trends and documentation of projections and a quantification of the locality’s existing and projected housing needs for all income levels, including extremely low-income households… (Gov. Code, § 65583, subd. (a)(1).)

Include an analysis and documentation of household characteristics, including level of payment compared to ability to pay, housing characteristics, including overcrowding, and housing stock condition. (Gov. Code, § 65583, subd. (a)(2).)

Extremely Low-Income Households (ELI): The element includes some basic information regarding extremely low-income (ELI) households such as the number of households and projected housing needs. However, given the unique and disproportionate needs of ELI households, the element must include analysis to better formulate policies and programs. For example, the element could analyze tenure, cost burden, overcrowding and other household characteristics then examine the availability of resources to determine gaps in housing needs. For additional information, see the Building Blocks at http://www.hcd.ca.gov/community-development/building-blocks/housing- needs/extremely-low-income-housing-needs.shtml.

Housing Conditions: The element identifies the age of the housing stock. However, it must include an estimate and analysis of the number of units in need of rehabilitation and replacement. For example, the analysis could include utilize information from the recent survey, estimates from a recent windshield survey or sampling, estimates from the code enforcement agency, or information from other organizations. For additional information, see the Building Blocks at http://www.hcd.ca.gov/community- development/building-blocks/housing-needs/housing-stock-characteristics.shtml.

2. Affirmatively further[ing] fair housing (AFFH) in accordance with Chapter 15 (commencing with Section 8899.50) of Division 1 of Title 2…shall include an assessment of fair housing in the jurisdiction. (Gov. Code, § 65583, subd. (c)(10)(A).)

HCD Review of the City of Victorville’s 6th Cycle Housing Element Page 2 September 17, 2021
Assessment of Fair Housing: While the element includes some maps and reporting of data on various components of the assessment of fair housing, it must also include analysis such as trends and characteristics.

Local Data and Knowledge: The element should incorporate local data and knowledge of the jurisdiction into the AFFH section. To assist in meeting this requirement, the element should provide local data not captured in regional, state, or federal data analysis.

Other Relevant Factors: The element must include other relevant factors that contribute to fair housing issues in the jurisdiction. For instance, the element can analyze historical land use and investment practices or other information and demographic trends.

Goals, Priorities, Metrics, and Milestones: The element must be revised to add or modify goals and actions based on the outcomes of a complete analysis. Goals and actions must specifically respond to the analysis and to the identified and prioritized contributing factors to fair housing issues and must be significant and meaningful enough to overcome identified patterns and trends. Actions must have metrics and milestones as appropriate and must address housing mobility enhancement, new housing choices and affordability in high opportunity areas, place-based strategies for community preservation and revitalization and displacement protection.

3. An inventory of land suitable and available for residential development, including vacant sites and sites having realistic and demonstrated potential for redevelopment during the planning period to meet the locality’s housing need for a designated income level, and an analysis of the relationship of zoning and public facilities and services to these sites. (Gov. Code, § 65583, subd. (a)(3).)

Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA) Progress: The City’s RHNA may be reduced by the number of new units built since July 1, 2021. The element indicates (p. 8-4) 63 units affordable to low-income households toward the RHNA but must also demonstrate the affordability of the units. Specifically, the element must assign these units based on actual or anticipated sales price or rent level of the units or other mechanisms ensuring affordability (e.g., deed-restrictions).

Realistic Capacity: The element (p. 8-6) mentions an assumption of 75 to 100 percent of maximum allowable densities to calculate residential capacity on identified sites based on an overview of proposed development densities. However, the element should include additional and clear supporting information on typical densities of existing or approved residential developments at a similar affordability level. For example, the element could clearly list other recent projects, the zone, acreage, built density, allowable density, level of affordability and presence of exceptions such as a density bonus.

Infrastructure: The element generally describes infrastructure and forecasts (p. 4-83) in the City. However, it must also demonstrate sufficient total water and sewer capacity (existing and planned) to accommodate the regional housing need in the planning period.

HCD Review of the City of Victorville’s 6th Cycle Housing Element Page 3 September 17, 2021

Replacement Housing Requirements: If the sites inventory identifies sites with existing residential uses, it must identify whether the current residential uses are affordable to lower-income households or describe whether the additional residential development on the site requires the demolition of the existing residential use. For nonvacant sites with existing, vacated, or demolished residential uses and occupied by, or subject to an affordability requirement for, lower-income households within the last five years there must be a replacement housing program for units affordable to lower-income households (Gov. Code, § 65583.2, subd. (g)(3)). Absent a replacement housing program, these sites are not adequate sites to accommodate lower-income households.

The replacement housing program has the same requirements as set forth in Government Code section 65915, subdivision (c), paragraph (3). The housing element must be revised to include such analysis and a program, if necessary.

Electronic Sites Inventory: For your information, pursuant to Government Code section 65583.3, the City must submit an electronic sites inventory with its adopted housing element. The City must utilize standards, forms, and definitions adopted by HCD.

Please see HCD’s housing element webpage at https://www.hcd.ca.gov/community- development/housing-element/index.shtml#element for a copy of the form and instructions. The City can reach out to HCD at [email protected] for technical assistance.

Zoning for a Variety of Housing Types (Emergency Shelters): The element should clarify emergency shelters are permitted without discretionary action and describe the development standards of the Neighborhood Service (C-1) zone. In addition, the element should describe proximity to services in addition to transportation, and any conditions inappropriate for human habitability.

4. An analysis of potential and actual governmental constraints upon the maintenance, improvement, or development of housing for all income levels, including the types of housing identified in paragraph (1) of subdivision (c), and for persons with disabilities as identified in the analysis pursuant to paragraph (7), including land-use controls, building codes and their enforcement, site improvements, fees and other exactions required of developers, and local processing and permit procedures... (Gov. Code, § 65583, subd. (a)(5).)

Land-Use Controls: The element must identify and analyze all relevant land-use controls impacts as potential constraints on a variety of housing types. The analysis should analyze land-use controls independently and cumulatively with other land-use controls. The analysis should specifically address requirements related to multifamily parking and heights. The analysis should address any impacts on cost, supply, housing choice, affordability, timing, approval certainty and ability to achieve maximum densities and include programs to address identified constraints.

Processing and Permit Procedures: While the element states most development is subject to the Site Plan Review and includes information about processing times, it should also describe the procedures for a typical single family and multifamily development. The analysis should address the approval body, the number of public

HCD Review of the City of Victorville’s 6th Cycle Housing Element Page 4 September 17, 2021
hearing if any, approval findings and any other relevant information. The analysis should address impacts on housing cost, supply, timing, and approval certainty. For example, the element should identify and analyze approval findings for impacts on approval certainty and any approaches to promote certainty and add or modify programs as appropriate.

Group Homes: The element appears to indicate group homes for six or fewer persons are only allowed unless licensed by the state. If necessary, the element should evaluate this requirement as a potential constraint and add or modify programs as appropriate. In addition, group homes for seven or more persons appears to be excluded from several zones allowing residential uses and subject to a conditional use permit. The element should evaluate these requirements as constraints and modify Program PP-I.1 as appropriate.

Building Codes and Enforcement: The element must describe and analyze any local amendments to the building code and their enforcement for impacts on housing supply and affordability. For additional information and a sample analysis, see the Building Blocks at http://www.hcd.ca.gov/community-development/building- blocks/constraints/codes-and-enforcement-on-offsite-improvement-standards.shtml.

SB 35 Streamlined Ministerial Approval Process: The element must clarify whether there are written procedures for the SB 35 (Chapter 366, Statutes of 2017) Streamlined Ministerial Approval Process and add a program to address these requirements if necessary.

Zoning and Fees Transparency: The element must clarify its compliance with new transparency requirements for posting all zoning, development standards and fees on the City’s website or add or modify programs.

Water Sewer Priority: Water and sewer service providers must establish specific procedures to grant priority water and sewer service to developments with units affordable to lower-income households. (Gov. Code, § 65589.7.) Local governments are required to immediately deliver the housing element to water and sewer service providers. The element should discuss compliance with these requirements and if necessary, add or modify programs to establish a written procedure by a date early in the planning period. For additional information and sample cover memo, see the Building Blocks at http://www.hcd.ca.gov/community-development/building-blocks/other- requirements/priority-for-water-sewer.shtml.

B. Housing Programs

1. Include a program which sets forth a schedule of actions during the planning period, each with a timeline for implementation, which may recognize that certain programs are ongoing, such that there will be beneficial impacts of the programs within the planning period, that the local government is undertaking or intends to undertake to implement the policies and achieve the goals and objectives of the housing element through the administration of land use and development controls, the provision of regulatory concessions and incentives, and the utilization of appropriate federal and state financing

HCD Review of the City of Victorville’s 6th Cycle Housing Element Page 5 September 17, 2021
and subsidy programs when available. The program shall include an identification of the agencies and officials responsible for the implementation of the various actions. (Gov.

Code, § 65583, subd. (c).)

To have a beneficial impact in the planning period and address the goals of the housing element, programs must be revised with discrete timelines and specific commitment.

Programs to be revised with discrete timelines include PP-B.1 (Assist with Development), PP-D.3 (Support Non-profits), PP-D.4 (Assist with Extremely Low- income), PP-F.1 (Advertise Resources), PP-F.2 (Monitor Grant Opportunities), PP-G.1 (Publish Resources) and PP-O.2 (Safe Housing Conditions). Programs to be revised with specific commitment include PP-A.1 (Update the Land Use Element), PP-B.4 (Menu of Incentives), PP-C.3 (Encourage Accessory Dwelling Units), PP-D.4 (Assist with Extremely Low-income), PP-H.3 (Update the Land Use Element) and HE-J.1 (Rent Stabilization Ordinance).

2. Identify actions that will be taken to make sites available during the planning period with appropriate zoning and development standards and with services and facilities to accommodate that portion of the city’s or county’s share of the regional housing need for each income level that could not be accommodated on sites identified in the inventory completed pursuant to paragraph (3) of subdivision (a) without rezoning, and to comply with the requirements of Government Code section 65584.09. Sites shall be identified as needed to facilitate and encourage the development of a variety of types of housing for all income levels, including multifamily rental housing, factory-built housing, mobilehomes, housing for agricultural employees, supportive housing, single-room occupancy units, emergency shelters, and transitional housing. (Gov. Code, § 65583, subd. (c)(1).)

As noted in Finding A3, the element does not include a complete site analysis; therefore, the adequacy of sites and zoning were not established. Based on the results of a complete sites inventory and analysis, the City may need to add or revise programs to address a shortfall of sites or zoning available to encourage a variety of housing types. In addition:

• Rezoning: The element identifies a shortfall of sites to accommodate the regional housing needs allocation for lower-income households. As a result, programs to rezone sites must also comply with all by-right provisions pursuant to Government Code section 65583.2, subdivisions (h) and (i). • Replacement Housing Requirements: If necessary, the housing element must include a program to provide replacement housing. (Gov. Code, § 65583.2, subd. (g)(3).) The replacement housing program must adhere to the same requirements as set forth in Government Code section 65915, subdivision (c), paragraph (3).
• Large Sites: The element identifies several large sites and also describes a program was present in the past planning period (p. 5-3) but, given the importance of this program, should also closely evaluate the effectiveness of that program and revise programs PP-A.5 and PP-B.1 as appropriate.

HCD Review of the City of Victorville’s 6th Cycle Housing Element Page 6 September 17, 2021

3. The housing element shall contain programs which assist in the development of adequate housing to meet the needs of extremely low-, very low-, low- and moderate- income households. (Gov. Code, § 65583, subd. (c)(2).)

Special Needs Households: The element must include a program(s) with specific actions and timelines to assist in the development of housing for special needs households, specifically, persons with disabilities, including developmental disabilities.

The program(s) could commit the City to proactively reaching out to developers of affordable housing, adopting priority processing, granting fee waivers or deferrals, modifying development standards, granting concessions and incentives for housing developments that include units affordable to special needs households; assisting, supporting or pursuing funding applications; and outreach and coordination with affordable housing developers.

State Density Bonus Law: As noted on page 3-23, Program PP-A.2 (Menu of Density Bonuses) should be revised with specific commitment to adopt a density bonus ordinance pursuant to Government Code section 65915.

4. Address and, where appropriate and legally possible, remove governmental and nongovernmental constraints to the maintenance, improvement, and development of housing, including housing for all income levels and housing for persons with disabilities. The program shall remove constraints to, and provide reasonable accommodations for housing designed for, intended for occupancy by, or with supportive services for, persons with disabilities. (Gov. Code, § 65583, subd. (c)(3).)

As noted in Findings A4, the element requires a complete analysis of potential governmental and nongovernmental constraints. Depending upon the results of that analysis, the City may need to revise or add programs and address and remove or mitigate any identified constraints.

5. Promote AFFH opportunities and promote housing throughout the community or communities for all persons regardless of race, religion, sex, marital status, ancestry, national origin, color, familial status, or disability, and other characteristics protected by the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 12900) of Division 3 of Title 2), Section 65008, and any other state and federal fair housing and planning law. (Gov. Code, § 65583, subd. (c)(5).)

As noted in Finding A2, the element does not include a complete Assessment of Fair Housing (AFH). Depending on a complete analysis, the element may need to add or revise programs as appropriate.

C. Public Participation

Include a diligent effort by the local government to achieve public participation of all economic segments of the community in the development of the housing element, and the program shall describe this effort. (Gov. Code, § 65583, subd. (c)(9).)

While the element describes community meetings and a comprehensive survey, moving forward, the City should employ additional methods for public outreach efforts, particularly

HCD Review of the City of Victorville’s 6th Cycle Housing Element Page 7 September 17, 2021
specific to the housing element and including lower-income and special needs households and neighborhoods with higher concentrations of lower-income households. For example, the City could conduct targeted stakeholder interviews or establish a committee representative of lower-income households in future public outreach efforts. In addition, the element should also summarize public comments and describe how they were considered and incorporated into the element.

Finally, the element does not clearly describe the availability of the draft housing element to the public prior to submittal to HCD. For your information, by not providing an opportunity for the public to review and comment on a draft of the element in advance of submission, the City will not have yet complied with statutory mandates to make a diligent effort to encourage the public participation in the development of the element and it reduces HCD’s ability to consider public comments in its review. The availability of the document to the public and opportunity for public comment prior to submittal to HCD is essential to the public process and HCD’s review. If applicable, the City must proactively make future revisions available to the public, including any commenters, prior to submitting any revisions to HCD and diligently consider and address comments, including making revisions to the document where appropriate. HCD’s future review will consider the extent to which the revised element documents how the City solicited, considered, and addressed public comments in the element. The City’s consideration of public comments must not be limited by HCD’s findings in this review letter.

D. General Plan Consistency

The housing element shall describe the means by which consistency will be achieved with other general plan elements and community goals. (Gov. Code, § 65583, subd. (c)(7).)

While the element describes that it was prepared in a manner to ensure internal consistency, it should also describe how internal consistency will be maintained throughout the planning period.

Revised Draft Housing Element HCD
Findings Letter
STATE OF CALIFORNIA - BUSINESS, CONSUMER SERVICES AND HOUSING AGENCY GAVIN NEWSOM, Governor

DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT

DIVISION OF HOUSING POLICY DEVELOPMENT
2020 W. El Camino Avenue, Suite 500
Sacramento, CA 95833
(916) 263-2911 / FAX (916) 263-7453
www.hcd.ca.gov
J
anuary 11, 2022
Scott Webb, City Planner
Development Department
City of Victorville
14343 Civic Drive
Victorville, CA 92393-5001
Dear Scott Webb,
RE: Review of City of Victorville’s 6th Cycle (2021-2029) Draft Housing Element Thank you for submitting the City of Victorville’s (City) draft housing element received for review on November 12, 2021, along with revisions on January 6, 2022. Pursuant to Government Code section 65585, subdivision (h), the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) is reporting the results of its review.

The draft housing element with revisions addresses most statutory requirements described in HCD’s September 17, 2021 review; however, additional revision is necessary to fully comply with State Housing Element Law (Article 10.6 of the Gov.

Code), as follows:

A
ffirmatively further fair housing in accordance with Chapter 15 (commencing with Section 8899.50) of Division 1 of Title 2. (Gov. Code, § 65583, subd. (c)(10)(A).) Goals, Actions, Metrics and Milestones: As noted in the prior review, goals and actions must include metrics toward meaningful impact to affirmatively further fair housing (AFFH). While in some cases programs do include metrics, programs, including metrics, should be explicit to AFFH to target significant and meaningful outcomes that overcome identified patterns and trends. For example, programs related to safe housing conditions, rehabilitation, improving community infrastructure, revitalization and quality of life could be targeted, including metrics, toward areas of higher need, such as areas of high segregation and poverty.

Programs related to promoting housing choices, new development or creating new affordable opportunities could be targeted (not solely) toward areas of higher opportunity. Finally, programs should explicitly reflect the City’s efforts toward broad community revitalization, including implementation of the Old Town Specific Plan.

Th
e element will meet the statutory requirements of State Housing Element Law once it has been revised and adopted to comply with the above requirement.

Scott Webb, City Planner

Page 2 ends

Several federal, state, and regional funding programs consider housing element compliance as an eligibility or ranking criteria. For example, the CalTrans Senate Bill (SB) 1 Sustainable Communities grant; the Strategic Growth Council and HCD’s Affordable Housing and Sustainable Communities programs; and HCD’s Permanent Local Housing Allocation consider housing element compliance and/or annual reporting requirements pursuant to Government Code section 65400. With a compliant housing element, the City will meet housing element requirements for these and other funding sources.

HCD appreciates the dedication and hard work you and the housing element team provided throughout the housing element review. If you have any questions or need additional technical assistance, please contact Gerlinde Bernd at [email protected].

Sincerely,

P
aul McDougall
Senior Program Manager

Final Draft Housing Element HCD
Compliance Letter
STATE OF CALIFORNIA - BUSINESS, CONSUMER SERVICES AND HOUSING AGENCY GAVIN NEWSOM, Governor

DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT

DIVISION OF HOUSING POLICY DEVELOPMENT
2020 W. El Camino Avenue, Suite 500
Sacramento, CA 95833
(916) 263-2911 / FAX (916) 263-7453
www.hcd.ca.gov

January 12, 2022

Scott Webb, City Planner
Development Department
City of Victorville
14343 Civic Drive
Victorville, CA 92393-5001

Dear Scott Webb,

RE: City of Victorville’s 6
th Cycle (2021-2029) Draft Revisions to the Housing
Element

Thank you for submitting the City of Victorville’s (City) draft revisions to the housing element update received for review on January 12, 2022. Pursuant to Government Code section 65585, subdivision (b), the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) is reporting the results of its review.

The revised draft element meets the statuary requirements described in HCD’s January 11, 2022 review. The housing element will comply with State Housing Element Law (Article 10.6 of the Gov. Code) when it is adopted, submitted to, and approved by HCD, in accordance with Government Code section 65585.

Public participation in the development, adoption and implementation of the housing element is essential to effective housing planning. Throughout the housing element process, the City must continue to engage the community, including organizations that represent lower-income and special needs households, by making information regularly available while considering and incorporating comments where appropriate.

Several federal, state, and regional funding programs consider housing element compliance as an eligibility or ranking criteria. For example, the CalTrans Senate Bill (SB) 1 Sustainable Communities grant; the Strategic Growth Council and HCD’s Affordable Housing and Sustainable Communities programs; and HCD’s Permanent Local Housing Allocation consider housing element compliance and/or annual reporting requirements pursuant to Government Code section 65400. With a compliant housing element, the City will meet housing element requirements for these and other funding sources.

Scott Webb, City Planner

Page 2 ends

HC
D appreciates your hard work and cooperation throughout the preparation of the City’s housing element. Your efforts and innovation are commendable and will serve as a model for other jurisdictions throughout the State. HCD looks forward to receiving the City’s adopted housing element. If you have any questions or need additional technical assistance, please contact Gerlinde Bernd at [email protected]..

Si
ncerely,
Paul
McDougall
Senior Program Manager

CITY COUNCIL

ATTACHMENT C

TRACKED CHANGES VERSION OF
2021-2029 HOUSING ELEMENT

REVISEDFINAL DRAFT
2021–2029 HOUSING ELEMENT
July OctoberJanuary 20221

This page intentionally left blank.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

CITY COUNCIL
Debra Jones, Mayor
Leslie Irving, Mayor Pro Tem
Elizabeth Becerra, Council Member
Blanca Gomez, Council Member

PLANNING COMMISSION
Rob Kurth, Chair
Rob Harriman, Vice-Chair
Kenneth Cook-Askins, Jr., Commissioner
Bill Thomas, Commissioner

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT
Keith Metzler, City Manager
Sophie Smith, Deputy City Manager
Jenele Davidson, Deputy City Manager

CITY STAFF
Scott Webb, City Planner
Michael Szarzynski, Senior Planner
Sue Jones, Public Information Officer
Charlene A. Johnson, Secretary
Melissa Nelson, Management Technician

CONSULTANT TEAM
Harris & Associates

This page intentionally left blank.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Table of Contents
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Acronyms and Abbreviations ..................................................................................................... ix 1 Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 1-1

1.1 Background ............................................................................................................ 1-1

1.2 Community Overview ............................................................................................. 1-2

1.3 Role of the Housing Element .................................................................................. 1-3

1.4 Relationship to Other Elements .............................................................................. 1-4

1.4.1 Public Outreach and Participation ..................................................................... 1-5

1.4.2 Organization ...................................................................................................... 1-5 2 Community Profile ............................................................................................................. 2-1

2.1 Population, Demographic, and Employment Trends .............................................. 2-1

2.1.1 Background ....................................................................................................... 2-1

2.1.2 Population Trends ............................................................................................. 2-2

2.1.3 Population Demographics: Race, Ethnicity, and Diversity ................................. 2-3

2.1.4 Population by Age and Sex ............................................................................... 2-4

2.1.5 Employment Trends .......................................................................................... 2-6

2.2 Household/Housing Characteristics ...................................................................... 2-11

2.2.1 Housing Types ................................................................................................ 2-11

2.2.2 Housing Type Trend ........................................................................................ 2-12

2.2.3 Vacant Units by Type ...................................................................................... 2-13

2.2.4 Housing Units by Year Built ............................................................................. 2-13

2.2.5 Ownership/Rental Statistics ............................................................................ 2-14

2.2.6 Substandard Housing ...................................................................................... 2-16

2.2.7 Housing Conditions ......................................................................................... 2-17

2.2.8 Median Home Sales Price for Existing Homes ............................................ 2-1920

2.2.9 Housing Units Permitted.................................................................................. 2-20

2021–2029 Housing Element
Table of Contents
ii

2.2.10 Overpayment and Overcrowding ..................................................................... 2-21

2.2.11 Household Income .......................................................................................... 2-21

2.3 Extremely Low Income Housing Needs ................................................................ 2-28

2.3.1 Existing Needs ................................................................................................. 2-28

2.3.2 Projected Needs .............................................................................................. 2-28

2.4 Special Housing Needs ........................................................................................ 2-30

2.4.1 Town of Apple Valley and City of Victorville Consolidated Action Plan ............... 2-30

2.4.2 Seniors ............................................................................................................ 2-31

2.4.3 Large Families ................................................................................................. 2-34

2.4.4 People with Disabilities ................................................................................... 2-38

2.5 Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing ................................................................... 2-53 3 Housing Constraints .......................................................................................................... 3-1

3.1 Nongovernmental Constraints ................................................................................ 3-1

3.1.1 Land Costs ........................................................................................................ 3-1

3.1.2 Construction Costs ............................................................................................ 3-1

3.1.3 California Government Code, Section 65583(a)(6), Development Analysis ..... 3-2

3.1.4 Availability of Financing ..................................................................................... 3-3

3.1.5 Availability of Mortgage Financing ..................................................................... 3-4

3.2 Environmental Constraints ..................................................................................... 3-5

3.2.1 Flooding Hazards .............................................................................................. 3-5

3.2.2 Biological Resources ......................................................................................... 3-5

3.2.3 Cultural Resources ............................................................................................ 3-6

3.2.4 Seismic Hazards ............................................................................................... 3-6

3.2.5 Hillsides/Slopes ................................................................................................. 3-6

3.3 Governmental Constraints ...................................................................................... 3-7

3.3.1 Federal and State Constraints ........................................................................... 3-7

3.3.2 Local Constraints ............................................................................................ 3-10

2021–2029 Housing Element
Table of Contents
iii

3.4 Variety of Housing Types ..................................................................................... 3-16

3.4.1 Single-Family Housing .................................................................................... 3-16

3.4.2 Multi-Family Housing ....................................................................................... 3-16

3.4.3 Manufactured Housing and Mobile Home Parks ............................................. 3-16

3.4.4 Farmworker and Employee Housing ............................................................... 3-17

3.4.5 Single-Room Occupancy................................................................................. 3-17

3.4.6 Emergency Shelters ........................................................................................ 3-18

3.4.7 Low-Barrier Navigation Centers ...................................................................... 3-19

3.4.8 Transitional and Supportive Housing .............................................................. 3-20

3.4.9 Residential, Group, and Community Care Facilities ........................................ 3-21

3.4.10 Accessory Dwelling Units ................................................................................ 3-22

3.4.11 Development Standards .................................................................................. 3-23

3.4.12 Fees ............................................................................................................ 3-3028

3.4.13 Other Local Programs ................................................................................... 3-331

3.5 Reductions to Constraints .................................................................................. 3-351 4 Housing Resources and Opportunities .............................................................................. 4-1

4.1 Identification of Adequate Sites for Future Housing Needs .................................... 4-1

4.1.1 Regional Housing Targets ................................................................................. 4-1

4.2 Financial Resources ............................................................................................... 4-2

4.2.1 Federal Funding Sources .................................................................................. 4-2

4.2.2 State Funding Sources ...................................................................................... 4-5

4.2.3 Quasi-Government Agencies .......................................................................... 4-10

4.2.4 Local Funding Sources ................................................................................... 4-11 5 Review of Previous Housing Element (2013–2021) .......................................................... 5-1 6 At-Risk Affordable Housing ............................................................................................... 6-1

7. Housing Plan ..................................................................................................................... 7-1 Goal 1: Encourage development of different housing types to meet the City’s different needs ................................................................................................................ 7-2 Goal 2: Maximize land utilization for residential development ....................................... 7-98

2021–2029 Housing Element
Table of Contents
iv
Goal 3: Preserve existing housing stock ........................................................................ 7-10 Goal 4: Encourage more affordable housing units ...................................................... 7-154 Goal 5: Maximize solutions for those experiencing or at risk of homelessness ........... 7-210 Goal 6. Encourage homeownership ............................................................................ 7-265 Goal 7: Improve quality of life and promote placemaking ............................................ 7-287 Goal 8: Affirmatively further fair housing ...................................................................... 7-332 Quantified Objectives .................................................................................................. 7-365 8 Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology ....................................................... 8-1

8.1 Summary of Sites Capacity .................................................................................... 8-2

8.2 Capacity Determination ........................................................................................ 8-34

8.3 Identification of Developable Sites and Potential Capacity Methodologies ........... 8-45

8.4 Housing Capacity and Past Housing Production by Community ........................... 8-9

8.4.1 Recent Past Housing Production by Community ............................................... 8-9

8.5 Housing Potential Assumptions – General ......................................................... 8-110

8.6 Housing Potential Methodology – Sites with Commercial Zoning ....................... 8-121

8.6.1 Likelihood of Development of Sites with Commercial Zoning with Residential Uses .............................................................................................. 132

8.7 Consistency with Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing ..................................... 8-132

8.8 Vacant Sites ......................................................................................................... 8-13

8.9 Non-Vacant Sites ................................................................................................ 8-143

8.9.1 Replacement Housing Requirements ............................................................ 8-143

8.10 Accessory Dwelling Units ................................................................................... 8-154

8.11 Assembly Bill 1486 City-Owned Land ................................................................... 8-15

8.12 Suitability of Sites for Moderate-Income Housing ............................................... 8-165

8.13 Suitability of Sites for Lower-Income Housing .................................................... 8-176

8.13.1 Sites Used in Previous Planning Periods’ Housing Elements ....................... 8-187

8.13.2 Sites Zoned/Designated for Adequate Density .............................................. 8-187

8.14 Assembly Bill 1397 Requirements ...................................................................... 8-198

8.15 Specific Plans ..................................................................................................... 8-232

2021–2029 Housing Element
Table of Contents
v

8.16 Senate Bill 330 Requirements ............................................................................ 8-243

8.17 Senate Bill 1333 Requirements – “No Net Loss” ................................................ 8-243

8.18 Development Site Access to Water, Sewer, and Dry Utilities ............................ 8-254

8.18.1 Water and Sewer .......................................................................................... 8-254

8.18.2 Dry Utilities .................................................................................................... 8-265 List of Tables
Table 2-1. Growth Forecast for 2045 ...................................................................................... 2-1 Table 2-2. Racial and Ethnic Composition .............................................................................. 2-4 Table 2-3. Population by Age (City of Victorville) .................................................................... 2-5 Table 2-4. Residential Code Enforcement Cases, July 1, 2019 – December 31, 2020 ...... 2-176 Table 2-5. Deteriorated Structure Field Survey Results, Old Town Victorville Area ........... 2-187 Table 2-6. Housing Units by Year Built ............................................................................... 2-198 Table 2-7. Households by Income Category ......................................................................... 2-22 Table 2-8. Cost Burden by Income ..................................................................................... 2-232 Table 2-9. Existing Needs for Extremely Low-Income Households ...................................... 2-28 Table 2-10. Resources for Seniors ....................................................................................... 2-33 Table 2-11. Resources for Large Families ............................................................................ 2-36 Table 2-12. Resources for Individuals with a Disability ......................................................... 2-42 Table 2-13. Resources for Female-Headed Households ...................................................... 2-45 Table 2-14. Resources for Farmworkers .............................................................................. 2-48 Table 2-15. Homelessness Resources ................................................................................. 2-52 Table 3-1. Disposition of Home Purchase and Improvement Loan Applications (2020) ......... 3-5 Table 3-2. Disposition of Home Purchase and Improvement Loan Applications (2010) ......... 3-5 Table 3-3. City-Wide Land Use and Zoning .......................................................................... 3-12 Table 3-4. Specific Plan Land Use and Zoning ..................................................................... 3-13 Table 3-5. Permitted Residential Uses by Zone ................................................................... 3-15 Table 3-6. Development Standards ...................................................................................... 3-24 Table 3-7. Parking Requirements for Residential Uses ........................................................ 3-25

2021–2029 Housing Element
Table of Contents
vi
Table 3-8. Permit Processing Fees .................................................................................. 3-3129 Table 3-9. Building Permit Fees Schedule .......................................................................... 3-320 Table 4-1. 6th Cycle Regional Housing Needs Allocation (2021–2029) ................................. 4-1 Table 5-1. Program Evaluation .............................................................................................. 5-2 Table 6-1. Affordable Housing Inventory ................................................................................ 6-1 Table 7-1. Quantified Objectives Summary ........................................................................ 7-366 Table 7-2. Quantified Objectives Details ............................................................................. 7-376 Table 8-1. Summary of Sites Capacity ................................................................................. 8-23 Table 8-2. Capacity Determination ....................................................................................... 8-34 Table 8-3. Proposed Developments, City of Victorville ........................................................... 8-8 Table 8-4. 2013-2021 Housing Units with Issued Permits by Planning Area ........................ 8-10 Table 8-5. 2021–2029 Site Inventory by Planning Area ................................................... 8-1110 Table 8-6. Commercial Sites and Net Potential Units ....................................................... 8-1211 Table 8-7. Identified Sites Suitable for Lower-Income Housing ............................................ 8-17 Table 8-8. Zone/Designation Housing Densities and Associated Density Ranges ............... 8-18 Table 8-9. Victorville Adequate Sites Program Summary ................................................... 8-210 Table 8-10. Specific Plan Areas with Sites ........................................................................... 8-23 List of Figures
Figure 1-1. Victorville Vicinity Map .......................................................................................... 1-7 Figure 2-1. Population Trend, 2000–2020 .............................................................................. 2-2 Figure 2-2. Population Growth, the City of Victorville and Neighboring Cities ........................ 2-3 Figure 2-3. Current Population by Age and Sex ..................................................................... 2-5 Figure 2-4. Employment (Riverside–San Bernardino–Ontario Statistical Area [2013–2020]) . 2-6 Figure 2-5. Unemployment Rate (Riverside–San Bernardino–Ontario Statistical Area [2013–2020]) ................................................................................................................ 2-7 Figure 2-6. Employment Projections (2016–2026) ................................................................. 2-8 Figure 2-7. Employment by Industry ..................................................................................... 2-10 Figure 2-8. Employment by Occupation ............................................................................... 2-11 Figure 2-9. Housing Type ..................................................................................................... 2-12

2021–2029 Housing Element
Table of Contents
vii
Figure 2-10. Housing Type Trend ......................................................................................... 2-12 Figure 2-11. Vacant Units by Type ....................................................................................... 2-13 Figure 2-12. Housing Units by Year Structure Built .............................................................. 2-14 Figure 2-13. Housing Tenure ................................................................................................ 2-15 Figure 2-14. Housing Tenure by Age .................................................................................... 2-15 Figure 2-15. Housing Tenure by Year Moved to Current Residence .................................... 2-16 Figure 2-16. Substandard Housing ....................................................................................... 2-16 Figure 2-17. Median Home Sales Price for Existing Homes ................................................. 2-20 Figure 2-18. Housing Units Permitted ................................................................................... 2-21 Figure 2-19. Spending on Rent ............................................................................................. 2-23 Figure 2-20. Spending on Rent by Income ........................................................................... 2-24 Figure 2-21. Household Income by (Cash) Rent .................................................................. 2-25 Figure 2-22. Monthly Owner Costs for Mortgage Holders..................................................... 2-25 Figure 2-23. Costs for Mortgage Holders by Income ............................................................ 2-26 Figure 2-24. Household Income by Home Value (for Owned Units) ................................... 2-276 Figure 2-25. Crowding by Extent and Tenure ....................................................................... 2-27 Figure 2-26. Senior Households by Income and Tenure ...................................................... 2-31 Figure 2-27. Disability by Type – Seniors (65 Years of Age and Over) ................................ 2-32 Figure 2-28. Households by Household Size ........................................................................ 2-35 Figure 2-29. Crowding by Extent and Tenure ....................................................................... 2-36 Figure 2-30. Disability by Type ............................................................................................. 2-39 Figure 2-31. Disability by Type – Seniors (65 Years of Age and Over) ................................ 2-39 Figure 2-32. Disability by Employment Status ...................................................................... 2-40 Figure 2-33. Developmental Disabilities ............................................................................... 2-41 Figure 2-34. Female-Headed Households ............................................................................ 2-44 Figure 2-35. Households by Poverty Status ......................................................................... 2-45 Figure 2-36. Farmworkers .................................................................................................... 2-47 Figure 2-37. Homelessness Solutions Task Force Action Timeline ...................................... 2-49 2021–2029 Housing Element
Table of Contents
viii
Figure 2-38. City and County Homelessness Point-in-Time ................................................. 2-50 Figure 3-1. Mid-Sized, Transit-Accessible, C1 Zoning ........................................................ 3-353 Figure 8-1. Inventory Sites .................................................................................................... 8-27 List of Appendices
Appendix A. Public Engagement
Appendix B. Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing
Appendix C. Sites Inventory
Appendix D. Housing and Community Development Department Review Letters

2021–2029 Housing Element
Acronyms and Abbreviations
ix

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
AB Assembly Bill
ACS American Community Survey
ADU accessory dwelling unit
AMI area median income
CDBG Community Development Block Grant
CESH California Emergency Solutions and Housing
City or Victorville City of Victorville
COC Continuum of Care
Consolidated Action Plan 2017–2021 Consolidated Plan and 2017–2018 Action Plan Consortium Town of Apple Valley and City of Victorville Consortium CRIA Community Revitalization Investment Area
CTCAC California Tax Credit Allocation Committee
du/acre dwelling units per acre
H.O.P.E. Homeless Outreach and Proactive Enforcement
HCD Department of Housing and Community Development
HUD U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
HSC California Health & Safety Code
JADU junior accessory dwelling unit
JPA Joint Powers Authority
LBNC Low-Barrier Navigation Center
LIHTC Low-Income Housing Tax Credit
NOFA Notice of Funding Availability
RHNA Regional Housing Needs Assessment
SB Senate Bill
SCAG Southern California Association of Local Governments sf square feet

2021–2029 Housing Element
Acronyms and Abbreviations
x
SRO single-room occupancy
State State of California
Terner Center University of California, Berkeley, Terner Center UWMP Urban Water Management Plan
VWD Victorville Water Division
VVEDA Victor Valley Economic Development Authority

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-1
1 INTRODUCTION
This document is the Housing Element for the City of Victorville (City or Victorville) as updated for the 2021-2029 6th Cycle planning period. The Housing Element is part of the Victorville General Plan 2030, adopted by the City in October 2008 and certified by the State of California (State) in 2010.

The California Government Code requires that the Housing Element be included in a City’s General Plan as one of seven mandatory elements that express the community’s values, goals, and vision for the future. The Housing Element identifies and analyzes the City’s existing and projected housing needs and contains a detailed outline and work program of the City’s goals, policies, quantified objectives, and programs for the preservation, improvement, and development of housing for a sustainable future. The Housing Element identifies ways in which the housing needs of all economic segments of the community, including residents and the local workforce, can be met.

1.1 Background
The provision of adequate housing for families and individuals of all economic levels is an important public goal. It has been a focus for the State and local governments. The issue has grown in complexity due to rising land and construction costs, as well as increasing competition for physical and financial resources in both the public and the private sectors.

In response to this concern, the California Legislature amended the California Government Code in 1980. The amendment instituted the requirement that each local community include a specific analysis of its housing needs and a realistic set of programs designed to meet those needs. This analysis is to be set forth in a Housing Element and incorporated in the General Plan of each municipality.

The California Legislature determined that a primary housing goal for the State is to ensure that every resident has a decent home and suitable living environment. The requirements of the law are prefaced by several statements of State policy set forth in Section 65580 of the California Government Code:
a. The availability of housing is of vital Statewide importance, and the early attainment of decent housing and a suitabl e living environment for every Californian, including farmworkers, is a priority of the highest order.
b. The early attainment of this goal requires cooperative participation of government and the private sector in an effort to expand housing opportunities and accommodate the housing needs of Californians in all economic levels.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-2
c. The provision of housing affordable to low - and moderate-income households requires the cooperation of all levels of the government.
d. Local and State governments have a responsibility t o use the powers vested in them to facilitate the improvement and development of housing to make adequate provision for housing needs of all economic segments of the community. e. The Legislature recognizes that in carrying out this responsibility, each local government also has the responsibility to consider economic, environmental, and fiscal factors and community goals set forth in the general plan and to cooperate with other local governments and the State in addressing regional housing needs. f. Designating and maintaining a supply of land and adequate sites suitable, feasible, and available for the development of housing sufficient to meet the locality’s housing need for all income levels is essential to achieving the State’s housing goals and the purposes of this article.

California Government Code, Section 65588, requires that local governments review and revise the Housing Element of their comprehensive General Plans (Victorville General Plan) not less than once every 8 years. Prior to the 6th Cycle Housing Element Update for the 2021–2029 planning period, Victorville’s Housing Element was updated in 2014 for the 5th Cycle (2013 to 2021).

Multiple changes to California Housing Element law have become effective since processing of the City’s 5th Cycle Housing Element. In particular, the State increased its ability to enforce Housing Element requirements, and the ability for interested persons to challenge the City’s compliance with Housing Element law. Pursuant to California Government Code, Section 65585, the State has a greater range of penalties that can be imposed on jurisdictions for non - compliance. This puts the City at risk of exposure to a variety of fiscal impacts and regulatory impacts that could reduce local control over housing-related decision-making. Jurisdictions that do not comply also risk the State imposing a more frequent Housing Element update cycle.

The 6th Cycle Housing Element Update was prepared to comply with State housing law s, as amended, and all other federal, State, and local requirements as necessary to demonstrate compliance with State law and gain State certification.

1.2 Community Overview
The City is located in southwestern San Bernardino County in the geographic sub-region of the southwestern Mojave Desert known as the Victor Valley and commonly referred to as the “High Desert” due to its approximate elevation of 2,900 feet above sea level . Areas surrounding the Planning Area are largely undeveloped and contained within the unincorporated County of San Bernardino boundaries. Surrounding urbanized areas include the City of Adelanto to the northwest,

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-3
Town of Apple Valley to the east, City of Hesperia to the south, and the unincorporated community of Phelan to the west (Figure 1-1, Victorville Vicinity Map).

After experiencing tremendous population growth between 2000 and 2010, during which the population almost doubled (from 64,029 to 115,903) , the City has seen more modest growth between 2010 and 2018 ( from 115,903 in 2010 to 126,432 in 2018). Th e City’s growth can be attributed to the availability of relatively low -cost housing (relative to Orange County, Los Angeles County, and other parts of the Inland Empire), particularly for single-family homes.

1.3 Role of the Housing Element
The Housing Element, as part of the Victorville General Plan, establishes housing -related actionable programs that are intended to guide City decision-making related to land use planning and development activities for the planning period 2021 –2029 in accordance with the City’s stated housing goals and State law. The Housing Element includes strategies for maintenance of existing housing and action-oriented programs to increase the capacity for additional housing options within the local housing supply as necessary to meet the current and future needs of people living and working in Victorville. Implementation of these strategies will require that the City process a series of future actions, referred to as the Housing Element implementation program, for compliance with California housing law.

Meeting the community’s housing needs is a high priority for the City. As widely reported throughout the State, California is in the midst of a housing crisis where demand greatly outweighs supply. Additionally, overall wage growth has not kept pace with increases in housing costs, making median home prices and rents out of reach for a large population of the State.

According to the Har vard Joint Center for Housing Studies ,1 approximately 50% of California renters were rent burdened (i.e., more than 30% of their income went toward rent ) with nearly one-third designated as severely rent burdened (i.e., more than 50% of their income went toward rent) prior to the COVID -19 pandemic. These factors have contributed significantly to various housing problems, such as overcrowding and homelessness.

In the County of San Bernardino specifically, median income increased by 14% between 2018 and 2020,2 while median home prices in Victorville increased by 23% ,3 and rent increased by 20%.4 These statistics demonstrate the ongoing, well-documented need for affordable housing.

Given high land, construction , and materials costs in California, the developme nt of affordable housing requires public subsidies and assistance, as the costs to develop the housing far exceed the revenues derived from selling/renting the housing at affordable prices/rents. It is important

1 https://www.cbs8.com/article/news/local/california/calmatters/why-is-housing-so-expensive-in-california/509-e463dd3f- 4041-43b9-8983-4226caee88e2.
2 California Department of Housing and Community Development, State Income Limits, 2018 and 2020. 3 Zillow, March 2020.
4 Rentcafe.com, March 2020.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-4
to note that there is insufficient public funding available to fill the gap between what it costs to build affordable housing and the revenues generated by the housing on a State and federal level. Prior to 2011, many cities like Victorville utilized redevelopment as a financial tool to revitalize blighted areas and fund affordable housing. However, redevelopment was eliminated in 2011, and this significant funding source (estimated at $2 billion/year Statewide) of locally derived revenues was redirected away from affordable housing and toward local taxing entities’ general funds. The City had helped fund several affordable housing developments prior to 2011, but has been unable to fund these projects since State law eliminated this funding source.

Affordable housing is funded primarily through a combination of sources (as no one source is sufficient to fund individual projects), including Low-Income Housing Tax Credits, State grants, project-based housing vouchers from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, loan programs, donation of land, and other sources.

State law recognizes that housing needs may (and do) exceed available resources and, therefore, does not require that the City's quantified objectives be identical to the identified housing needs.

More specifically, the California Government Code, Section 65583(b) (2) states, “It is recognized that the total housing needs . . . may exceed available resources and the community’s ability to satisfy this need within the content of the general p lan requirements . . . . Under these circumstances, the quantified objectives need not be identical to the total housing needs. The quantified objectives shall establish the maximum number of housing units by income category, including extremely low income that can be constructed, rehabilitated, and conserved.” The acknowledgment of the funding limitations is extremely important—cities and counties are required to prepare Housing Elements every 8 years to identify needs and actions to provide for housing at all income levels and for all populations despite a severe shortage in local, State, and federal funding that makes many of the actions needed and planned financially infeasible. It is important to recognize that State law requires cities to plan for hous ing, but almost all housing is developed by the private sector.

1.4 Relationship to Other Elements
California Government Code , Section 65300.5 , states the following: “The General Plan and elements and parts thereof comprise an integrated, internally consistent, and compatible statement of policies . . . .” The purpose of requiring internal consistency is to avoid policy conflict and provide a clear policy guide for the future maintenance, improvement and development of housing within the City.

The Housing Element was prepared in a manner to ensure that this requirement is met. It is important to note that the City is currently undergoing updates to the Land Use and Safety Elements of the General Plan as well as preparing an Environmental Justice Elemen t. These updates are anticipated to be completed during 2022.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-5
The Housing Element has been reviewed for consistency with the City’s other General Plan elements during the current updates to the Land Use and, Safety Elements, and the Environmental Justice Element preparation. As more portions of the General Plan are amended in the future, the Housing Element will be reviewed for the purpose ofto maintaining consistency.

1.4.1 Public Outreach and Participation
The City prepared a comprehensive Public Engagement Plan for the 6th Cycle Housing Element, Land Use and Safety Element Updates, and Environmental Justice Element. Despite the COVID-19 pandemic, the City successfully conducted two public workshops on the H ousing Element (including online and social media notice posting) and conducted an online survey , including identifying all stakeholders. Public participation for the 2021 –2029 Housing Element included online Planning Commission Special Workshop Meeting s on February 1, 2021 , and March 15, 2021. Members of the community were invited to address concerns and give input on the ideas for the Housing Element. Special invitations were sent to housing developers, housing professionals, and agencies and organizations that provide supportive housing services to lower and moderate-income households and persons with special needs (see Appendix A for mailing list). Notices were also posted on the City website and social media platforms , and ads were printed in the local newspaper inviting the community to both workshops. A third meeting before both the Planning Commission and City Council is planned for July 13, 2021, to review the Draft Housing Element. A public review draft was prepared and made available to the community prior to the July 13, 2021, meeting and will continue to be available for at least 60 days. The Draft Housing Element is available on the City website.

1.4.2 Organization
The Housing Element is organized into eight primary chapters:
 Chapter 1, Introduction: Provides an overview of the purpose, scope, and organization of the Housing Element.
 Chapter 2, Community Profile: Provides a summary of the City’s demographic and housing characteristics, special needs groups, and housing needs, as well as an overview of the required Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing analysis, detailed further in Appendix B.  Chapter 3, Housing Constraints: Provides an assessment of the various constraints to housing development and preservation.
 Chapter 4, Housing Resources and Opportunities: Provides an inventory of resources available to meet the City’s existing and projected housing needs.  Chapter 5, Review of Previous Housing Element (2013–2021): Analyzes the progress and effectiveness of programs from the City’s prior Housing Element and reviews the appropriateness of the program for the current Housing Element.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-6
 Chapter 6, At-Risk Affordable Housing: Identifies units in the City currently restricted with affordability covenants, focusing on covenants that expire in the next 10 years.  Chapter 7, Housing Plan: Specifies the City’s commitments to providing and preserving housing opportunities in the community.
 Chapter 8, Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology: Assesses the City’s capacity for new housing development and demonstrates that the City can accommodate its Regional Housing Needs Assessment allocation of 8,165 housing units, including 2,871 lower-income affordable units.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-7
Figure 1-1. Victorville Vicinity Map

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-8

This page intentionally left blank.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-1
2 COMMUNITY PROFILE

2.1 Population, Demographic, and Employment
Trends
California Government Code, Section 65583(a), requires an assessment of housing needs and an inventory of resources and constraints relevant to the meeting of these needs. Per Section 65583(a)(1), this section includes an analysis of population and employment trends and details the population characteristics and growth, demographics, and employment trends in the City of Victorville (City or Victorville ). The City ’s population characteristics and trends are important factors in evaluating the housing needs of its residents and identifying strategies to meet those needs through plans, programs, and projects. Population growth, household characteristics, and employment trends influence the housing needs of the community.

2.1.1 Background
Victorville is a growing, vibrant community with affordable housing prices, is conveniently located between the Cities of Los Angeles and Las Vegas, is in proximity to major transportation routes (Interstate 15, U .S. Route 395, and S tate Route 18), is home to some of the area's largest employers, and has experienced robust industrial and retail expansion (City of Victorville, Economic Development Depar tment). The former George Air Force Base is currently redeveloping as an industrial hub. Additionally, a high-speed rail line between the Town of Apple Valley and the City of Las Vegas is due to begin construction in 2021, which should bring economic benefits to the City, additional jobs, and a greater need for housing.

These attributes make Victorville an appealing place to live and contribute to the increasing growth rate. Understanding and planning its housing needs are critical to supporting the growing residents and workforce.

According to the Southern California Association of Government’s ( SCAG’s) Final Connect SoCal Demographic and Growth Forecast, Technical Report, adopted September 3, 2020, the following represents the growth forecast for Victorville (Table 2-1).

Table 2-1. Growth Forecast for 2045

2016 2045 % Change
Population 123,300 194,500 58%
Employment 33,900 61,800 82%
Households 41,200 61,200 49%
SCAG 2020 Final Connect SoCal Demographic & Growth Forecast TABLE X. GROWTH FORECAST TO 2045

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-2

2.1.2 Population Trends
Victorville is a growing community with an increasing need for housing to accommodate its population. In 2020, the City’s total population was 126,432 , including 4,917 living in group quarters, according to the California Department of Finance. The population has increased by 9% over the last 10 years from a population of 115,903 but has increased by 97% over the last 20 years, growing from 64,029 in the year 2000. This population boom signifies a staggering 20- year growth rate and significant demand for housing ( California Department of Finance E-5 Population and Housing Unit Estimates). Over this 20 -year period, Victorville’s population has grown 3.4% per year, trending higher than the 0.7% average annual growth rate of the SCAG region. Figure 2-1 charts this population increase over the last 20 years, comparing the City’s growth to the growth throughout the greater SCAG region.

Figure 2-1. Population Trend, 2000–2020

Figure 2-2 illustrates the population changes and growth rate between 2000 and 2020 for the City and its neighboring cities. Surrounding jurisdictions have experienced growth, though the City’s growth is among the highest of neighboring cities. The City experienced an annual growth rate of 3.4 %, as did the City of Adelanto. However, The City’s annual growth rate of 3.4 % outpaced its surrounding neighbors of the Town of Apple Valley’s annual growth rate of 1.6 %, the City of Hesperia’s rate of 2.2%, and the City of San Bernardino’s rate of 0.8%.

Between 2000 and 2020, the City’s population increased by a staggering 97.5 %, trending just above the City of Adelanto’s 96.7% growth increase. However, this dramatically outpaced the Town of Apple Valley’s increase of 37.2%, the City of Hesperia’s 54% increase, and the City of San Bernardino’s 17.6% increase.

CA DOF E-5 Population and Housing Unit Estimates.

FIGURE X. POPULATION TREND, 2000-2020

0.0 20.0

40.0 60.0

80.0 100.0
120.0
140.0
2000 2005 2010 2015 2020
Victorville 64,029 87,813 115,903 123,042 126,432
SCAG 16,516,703 17,541,873 18,051,534 18,731,901 19,021,787

15.0 15.5

16.0 16.5

17.0 17.5

18.0 18.5

19.0 19.5
Thousands
Millions

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-3
Figure 2-2. Population Growth, the City of Victorville and Neighboring Cities

2.1.3 Population Demographics: Race, Ethnicity, and Diversity Racial and ethnic diversity and dif ferent cultural background may influence housing characteristics, needs, and preferences, such as preferences for location or housing size to accommodate multi -generational families. Understanding the City’s racial and ethnic demographics can help analyze housing current trends, needs, and projections.

Table 2-2 shows the racial and ethnic composition of City residents. The 2014–2018 American Community Survey (ACS) 5-Year Estimates reports that of the population that identifies as one race, 64% of City residents are White, 17% are Black, 4% are Asian, and 8% are some other race. Approximately 54% of City residents are Hispanic or Latino of any race. Since 2010, the White population has increased by approximately 15 %, the Black population by 0.2%, and the Hispanic or Latino population by 6%. The Asian, American Indian or Alaskan native, and native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander communities have decreased in population size.

FIGURE X. POPULATION GROWTH, VICTORVILLE & NEIGHBORING CITIES CA DOF E-5 Population and Housing Unit Estimates
2000 2005 2010 2015 2020
Victorville 64,029 87,813 115,903 123,042 126,432
Adelanto 18,130 24,855 31,765 33,803 35,663
Apple Valley 54,239 63,117 69,135 71,930 74,394
Hesperia 62,590 76,548 90,173 92,478 96,393
San Bernardino 185,382 201,295 209,924 216,235 217,946
-
50,000
100,000
150,000
200,000
250,000
Population

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-4
Table 2-2. Racial and Ethnic Composition

2.1.4 Population by Age and Sex
Housing needs are influenced by the age structure and characteristics of its residents and are an important factor in evaluating housing needs and planning future development. Different age brackets often have different lifestyles, family sizes, incomes, e mployment trends, and other preferences that impact their housing choice and affordability. For example, younger adults often rent affordable apartments or purchase condominiums close to work, while the older population tends to buy larger homes to accommodate growing families . If a city has a significant senior population, they may require special housing types or services, such as assisted living facilities, housing rehabilitation programs, paratransit, Meals on Wheels, and home healthcare services, to enable seniors to remain in the community. Understanding these characteristics will provide insight and help the City evaluate its current and projected housing needs.

Figure 2-3 summarizes the current age and sex distribution of City residents (2014–2018 ACS 5-Year Estimates). The population of the City is 50% male and 50% female. It is also a young community. According to the 2014–2018 ACS 5 -Year Estimates , the median age of City residents is 30 years old. Median age has consistently hovered around 30 for the last 20 years, decreasing from age 30.7 in 2000 to age 29.5 in 2010, before going back up to age 30 in 2020.

2018 Estimate 2018 (%) 2010 Estimate 2010 (%)
Total population 121,861 108,088
One race 114,391 94% 103,261 96%
White 77,443 64% 68,202 63%
Black or African American 20,703 17% 17,166 16%
American Indian and Alaska Native 1,138 1% 1,271 1%
Asian 4,662 4% 4,323 4%
Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander 214 0% 148 0% Some other race 10,231 8% 12,151 11%
Two or more races 7,470 6% 4,827 5%
Hispanic or Latino (of any race) 1 65,971 54% 50,189 46% 1 Hispanic or Latino is not exclusive of other races - This will result in a data overlap.

Race
TABLE X. RACIAL AND ETHNIC COMPOSITION
American Community Survey 2006-2010 and 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-5
Figure 2-3. Current Population by Age and Sex

As shown in the Table 2-3, 33 percent% of the population in the City is 18 years old and under, whereas this age group makes up 23% of the population across the SCAG region. Approximately 56% of the population is of approximate working age (20 to 64 years old). The City’s seniors (65 years of age and over) represent 9% of the population, which is lower than the 13% across the SCAG region.

While most age groups increased over the last 10 years, the age brackets that grew the most since 2010 include seniors age 65 –74 years old (31 % increase), adults age 55–65 years old (18% increase), and young adults age 25–34 years old (10% increase).

Table 2-3. Population by Age (City of Victorville)

American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. CURRENT POPULATION BY AGE AND SEX
8,000
6,000
4,000
2,000
0 2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
0-4 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 45-49 50-54 55-59 60-64 65-69 70-74 75-79 80-84 85+ Age
Male Female
Total %
21,685 18%
6,856 6%
39,566 33%
11,197 9%
52,782 43%
87,394 72%
82,295 68%
77,703 64%
16,074 13%
13,858 11%
11,262 9%
4,365 4%
Age Categories
TABLE X. POPULATION BY AGE (VICTORVILLE)
American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.
5 to 14 years
15 to 17 years
Under 18 years
18 to 24 years
15 to 44 years
16 years and over
18 years and over
21 years and over
60 years and over
62 years and over
65 years and over
75 years and over

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-6

2.1.5 Employment Trends

2.1.5.1 Regional
Riverside–San Bernardino–Ontario Metropolitan Statistical Area Current Employment/Unemployment Statistics (through 2020) The economic effects of the COVID -19 pandemic are widely reported on a regional, State of California (State), and national basis. Due to the shutdown on businesses and the loss of jobs due to the economic slowdown, employment and unemployment change d significantly from March 2020 through 2021. Data from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics provides a recent view of how the COVID-19 pandemic has affected employment and unemployment. The City is within the Riverside–San Bernardino–Ontario Statistical Area (as defined by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics). The changes in employment and unemployment between 2013 (the year the 5 th Cycle Housing Element was adopted) and 2020 are depicted on Figures 2-4 and 2-5.

Figure 2-4. Employment (Riverside–San Bernardino–Ontario Statistical Area [2013–2020])

FIGURE X-X. EMPLOYMENT (RIV-SB-ONTARIO AREA (2013-2021)) -
500,000
1,000,000
1,500,000
2,000,000
2,500,000
2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
employment unemployment

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-7
Figure 2 -5. Unemployment Rate ( Riverside–San Bernardino –Ontario Statistical Area [2013–2020])

Employment Projections
The U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics also provides projections for the Riverside–San Bernardino– Ontario Statistical Area (Figure 2-6).

FIGURE X-X. UNEMPLOYMENT RATE (RIV-SB-ONTARIO AREA)

8.6%

6.8%

5.7% 5.3%

4.3% 4.1% 3.5%

9.1%
2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-8
Figure 2-6. Employment Projections (2016–2026)

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-9

2.1.5.2 City of Victorville
Employment data on the local level is lagging behind the regional data presented in the previous section. SCAG Pre-Certified Data for the City, dated August 2020 (SCAG Pre -Certified Data), uses U.S. Census data and other information as of 2018. According to the 2014–2018 ACS 5- Year Estimates, over 55% of residents 16 years of age and over are employed in the labor force.

The following provides important information about employment in the City:
 The City has 41,794 workers living within its borders who work across 13 major industrial sectors as depicted on Figure 2-7.
o Education and social services are the largest employment group with 9,640 employees (23% of total workers).
o Retail trade is the second largest employment group with 5,928 employees (14% of total workers).
 The mean commute travel time to work is 35 minutes.
 The m edian household income is $50,691 ( 2014–2018 ACS 5 -Year Estimates , Table S1901).

Employment by Industry
The City and the greater Victor Valley region have experienced significant economic growth. The Victor Valley Economic Development Authority cites pro-business climate, fast-track permitting process, affordable land, proximity to all western markets, a large skilled labor force, family - friendly community, and a fully functioning industrial airport with access to low utility costs as reasons manufacturing, warehousing, aerospace, logistics, industrial, retail , or commercial services or operations have made the Victor Valley region their home. Education and social services are the largest employment group with 9,640 employees (23% of total workers). Retail trade is the second largest employment group with 5,928 employees (14 % of total workers ) (Figure 2-7).

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-10
Figure 2-7. Employment by Industry

The City’s employment has grown by 11 % between 2013 (the year the 5 th Cycle Housing Element was adopted) to 2019 (the most current data available from the California Employment Development Department). More specifically, California Employment Development Department data shows that employment has grown from 39,000 in 2013 to 43,600 in 2019, an increase of 4,600 in the 6-year period, indicating a recovery from the Great Recession in 2008–2009.

According to the April 4, 2016 High Desert Workforce Report (the most recent data readily available), the City’s largest employers include the following:
 Southern California Logistics Airport – 1,890
 Victor Elementary School District – 1,215
 Victor Valley College – 827
 Desert Valley Hospital. / Medical Center – 630
 Victor Valley Global Medical Center – 526
 City of Victorville – 402
 Walmart – 400
 Victor Valley Union High School District - 382
 Costco – 311
 Cemex – 214
American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates using groupings of 2-digit NAICS codes.

FIGURE X. EMPLOYMENT BY INDUSTRY
102
2,617
2,858
1,186
5,928
4,227
814
1,731
3,927
9,640
3,401
2,497
2,866
0 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000 Agriculture
Construction
Manufacturing
Wholesale Rrade
Retail Trade
Transportation
Information
Finance
Professional Services
Education & Social Services
Arts, Entertainment, Recreation
Other
Public Admininstration
Number of Jobs

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-11
Employment by Occupation
In addition to understanding the industries that employ City residents, it is also helpful to identify the types of jobs that are most prevalent. Management is the largest group of job types with 27% of total employees. Sales and service positions are the second most common job type, with 22% of City residents employed in each category (Figure 2-8).

Figure 2-8. Employment by Occupation

2.2 Household/Housing Characteristics
California Government Code, Section 65583(a), requires an assessment of housing needs and an inventory of resources and constraints relevant to meeting thes e needs. Per Section 65583(a)(2), this section includes an analysis and documentation of household characteristics.

This section details the level of payment compared to ability to pay, housing characteristics, including overcrowding, and housing stock condition in the City.

2.2.1 Housing Types
According to the SCAG Pre-Certified Data, 38,297 housing units are in the City. Of this number, 80% of the housing units are single -family detached (30,432 units), which exceeds the percentage of single-family detached units in the SCAG region as a whole (54 %) (Figure 2-9).

The majority of other housing units in the City are multi-family (15%), mobile homes (almost 5%), and single-family attached (less than 1%).

American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates using groupings of SOC codes.

FIGURE X. EMPLOYMENT BY OCCUPATION

27.1%

21.8% 22.0%

9.8%

19.3%

34.2%

19.6%

22.8%

8.8%

14.6%

0.0%

5.0%

10.0%

15.0%

20.0%

25.0%

30.0%

35.0%

40.0%
Management Services Sales Natural Resources Production
Victorville SCAG

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-12
Figure 2-9. Housing Type

2.2.2 Housing Type Trend
As depicted on Figure 2-10, single-family units have consistently represented the overwhelming majority of housing types over the last 20 years, while only approximately 1,500 multi-family units have been developed over the last 2 decades; the number of mobile homes has remained flat. According to City staff, historically, the development community has shown little interest in developing multi-family units in the City, particularly since the Great Recession. The declines in property values in the Victor Valley region were more pronou nced than in other parts of the region, like the Counties of Los Angeles and Orange. Lenders that developers rely on to provide financing have been hesitant to provide loans for multi-family projects in inland areas in the last 10 years due to the risk related to future recessions, which has resulted in no multi -family units being developed between 2015 and 2020.

Figure 2-10. Housing Type Trend

CA DOF E-5 Population and Housing Unit Estimates
FIGURE X. HOUSING TYPE

79.5%

0.8% 4.5%

10.7%

4.6%

54.4%

7.2% 7.5%

27.3%

3.5%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Single-Family Detached Single-Family Attached Multifamily, 2-4 Units Multifamily, 5+ Units Mobile Homes Percent of Total Units
Victorville (%) SCAG (%)
CA DOF E-5 Population and Housing Unit Estimates
FIGURE X. HOUSING TYPE TREND
16,457
4,284
1,757
21,731
4,494
1,730
29,406
5,512
1,737
29,987
5,819
1,743
30,720
5,819
1,758
0 5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
Single-Family Residential (SFR) Multifamily Residential (MFR) Mobile Homes Housing Units
2000 2005 2010 2015 2020

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-13

2.2.3 Vacant Units by Type
According to the American Communities Survey 2014 –2018 5 -year estimate, 35,187 of the 38,297 housing units in the City are vacant, which results in a vacancy rate of 8%. The unit types that make up the 3,110 vacant units in the City are depicted on Figure 2-11.

Of the 3,110 vacant units, 42% (almost half) are rental units, with units for sale (or sold) making up 29%. Seasonal and other unit types represent the remaining 29% of vacant units in the City.

Figure 2-11. Vacant Units by Type

2.2.4 Housing Units by Year Built
The City experienced the largest growth in housing units between 2000 and 2009, as the Southern California housing market was extremely strong before 2008. In contrast, the SCAG region as a whole experienced the largest growth in housing units between 1970 and 1979 (Figure 2-12).

FIGURE X. VACANT UNITS BY TYPE
American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

37.5%

4.7%

26.7%

2.3%

9.4%

0.0%

19.5%20.7%

5.4%

7.9%

4.5%

33.5%

0.3%

27.7%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
For Rent Rented For Sale Sold Seasonal Migrant Other
Percent of Total Vacant Units
Victorville SCAG

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-14
Figure 2-12. Housing Units by Year Structure Built

The City’s housing stock is generally newer compared to other cities in the SCAG region. Data on the age of the current housing stock illustrates historical development patterns and can indicate the overall condition of the housing stock as older hom es require more maintenance and repair (and at greater costs) than units that are 30 years old or less.

2.2.5 Ownership/Rental Statistics
Housing security can d epend heavily on housing tenure (i.e., whether homes are owned or rented). Ownership units represent approximately 55% of all units, while rental units make up approximately 45% of the City’s units . More specifically, the City’s housing stock consists of 32,917 total units, 17,893 of which are owner occupied and 15,024 of which are renter occupied.

The share of renters in the City is lower than the share in the SCAG region overall (Figure 2-13).

American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. HOUSING UNITS BY YEAR STRUCTURE BUILT

0.1%

4.8%

36.2%

18.5%

21.5%

9.1%

3.5% 3.8%

1.4% 1.2%1.0% 1.5%

10.1% 9.5%

15.0% 16.3%

14.5% 15.9%

6.9%

9.3%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
2014 & Later 2010-2013 2000-2009 1990-1999 1980-1989 1970-1979 1960-1969 1950-1959 1940-1949 1939 & Earlier
Percent of Total Units
Victorville (%) SCAG (%)

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-15
Figure 2-13. Housing Tenure

Data on the age of household occupants indicates that those 44 years old and younger are renting in the City, while those 45 years old and older tend to be homeowners. A correlation between age and home ownership exists, as depicted on Figure 2-14.

Figure 2-14. Housing Tenure by Age

The majority (40%) of households began residing in their current residence between 2010 and 2014, with the next largest group (26 %) between 2000 and 2009, which is very similar to the SCAG region as a whole, where the most common move-in period was between 2010 and 2014 (32%) followed by between 2000 and 2009 (26%) (Figure 2-15).

American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. HOUSING TENURE

54.4%

52.5%

45.6%

47.5%

40.0%

42.0%

44.0%

46.0%

48.0%

50.0%

52.0%

54.0%

56.0%
Victorville SCAG
Percent of Total Households
Owner (%) Renter (%)
American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. HOUSING TENURE BY AGE
0 500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
4,500
15-24 25-34 35-44 45-54 55-59 60-64 65-74 75-84 85+
Owner 278 2,804 3,230 3,493 1,836 1,766 2,733 1,370 383 Renter 755 3,811 3,402 3,410 1,039 829 1,089 554 135
Households

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-16
Figure 2-15. Housing Tenure by Year Moved to Current Residence

2.2.6 Substandard Housing
The results of the 2014–2018 ACS 5 -Year Estimates indicate that 500 units lack telephone service, 124 units lack plumbing facilities, and 292 units lack complete kitchen facilities (Figure 2-16).

Figure 2-16. Substandard Housing

Another measure of substandard housing conditions involves the number of code enforcement cases. Table 2 -4 summarizes the number of code enforcement cases opened in the City between July 1, 2019 and December 31, 2020.

American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. HOUSING TENURE BY YEAR MOVED TO CURRENT RESIDENCE

20.0%

40.5%

26.1%

9.2%

4.2%
0 2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
2015 or later 2010-2014 2000-2009 1990-1999 1989 or earlier Renter 4,577 8,456 1,649 252 90
Owner 2,018 4,877 6,932 2,787 1,279
Households (% of total)
Owner Renter
American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. SUBSTANDARD HOUSING

1.52%

0.38%

0.89%

1.95%

0.39%

1.29%
0%
1%
1%
2%
2%
3%
No Telephone Service Available Lacking Plumbing Facilities Lacking Complete Kitchen Facilities Percent of Total Units
Victorville SCAG

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-17
Table 2-4. Residential Code Enforcement Cases, July 1, 2019 – December 31, 2020 CATEGORY COUNT % OF TOTAL RESIDENTIAL CASES
Substandard Housing 231 29%
Substandard Housing - Water/Sinks 10 1%
Substandard Housing - Mold 81 10%
Substandard Housing - Plumbing 132 17%
Substandard Housing - Heating 10 1%
Substandard Housing - Wiring 138 17%
Tenant Relocation Assistance - Healthy & Safety Endangered 6 1% Unsafe Structures 3 0%
Structure Unfit for Human Occupancy 12 2%
Rental Property Inspection Requirements 176 22%
Total 799

2.2.7 Housing Conditions
To analyze the housing conditions in Victorville, the City considered both code enforcement data and a field survey conducted in the Old Town Area of the City in July 2020. Both sources were considered together to estimate the number of substandard units in the City:
 According to the Old Town field survey, 198 parcels are characterized by deteriorated residential structures.
 City code enforcement data for cases opened July 1 , 2019 through December 31, 2020 totaled 799.

Based on both sources, the City estimates a total of 997 are in need of rehabilitation or replacementsubstandard units. Specific information related to the Old Town field survey and building code violations is provided in the following sections. The following sections detail the City’s findings:

2.2.7.1 Victorville CRIA Field Survey
The City is in the process of forming a Community Revitalization Investment Area (CRIA) in the Old Town Victorville Area. Harris Staff conducted a A field survey of properties in the Old Town Area of the Citywas conducted in July 2020 to identify and evaluate the prevalence of deteriorated structures. The Old Town Victorville is comprised of approximately 400 acres and is located between Interstate 15 and the eastern boundary of the City. It includes the historic Old Town core, the area north of the railroad tracks, and the 7th Street corridor gateway leading into Old Town.

Harris staff developed a set of standards to determine if a s Structures iswere deemed “deteriorated” . based on observable conditions pursuant to In order to keep its evaluation as compliant with the law as possible, Harris utiliz California Health and Safety Code (ed HSC) Section 17920.3, which outlines rules and regulations for buildings used for human inhabitation.

HSC Section 17920.3 outlines an array of conditions that can present take placeon the inside or outside of a structure and qualify it as athat qualify a building to be a “ deteriorated structure.”

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-18
However, due to the nature of the field studysurvey, which involvedconsists of visually evaluating the exterior of properties (not the interior), only those and does not include entering the structures, Harris condensed the list of qualifying conditions to those visible from the outside each structure were considered. Harris Staff used ArcGIS Collector, a mobile data collection app, to document Ddeteriorated residential structures were identified , finding them on 19 8 parcels in the ProjectOld Town Area,. Aas (shown in the Table 2 -5), 198 parcels are characterized by deteriorated residential structures ,. These 198 parcels constitutewhich represents approximately 36% of all Old Town residential parcels.

Table 2-5. Deteriorated Structure Field Survey Results, Old Town Victorville Area

Old Town in Relation to Victorville
Old Town is Victorville’s oldest area. Over time, tThe City sprawled mostlydeveloped primarily in southern and western directions from the Old Town Aarea. Those areas adjacent to Old Town are also among the oldest in the City As a result, the Old Town area represents the oldest area in the City, with the southern and eastern areas aging in a similar manner. Generally, these area s are becoming deteriorated and lack the housing size and layout desirable to modern renters and homeowners, which is leading to a decline in property conditions. Furthermore, the majority of the structures that have been identified as substandard in need of rehabilitation or replacement were built in unincorporated areas that were later annexed into the City. More specifically, the following areas adjacent to Old Town are observed to be in need of rehabilitation or replacement:
 The deterioration of the structures north of Green Tree Boulevard to the Old Town Area, specifically between Hesperia Road to the east and the I -15 Freeway to the west, becomes more visible as residents travel north to Old Town. This is due to the fact that structures are generally older in age as residents travelfarther north in the City.  Furthermore, there is a A residential area subdivision abutting the I-15 Freeway to the east, and north of Mojave Drive and south of Puesta Del Sol . This area was subdivided prior to annexation and has some recent scattered single- family dwellings. However, itthe area also has older , deteriorated, small, multi-family complexes , which likely pose a greater concern. Overall, the number of residential structures in need of rehabilitation or replacement thebuilding deterioration is greatest in Old Town and greater in those areas Residential Non-Residential Total
Deteriorated 198 124 322
Non-Deteriorated 353 290 643
Total 551 414 965
Source: CRIA Old Town Area Field Survey, July 2020

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-19
closeadjacentr to Old Town as compared to those residential areasthan in arears farther from Old Town where newer residential units are located fans outward from Old Town, with Old Town being the epicenter . Due to the amount of deterioration in Old Town, the City is pursuing the creation of a Community Revitalization Authority Project AreaCRIA to help revitalize Old Town (Proposed Programs PP-F.5 and PP-I.8).

2.2.7.2 Code Enforcement Data
As illustrated in Table 2-4, City code enforcement data for cases opened July 1, 2019 through December 31, 2020 totaled 799.

2.2.7.3 Housing Units Built Before 1980
The City also hasThere are a total of 6,764 residential structures that were in the City built before 1980. Older structures require much more maintenance and some replacement and repair of structure components, such as roofs, paint, termite damage to wood, etc. , many of which may beTherefore, older structureswhich are more likely to be deterioratingin need of rehabilitation or replacement or in substandard conditions than newer structures. Table 2-6 illustrates the age of the housing stock.

Table 2-6. Housing Units by Year Built

2.2.7.4 Programs
Chapter 7: Housing Plan of the Housing Element willcontains programs and policies that target areas such aslike Old Town to improve housing conditions, including . The followingthe following:
programs and policies will aim to improve the housing conditions in the Old Town area.

Year Built Number
2014 & Later 38
2010-2013 1,712
2000-2009 12,875
1990-1999 6,572
1980-1989 7,638
1970-1979 3,237
1960-1969 1,255
1950-1959 1,353
1940-1949 486
1939 & Earlier 433
Total 35,599
Year Structure Built
American Community Survey 2014-2018
5-year estimates.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-20
 PP-F.5 - Community Revitalization and Investment Authority. Establish a Community Revitalization and Investment Authority in the Old Town Area that would allow the City to use a portion 25 % of the property tax increment generated in that area to develop affordable housing and otherwise support the Old Town community’s revitalization (also Program PP-I.8).
 EP-G.1 - Request for Proposals. The City has issued a Request for Proposals for development of residential properties it owns in the Old Town Area.  PP-L.3 - Development Impact Fee Waiver for Old Town Victorville Area. Explore the potential waiver of development impact fees for all types of housing within Old Town.

2.2.72.2.8 Median Home Sales Price for Existing Homes
Median home prices were recorded at $254,000 in 2018 and have not recovered to the pre - Great Recession high of $330,000 in 2006 (23% less than highest median). However, in contrast, median home prices in the SCAG region as a whole have generally risen to pre-Great Recession highs, as depicted on Figure 2-17. Median home prices in the City are also significantly below those of the SCAG region. More specifically, p rices in the City have ranged from a low of 37 % of the SCAG region median in 2013 and a high of 60% in 2006 (as shown as a gray dotted line on Figure 2-17).

Figure 2-17. Median Home Sales Price for Existing Homes

2.2.82.2.9 Housing Units Permitted
According to the SCAG Pre-Certified Data, 9,110 building permits for housing units were issued in the City between 2000 and 2018. Of this total, 8,110 permits were for single-family units, and 1,000 permits were for multi-family units. Applying the number of permits issued to the population SCAG Local Profiles, Core Logic/Data Quick. SCAG median home sales price calculated as household-weighted average of county medians.

FIGURE X. MEDIAN HOME SALES PRICE FOR EXISTING HOMES

0.0%

10.0%

20.0%

30.0%

40.0%

50.0%

60.0%

70.0%
$-
$100,000
$200,000
$300,000
$400,000
$500,000
$600,000
Victorville SCAG Victorville Percentage of SCAG Price

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-21
in the City and in the SCAG region as a whole (to determine the number of permits issued per 1,000 people in the population) is an indicator to sh ow how the permit activity in the City compares to the SCAG region.

As shown on Figure 2 -18, the City’s permit activity had been higher than the SCAG region between 2000 and 2012. In fact, the activity was 4 –6 times higher than the SCAG region between 2002 and 2006. However, after 2012, activity slowed down and now trails behind the SCAG region. It is important to note that cities in the Victor Valley region experience great property value reductions, higher numbers of foreclosures , and great numbers of ass essment appeals following the Great Recession. This impact had presented challenges as the development community and commercial lenders that developers rely on have focused development activity closer to urban, coastal centers. Additionally, residential development as a whole in much of the SCAG region has slowed down, as shown on Figure 2-18. Before 2008, permit activity in the SCAG region was double what occurred in the following 10 years.

Figure 2-18. Housing Units Permitted

2.2.92.2.10 Overpayment and Overcrowding
California Government Code, Section 65583(a)(2), requires an analysis and documentation of household characteristics, including level of payment compared to ability to pay, housing characteristics, including overcrowding, and housing stock condition. The sections below provide this important information.

Core Logic/Data Quick. Additional detail available in SCAG 2019 Local Profiles. SCAG median home sales price calculated as household-weighted average of county medians.

FIGURE X. HOUSING UNITS PERMITTED
2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018
All Units 345 1220 2781 3294 413 284 298 46 115 323
Single-Family Units 345 986 2699 3039 188 284 93 46 115 323 Multifamily Units 0 234 82 254 225 0 205 0 0 0
SCAG, Units per 1000 Pop. 4.0 4.8 6.4 5.2 1.5 1.0 2.2 1.4 2.1 2.4 Victorville, all units per 1000 Pop. 5.4 17.4 35.2 34.1 3.8 2.5 2.5 0.4 0.9 2.6

0.0 5.0

10.0 15.0

20.0 25.0

30.0 35.0

40.0 45.0
0 500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
Units permitted per 1000 population
Units Permitted in Jurisdiction

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-22

2.2.102.2.11 Household Income
Household income is an important data point as it demonstrates aan individual or household’s ability to pay for housing.

The California State Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) identifies the following income categories based on the area median income (AMI) of each county:
 Extremely Low Income: Households with income up to 30% of the AMI  Very Low Income: Households with income between 31 and 50% of the AMI  Low Income: Households with income between 51% and 80% of the AMI  Moderate Income: Households with income between 81% and 120% of the AMI  Above Moderate Income: Households with income over 120% of the AMI The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy data separates households slightly differently, with a category for households with income between 81% and 10 0% of the AMI (“Below Median”) and a category for households with income above 100% of the AMI (“Above Median”).

Between 2013 and 2017 (the most recent data available), 49% of Victorville households had lower incomes ( Table 2-75) and 4 0% of households had incomes above the median income.

The percentage of lower income households in Victorville is higher than in the County of San Bernardino (41%).

Table 2-75. Households by Income Category

2.2.10.12.2.11.1 Cost Burden by Income
Housing cost burden is most commonly measured as the percentage of gross income spent on housing, with an amount of over 30% considered “cost burdened” and 50% considered “severely cost burdened.” However, a lower-income household spending the same percent of income on housing as a higher-income household will likely experience more true cost burden.

Households Percent Households Percent
Extremely Low (30% AMI or less) 5,365 16% 80,790 13%
Very Low (31 to 50% AMI) 4,840 15% 73,660 12%
Low (51 to 80% AMI) 5,890 18% 102,005 16%
Below Median (81% to 100% AMI) 3,350 10% 62,225 10%
Above Median (Over 100% AMI) 13,185 40% 304,960 49%
Total 32,630 100% 623,640 100%
Victorville
Sources: Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) (2013-2017)
Income Category (% of County AMI) San Bernardino County

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-23
The SCAG Pre -Certified Data contains information fr om the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development on the number of households in the City that pay 30% or more of their gross income on housing costs (Figure 2-19Table 2-8). This data indicates that approximately 45% of households in the City are cost burdened , or spend 30 % or more of their gross income on housing costs. As shown on Figure 2-19Table 2-8, 14,175 of the 32,630 households spend 30% or more of their gross income on housing costs. Approximately 22% of households (7,030) spend over 50% of their gross income on housing costs and are considered “severely cost burdened.” Figure 2-19Table 2-8. Cost Burden by Income

2.2.10.22.2.11.2 Spending on Rent
The City has a higher percentage of rent-burdened households than the SCAG region has as a whole. According to the SCAG Pre-Certified Data, 60% of the City’s 15,024 renter households spend 30% or more of gross income on housing cost s compared to 55% in the SCAG region.

Additionally, 4,757 renter households in the City (32%) spend 50% or more of gross income on housing costs compared to 29% in the SCAG region.

This data indicates a need for more affordable housing units in the City (Figure 2-1920).

Income < 30% 30-50% > 50% Total
Extremely Low (30% AMI or less) 1,015 385 3,965 5,365
Very Low (31 to 50% AMI) 665 1,870 2,305 4,840
Low (51 to 80% AMI) 2,045 3,135 710 5,890
Below Median (81% to 100% AMI) 2,155 1,165 30 3,350
Above Median (Over 100% AMI) 12,575 590 20 13,185
Total 18,455 7,145 7,030 32,630
Sources: Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) (2013-2017)
Households by Share of Income Spent on
Housing Cost

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-24
Figure 2-1920. Spending on Rent

Spending on Rent by Income
Another method to analyze the extent of rent-burdened households in the City is to examine rent expenditure by income bracket. T he 2014–2018 ACS 5 -Year Estimates data on renter households (i.e., the 14,300 renter households in the City where income data is available) shows the general trend of low-income households spending a higher share of income on housing (e.g., over 50%), while high-income households are more likely to spend under 20 % of income on housing costs (Figure 2-201).

Figure 2-201. Spending on Rent by Income

American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. SPENDING ON RENT
349
1,025 953
1,488 1,450
1,157
1,503 1,618
4,757
724
0 500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
4,500
5,000
<10% 10-15% 15-20% 20-25% 25-30% 30-35% 35-40% 40-49% >50% Not Computed
Number of Households
Percent of Income Spent on Rent
American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. SPENDING ON RENT BY INCOME
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Less than $20,000 $20,000 to
$34,999
$35,000 to
$49,999
$50,000 to
$74,999
$75,000 to
$99,999 $100,000 or more
>50% 2,978 1,517 256 6 0 0
30-49% 287 1,489 1,658 747 89 8
20-29% 115 195 374 1,177 929 148
<20% 36 26 119 414 349 1,383
Number of Renter Households
Income Category

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-25

2.2.10.32.2.11.3 Household Income by (Cash) Rent
The data on City renter households' cash rent paid by household income indicates a general trend of lower-income households spending less, on rent while higher-income households spend more on rent. Rent categories range from less than $500 per month (4% of City renters) to over $2,000 per month (2% of City renters). The most common rent category in the City is $1,000– $1,500 per month (43% of City renters) (Figure 2-212).

Figure 2-212. Household Income by (Cash) Rent

2.2.10.42.2.11.4 Monthly Costs for Mortgage Holders
The percentage of owner-occupied units in the City is slightly higher than the percentage in the SCAG region as a whole. Approximately 55 % of housing units in the City are owner occupied compared to 52% in the SCAG region. Additionally, mortgage payments are u p to 50% less in the City than in the SCAG region as a whole. The most common mortgage payment in the City ranges from $1,000 to $1,500 per month compared to $2,000 to $3,000 per month in the SCAG region (Figure 2-223).

American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. HOUSEHOLD INCOME BY (CASH) RENT
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Less than
$20,000
$20,000 to
$34,999
$35,000 to
$49,999
$50,000 to
$74,999
$75,000 to
$99,999
$100,000 or
more
>$2000/mo. 0 47 13 29 58 169
$1500-2000/mo. 449 446 719 699 868 529
$1000-1500/mo. 1270 1428 1173 1231 431 744
$500-1000/mo. 1525 1280 432 355 10 97
<$500/mo. 513 26 70 30 0 0
Renter Households
Income

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-26
Figure 2-223. Monthly Owner Costs for Mortgage Holders

2.2.10.52.2.11.5 Costs for Mortgage Holders by Income
The data on mortgage-holding households in the City (by income and the percentage of income spent on mortgage costs ) indicates that lower -income households spend a higher share of income on housing costs, while high-income households may spend a lower share of income on housing.

The most prevalent income category for City mortgage-holding households is $75,000 or more (6,405 households), and the most prevalent share of income spent on mortgage cost s is over 30% (5,126 households) (Figure 2-234).

American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. MONTHLY OWNER COSTS FOR MORTGAGE HOLDERS

1.0%

15.7%

40.6%

28.3%

13.2%

1.2% 0.1%0.5%

5.1%

13.7%

19.6%

33.4%

15.4%

12.3%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
<$500 $500-$1000 $1000-$1500 $1500-$2000 $2000-$3000 $3000-$4000 >$4000 Pct. of mortgage-holders
Mortgage - Monthly Payment
Victorville SCAG

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-27
Figure 2-234. Costs for Mortgage Holders by Income

2.2.10.62.2.11.6 Household Income by Home Value (for Owned Units) The relationship between housing and income can be analyzed by comparing incomes and home values in the City. The most common income category for homeowner households is $100,000 or more (4,971 households), and the most common home value category is $200,000 to $500,000 (9,302 households) (Figure 2-245).

Figure 2-245. Household Income by Home Value (for Owned Units)

FIGURE X. COSTS FOR MORTGAGE HOLDERS BY INCOME
American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Less than $20,000 $20,000 to $34,999 $35,000 to $49,999 $50,000 to $74,999 $75,000 or more Over 30% 916 1,896 1,164 902 248
20-29% 7 66 276 1,567 1,719
Under 20% - 27 81 541 4,438
Mortgage-holding households
Household Income; Percent of income spent on mortgage costs FIGURE X. HOUSEHOLD INCOME BY HOME VALUE (FOR OWNED UNITS) American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Less than
$20,000
$20,000 to
$34,999
$35,000 to
$49,999
$50,000 to
$74,999
$75,000 to
$99,999
$100,000 or
more
Above $500,000 9 58 13 36 83 45
$200,000 to $500,000 564 958 999 1,841 1,318 3,622
$100,000 to $200,000 635 1,524 716 1,303 1,070 1,032
Below $100,000 1,184 370 354 496 163 272
Owner-occupied households
Household Income; Home Value

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-28

2.2.10.72.2.11.7 Crowding by Extent and Tenure
According to the SCAG Pre -Certified Data, 9 % of the total housing units in the City meet the ACS definition of “overcrowding.” More specifically, the ACS reports that 1,444 homeowner and 2,009 renter households had more than one (1) occupants per room. Of these households, 253 homeowner households and 535 renter households had more than 1.5 occupants per room, which meets the ACS definition of “severe overcrowding” (Figure 2-256).

Figure 2-256. Crowding by Extent and Tenure

2.3 Extremely Low Income Housing Needs
Extremely low-income is defined as households with income less than 30 percent% of area median income. According to the HCD "State Income Limits for 2021" letter dated April 26, 2021, According to HCD________, Tthe 2021 area median income in the San Bernardino County is $77,500. For extremely low- income households, this results in an income of $26,500 or less for a four-person household or $16,600 or less for a one-person household. Households with extremely low-income have a variety of housing situations and needs. For example, most families and individuals receiving public assistance, such as social security insurance (SSI) or disability insurance are considered extremely low-income households. At the same time, a minimum wage worker with an annual income of approximately $27,400 or less could be part of an extremely low- income household, dependent on their household size. Figure 2 -6 provides examples of occupations with wages that could qualify as extremely low-income households, including personal care aides, laborers, food preparation and serving workers, cashiers, and office clerks.

American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. CROWDING BY EXTENT AND TENURE

8.1%

1.4%

13.4%

3.6%

4.9%

1.3%

15.6%

6.4%

0.0%

2.0%

4.0%

6.0%

8.0%

10.0%

12.0%

14.0%

16.0%

18.0%

1.0+/room 1.5+/room 1.0+/room 1.5+/room
Owner Owner Renter Renter
Percent of Total Households
Victorville SCAG

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-29

2.3.1 Existing Needs
According to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy for the 2012 –2016 period, approximately 5,365 extremely low -income households resided in the City, representing 16 percent% of the total households as shown in Table 2-9.

As shown in Figure 2 -926, most (72 percent%) (3,850) extremely low-income households are renters and experience a high incidence of housing problems. For example, 83 percent% of extremely low-income households faced housing problems (defined as cost burden greater than 30 percent% of income and/or overcrowding and/or without complete kitchen or plumbing facilities) and 81 percent% were in overpayment situations. Even further, 746 percent% of extremely low-income households paid more than 50 percent% of their income toward housing costs, compared to 22 percent% for all households.

Table 2-9. Existing Needs for Extremely Low-Income Households

2.3.2 Projected Needs
To calculate the projected housing needs, the City assumed 50 percent% of its very low-income regional housing need are extremely low -income households. As a result, from the very low - income need of 1,735 units, the City has a projected need of 866 units for extremely low-income households. Many extremely low -income households will be seeking rental housing and most likely facing overpayment, overcrowding or substandard housing condition. Some extremely low- income households could be with mental or other disabilities and special needs.

Owner Renter Total
Total Number of ELI Households 1,515 3,850 5,365
Percent with Any Housing Problems 86% 81% 83%
Percent with Cost Burden (30% of income) 82% 81% 81%
Percent with Severe Cost Burden (50% of income) 69% 76% 74% Sources: Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) (2013-2017)
Owner Renter Total
Total Number of ELI Households 1,515 3,850 5,365
Percent with Any Housing Problems 86% 81% 83%
Percent with Cost Burden (30% of income) 82% 81% 81%
Percent with Severe Cost Burden (50% of income) 69% 76% 74% Total Number of Households 17,470 15,160 32,630
Sources: Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) (2013-2017)

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-30
To address the range of needs, the City will seek out State and Federal funding to continue to provide assistance and make provisions for development of transitional housing, shelters, single- room occupancy (SRO) housing, and other forms of housing for residents experiencing homelessness. Furthermore, the City will seek to encourage the develo 9pment of at least one SRO development within the Planning Period (See Proposed Program PP-I.3 in Section 7 of this Housing Element).

Supportive housing is generally defined as permanent, affordable housing with on-site services that help residents transition into stable, more productive lives. Services may include childcare, after-school tutoring, career counseling, etc. Most transitional housing include s a supportive services component. The City regulates supportive housing as a residential use, provided supportive services are subordinate to the residential use.

To address the housing needs of extremely low -income households, the City has identified several policies are proposed to help expand affordable housing opportunities for the low income. These include the following the following objectives and existing and proposed policies and programs from the Chapter 7 Housing Plan:
 PP-A.3 - Increase Zoning in Areas Zoned for Multi-Family,  PP-B.1 - Assist with Development of Low-Income Housing,  PP-B.2 - Expedite Development
 PP-D.4 - Assist Residents with Extremely Low, Very Low, and Low Incomes  PP-F.4 - Recurring Notice of Funding Availability
 PP-F.5 - Community Revitalization and Investment Authority  Objective H - Promote various types of affordable housing  Objective I - Increase housing opportunities and access to support services for people experiencing homelessness
 Objective J - Increase tenant protections
 Objective L - Provide programs to increase affordable homeownership opportunities  HE-Q.3 - Promote housing opportunities for all people regardless of protected characteristics, such as race, color, sex, national origin, religion, sexual orientati on, disability, family status, marital status, income, and ancestry, that can limit housing choice.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-31
As part of this effort, the City will follow their housing plan and collaborate with housing providers and stakeholders to meet the City’s affordable housing needs

2.3.2.1 Needs Assessment
According to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy for the 2012 –2016 period, 5,745 households (approximately 18 % of the total households) in the City were senior households (Figure 2-26). Below includes a breakdown of this total:

2.32.4 Special Housing Needs
California Government Code, Section 65583(a), requires an assessment of housing needs and an inventory of resources and constraints relevant to the meeting of these needs. Per Section 65583(a)(7), this section includes an analysis of any special housing needs. This section details the needs of seniors, people with disabilities (including developmental disabilities), large families, farmworkers, families with female he ads of households, and families and persons in need of emergency shelter in the City. Studying these groups is an important component of identifying special housing needs and meeting these needs through plans, programs, and projects.

These specific segments of the population may have more diff iculty finding decent, affordable housing due to special needs. Special circumstances may be related to one’s employment and income, family characteristics, and disability and household characteristics, among other factors.

Furthermore, many of these groups overlap. For instance, many seniors live with a disability, and many single mothers are homeless. Generally, these groups would be assisted by an increase in affordable housing, especially housing located near public transportation and services.

2.3.12.4.1 Town of Apple Valley and City of Victorville Consolidated Action Plan
The Town of Apple Valley and the City of Victorville prepared a 2017–2021 Consolidated Plan and 2017–2018 Action Plan (Consortium Consolidated Action Plan) to comply with the U.S.

Department of Housing and Urban Development’s federal block grant funding requirements. The Consolidated Action Plan identifies overall housing and community development needs for the Town of Apple Valley and the City of Victorville Consortium (Consortium).

In addition to the research data used in this section, the Consortium Consolidated Action Plan will be used to determine needs and goals.

2.3.22.4.2 Seniors
Federal housing data define s a household type as “elderly family” if it consists of two people either or both age 62 or over. The special needs of many senior households result from their fixed incomes, higher rate of physical disabilities, and common need for assistance from others.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-32
Senior households have special housing needs primarily due to three major concerns : physical disabilities or limitations, income, and healthcare costs.

2.3.2.12.4.2.1 Needs Assessment
According to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy for the 2012 –2016 period, 5,745 households ( approximately 18% of the total households) in the City were senior households ( Figure 2 -267). Below includes a breakdown of this total:
 4,250 (or approximately 74%) were homeowner households  1,495 (or approximately 26%) were renter households
 965 (or approximately 17%) earn less than 30 % of the area median family income (compared to approximately 24% in the SCAG region)
 2,290 (or approximately 40 %) earn less than 50 % of the area med ian family income (compared to approximately 31% in the SCAG Region)
Figure 2-267. Senior Households by Income and Tenure

As a special needs group, seniors are unique. As shown on Figure 2-267, the majority of the City’s senior households are homeowners and represent 74 % of all senior households.

According to the 2014–2018 ACS 5-Year Estimates, this rate of ownership is high for a special needs group, which makes up approximately 15% of the total households in the City. Of these senior homeowners, 1,445 ( or 34%) fall below the 50 % area median income, making senior homeowners within the very-low-income category the most prevalent senior group in the City.

Poverty thresholds, as defined by the ACS, vary by household type. For instance, in 2018 , a single-person, senior household with an annual income below $12,043 per year was considered in poverty. Alternatively, a two -person, senior household was considered to be in poverty with Owner Renter Total
< 30% HAMFI 550 415 965
30-50% HAMFI 895 430 1,325
50-80% HAMFI 875 245 1,120
80-100% HAMFI 560 75 635
> 100% HAMFI 1,370 330 1,700
TOTAL 4,250 1,495 5,745
FIGURE X. ELDERLY HOUSEHOLDS BY INCOME AND TENURE
HUD CHAS, 2012-2016. HAMFI refers to Housing Urban Development Area Median Family Income.

Percent of Total Elderly
Households:

Income category, relative to
surrounding area: 16.8%

23.1%

19.5%

11.1%

29.6%

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-33
an annual income of $15,178, assuming they lived with no children under the age of 18. With these figures, the 2014–2018 ACS 5-Year Estimates reported the following:
 1,325 (or 5%) of City residents with incomes below the poverty level were 65 years of age and over
 3,927 households in the City have a household member 65 years of age and over, and approximately 12% of these families live below poverty level Senior households are likely to be on fixed , low incomes and are at a greater risk of housing overpayment. Additionally, seniors have additional physical and social needs. As shown on Figure 2-287, 28% of seniors in the City (compared to 23% in the SCAG region) suffer from an ambulatory disability. Ambulatory disabilities are those that result in serious difficulty walking or climbing stairs. This notability of ambulatory disabilities in the City’s senior residents calls for housing that is more accessible to transportation and in-house assistance and for housing options with more accessible accommodations.

Figure 2-278. Disability by Type – Seniors (65 Years of Age and Over)

Regarding housing, seniors typically require smaller, more affordable housing options and/or assistance with accessibility and home maintenance. They often require ramps, handrails, and lower cupboards and counters to allow greater access and mobility for wheelchairs or walkers.

Because of their limited mobility, seniors also often need to live close to or have transportation assistance to shopping and medical facilities.

2.3.2.22.4.2.2 Resources and Services
The City currently has a number of existing housing programs available exclusively or primarily to seniors. These services are outlined on Table 2-106.

American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. DISABILITY BY TYPE - SENIORS (65 AND OVER)

13.9%

10.1%

12.5%

28.2%

13.2%

20.3%

13.1%

6.6%

10.1%

22.9%

10.5%

17.5%

0.0%

5.0%

10.0%

15.0%

20.0%

25.0%

30.0%
Hearing Vision Cognitive Ambulatory Self-care Independent Living Percent of Senior Population
Victorville Percent SCAG Region Percent

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-34

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-35
Table 2-106. Resources for Seniors

Furthermore, the Consortium Consolidated Action Plan includes the following goals to address the availability of human services for seniors:
 Promote the development and financing of senior housing  Develop public facility amenities that facility community involvement and recreation  Disseminate fair housing information through literature, media, referrals, and workshops  Encourage programs designed to unit e youth, seniors, veterans, and people with disabilities in mentoring and caregiving
The Consortium Consolidated Action Plan also contains strategies to remove or ameliorate the barriers to affordable housing, including the following:
 Maintain the Down Payment Assistance and Homeownership Loan Programs as a tool to increase affordable homeownership opportunities for people with low and moderate incomes. By Fiscal Year 2021–2022, the Consorti um shall preserve and expand its Program Description
CDBG Senior/Disabled
Home Repair (SHRP)
Grants
The sponsor of this program is the Economic Development Department of the City of Victorville. This program provides a one time grant of labor and materials for eligible senior/disabled homeowners for minor home repairs. Grant amounts are up to $10,000.

Repair Service Program
for Senior Homeowners
This program is sponsored through Community Action Partnership. One time grant of labor and material for eligible homeowners for minor repairs and weatherization and insulation.

Land Assemblage and
Write-Down
The Victorville Housing Trust can make funding available to write down the cost of land for the development of senior citizen and/or affordable housing projects by a private (usually not-for-profit) developer.

State Licensed Care
Facilities
There are currently 16 licensed facilities within the City providing residential care for the elderly. These range from large scale facilities such as Knoll’s West or Sterling Commons/Inn to individually run facilities housing six or fewer persons. Combined, these facilities can care for up to 375 people.

Victor Valley Community
Services Council
The Services Council provides senior and disabled services as well as senior urgent repairs.

Planned Unit
Developments
The City allows developments with reduced standards for Senior Housing:

Designed for senior citizen living, the standards generally allow for smaller minimum lot sizes, reduced lot size and yards and age restrictions allow the development to be more affordable and attractive to seniors on fixed incomes.

TABLE X-X. RESOURCES FOR THE ELDERLY

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-36
affordable housing in low-income neighborhoods by assist at least 50 low- and moderate- income households.
 Expedite development of housing projects for seniors and those with low and moderate incomes. All fees shall be waived for shelters and transitional housing projects.  Continue to promote the removal of architectural barriers to provide barrier -free housing for people with disabilities and enforce the accessibility requirements of federal fair housing law that apply.
 As projects are reviewed by staff, promote the distribution of low- and moderate-income housing to blend with the existing residential neighborhoods and to not be concentrated in any single area of the Town of Apple Valley or City of Victorville. Anticipated Impact:

Integration of all income.
 To preserve and expand opportunities and special needs services to integrate all people of a protected class in the community.

The Consortium has also proposed the action of continuing to cons ider alternate forms of residential development, including various types of small -lot, single-family subdivisions; mobile home parks that allow owner -occupied spaces; senior multi -family housing developments offering various degrees of care and assistance; mixed-use residential, office, and commercial developments. Through these programs, the City promotes safe and adequate housing for its senior residents and encourages the development of new affordable senior housing.

2.3.32.4.3 Large Families
Large households are identified in State housing law as a “group with special housing needs based on the generally limited availability of adequately sized, affordable housing units.” Large households are defined as those with five or more members. Due to the limited supply of adequately sized units to accommodate large family households, large families face an above - average level of difficulty in locating adequately sized, affordable housing. Even when larger units are available, the cost is generally high er than that of smaller units. The lack of supply, compounded with the low incomes of larger families, results in many large families living in overcrowded conditions.

2.3.3.12.4.3.1 Needs Assessment
According to the 2014–2018 ACS 5 -Year Estimates, 32,917 households are in the City (see Figure 2-289). Below is a breakdown of this total:
 15,024 were renters, and 17,893 were homeowners.
 8,117 (or approximately 25%) were households with five or more members.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-37
 4,147 of the total 15,024 (or approximately 28%) renter households were large family households.
 3,970 of the total 17,893 (or approximately 22%) homeowner households were large family households.

In comparison to the SCAG region, the City has the following household breakdown:
 A lower share of single-person households than the SCAG region overall (17% v. 24%)  A higher share of seven-or-more-person households than the SCAG region overall (6% v. 3%) Figure 2-289. Households by Household Size

According to the ACS, “overcrowding” is defined as having more than one person per room with more than 1.5 persons per room being defined as “severe overcrowding.” As shown on Figure 2-2930, the incidence of overcrowding in the City is lower than that the SCAG region as a whole, suggesting t hat the City has an adequate supply of larger homes to accommodate its households. However, nearly 60 % of the total 4,241 overcrowded households are renter households, pointing to a need for larger rental units. More specifically, 2,544 of the total 15,024 (or approximately 17%) renter households are overcrowded , and 535 ( approximately 4%) of renter households are severely overcrowded. On the other hand, 1,697 of the total 17,893 (or approximately 10%) homeowner households are overcrowded, and 253 (or approximately 1%) are severely overcrowded.

American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. HOUSEHOLDS BY HOUSEHOLD SIZE
2512
3017
2682
2666
2022
1168
957
3121
4347
3410
3045
1752
1131
1087
5,633
7,364
6,092
5,711
3,774
2,299
2,044

0.0%

5.0%

10.0%

15.0%

20.0%

25.0%

30.0%
1 2 3 4 5 6 7+
Households (% by size category)
Number of People per Household
Renter Owner Total

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-38
Figure 2-2930. Crowding by Extent and Tenure

2.3.3.22.4.3.2 Resources and Services
Currently, the City has a number of existing housing programs to assist housing affordability for large families, specifically large renter households. These services include the following (Table 2-117).

Table 2-117. Resources for Large Families

In addition to these programs, the City also has a number of unit developments for large families.

American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X-2. CROWDING BY EXTENT AND TENURE

8.1%

1.4%

13.4%

3.6%

4.9%

1.3%

15.6%

6.4%

0.0%

2.0%

4.0%

6.0%

8.0%

10.0%

12.0%

14.0%

16.0%

18.0%

1.0+/room 1.5+/room 1.0+/room 1.5+/room
Owner Owner Renter Renter
Percent of Total Households
Victorville SCAG
Program Description
Mortgage Assistance
Program
This program provides assistance for homebuyers in the form of closing costs and/or down payments. Through this program, low to moderate income families can obtain the needed assistance in financing the purchase of a home. Focus of this program is on first-time homebuyers, transitioning from renter to owner status.

Section 8 Vouchers
This program provides assistance for renters in the City to have access to affordable housing. A majority of our Section 8 rental vouchers are provided to larger households.

TABLE X-X. RESOURCES FOR LARGE FAMILIES

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-39
 Impressions at Valley Center – Makes available 99 affordable housing units at 15500 Midtown Drive affordable to households with incomes between 45% and 60% of the area median income.

Furthermore, the Consortium Consolidated Action Plan includes the following goals to address the availability of quality housing, including housing for large families:
 Encourage decent and affordable housing for residents of the Town of Apple Valley and the City of Victorville
 Encourage collaboration between public agencies, developers, investors , and other stakeholders to develop a wide range of housing development  Support down payment assistance
 Consider establishing rent control for affordability
 Reduce overcrowding in occupied properties
The Consortium Consolidated Action Plan also contains the following strategies to remove or improve the barriers to affordable housing:
 Maintain the Down Payment Assistance and Homeownership Loan Programs as a tool to increase affordable homeownership opportunities for people with low and moderate incomes. By Fiscal Year 2021 –2022, the Consortium shall preserve and expand its affordable housing in low -income neighborhoods by assist ing at least 50 low - and moderate-income households.
 As projects are reviewed by staff, promote the distribution of low- and moderate-income housing to blend with the existing residential neighborhoo ds and to not be concentrated in any single area of the Town of Apple Valley or City of Victorville. Anticipated Impact:

Integration of all income.
 To preserve and expand opportunities and special needs services to integrate all people of a protected class in the community.
 Expand their efforts in providing financial literacy services and advocate for an increase of supply of affordable ownership housing by hosting a minimum of two financial literacy and access of financing for homeownership workshops.
 Increase their participation in financial literacy and new-home buyer workshops.  As projects are reviewed by staff, promote the distribution of low- and moderate-income housing to blend with the existing residential neighborhoods and to not be concentrated in any single area of the Town of Apple Valley or City of Victorville to more fully integrate all income levels.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-40
The Consortium has also proposed the action of continuing to consider alternate forms of residential development, including various types of small-lot, single-family subdivisions; mobile home parks tha t allow owner -occupied spaces; and mixed-use residential, office , and commercial developments. Through these programs, the City promotes safe and adequate housing for its residents and encourages the development of new affordable housing.

2.3.42.4.4 People with Disabilities
The Americans with Disabilities Act defines a person with a disability as having a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities. People with disabilities have special needs and many earn little income, have high health care costs, are dependent on supportive services, and/or require s pecial building accommodations, such as access ramps or elevators.

People with disabilities face unique problems in obtaining adequate housing. This specific segment of the population, which includes individuals with mental, physical, and developmental disabilities, needs affordable, conveniently located housing that is specially adapted for their specific needs. Living arrangements for people with disabilities depend on the severity of the disability and can include arrangements like (1) living at home in an independent environment with the help of other family members, (2) special housing design features for the physically disabled, (3) income support for those unable to work, and (4) in-home supportive services for persons with medical conditions, among others.

2.3.4.12.4.4.1 People with Physical and Mental Disabilities Physical and mental disabilities can hinder access to housing units of conventional design and limit the ability of individuals with disabilities to earn an adequate income. The proportion of individuals with physical disabilities is increasing nationwide due to overall increased longevity and lower fatality rates. Individuals with mental disabilities include those disabled by a psychiatric illness or injury, including schizophrenia, Alzheimer’s disease, AIDS-related infections, and conditions related to brain trauma. Disabilities tabulated by the U.S. Census include sensory, physical, and mental limitations.

Needs Assessment
According to the 2014–2018 ACS 5-Year Estimates, 13,135 City residents (approximately 11% of the City’s population) were identified as having a disability. Disabilities included each of the categories tabulated by the U.S. Census, with the majority having a physical disability.

Figure 2-301 presents the number of residents in the City with a disability as reported by the 2014–2018 ACS 5-Year Estimates. Some residents have more than one disability.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-41
Figure 2-3031. Disability by Type

Per the 2014–2018 ACS 5-Year Estimates, there are 11,262 seniors in the City. Of that total number, 28% live with an ambulatory disability (see Figure 2-312), making it the most commonly occurring disability amongst seniors 65 and older. Furthermore, relative to the SCAG area, the City houses a higher percentage of seniors with disabilities, pointing to a special need for senior housing in the City.

Figure 2-312. Disability by Type – Seniors (65 Years of Age and Over)

Understanding the employment status of people with disabilities is an important component in evaluating specialized housing needs. In the City, only 24% of the population with a disability are employed compared to approximately 65% of the total population. While the unemployment rate for individuals with a disability is lower than the rate for those with no disabilit y (6% and American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. DISABILITY BY TYPE
2,774
2,840
5,459
6,692
3,144
5,341
0 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000
Hearing
Vision
Cognitive
Ambulatory
Self-care
Independent Living
Number of Individuals
American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. DISABILITY BY TYPE - SENIORS (65 AND OVER)

13.9%

10.1%

12.5%

28.2%

13.2%

20.3%

13.1%

6.6%

10.1%

22.9%

10.5%

17.5%

0.0%

5.0%

10.0%

15.0%

20.0%

25.0%

30.0%
Hearing Vision Cognitive Ambulatory Self-care Independent Living Percent of Senior Population
Victorville Percent SCAG Region Percent

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-42
10%, respectively), it is important to consider that 70% of individuals with disabilit ies are not in the labor force ( see Figure 2 -323). Overall, individuals living with a disability are seldom employed and, thus, require more assistance with finding affordable housing options.

Figure 2-323. Disability by Employment Status

2.3.4.22.4.4.2 People with Developmental Disabilities
Pursuant to California Welfare and Institutions Code , Section 4512(a) , “developmental disabilities” are those disabilities that begin before adulthood and include intellectual disabilities, cerebral palsy, epilepsy, autism, and those disabling conditions that are closely related to intellectual disabilities or require treatment similar to that of those with intellectual disabilities.

However, this definition does not include disability conditions that are solely physical in nature.

Using this definition as a benchmark for the purpose of this analysis, data provided by the U.S.

Census Bureau’s ACS for the population of the City with cognitive difficulty was used to quantify the total number of people with developmental disabilities. The definition of a cognitive difficulty provided by the ACS includes those resul ting “b ecause of a physical, mental, or emotional problem, having difficulty remembering, concentrating, or making decisions.” Therefore, the ACS estimates were used as the definitions provided by the ACS incorporate those noted by the California Welfare and Institutions Code.

Needs Assessment
According to the 2014–2018 ACS 5-Year Estimates, 26,250 City residents (approximately 22% of the City’s population) were identified as having a disability. Below is a breakdown of this total:
 Approximately 5,459 (or approximately 21%) of residents with a disability have disabling cognitive difficulty; and
 Of those 5,459 residents with a disabling cognitive difficulty , approximately 1,411 residents are 65 years of age and over (or approximately 26% of residents with a disabling cognitive difficulty) (see Figure 2-312)
The California Department of Developmental Services also provides data on developmental disabilities by age and type of residence. This information includes a breakdown of the housing types individuals with developmental disabilities reside in and by age (minors v. adults). This With a
Disability
Percent of
Total No Disability
Percent of
Total
Employed 1,617 24% 38,822 64%
Unemployed 417 6% 5,896 10%
Not in Labor Force 4,778 70% 15,481 26%
TOTAL 6,812 60,199
FIGURE X. DISABILITY BY EMPLOYMENT STATUS
American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-43
data is collected at the ZIP code level and may not perfectly match the 2014–2018 ACS 5-Year Estimates data used in this section. However, the data provides more context of the h ousing conditions of individuals with disabilities (see Figure 2-343). As shown below, individuals with a developmental disability typically reside with a parent, family member, or guardian. However, many individuals reside in independent or supported living and foster homes.

Figure 2-343. Developmental Disabilities

Developmental disabilities can result in individuals with self-care difficulties and/or independent living difficulties, preventing usability of housing units of typical design and function without personal care.

Due to these individuals ’ ability to remember, concentrate, and make decisions, their housing opportunities are further hindered because of economic constraints. Together, these factors drive the need for facilities designed to accommodate individuals with developmental disabilities.

Resources and Services
The Fair Housing Accessibility Standards and Title 24 of the California Administrative Code set forth access and adaptability requirements for individuals with physical disabilities. These regulations apply to public buildings, such as motels, employee housing, and factory-built housing, and privately funded, newly constructed apartment houses containing five or more housing units.

The regulations also require that ramp ways, larger door widths, and restroom modifications be designed to enable free access. However, such standards are not mandatory of new single-family residential construction. The City provides grants and loan s to individuals with disabilities who have low and moderate incomes for accessibility modifications to single-family homes and assistance to renters with disabilities. Additionally, the Inland Regional Center, which is the regional center contracted by th e California Department of Developmental Service provides programs and services that further aid meeting the needs of those with physical, mental, and Victorville
By Residence: Home of Parent/Family/Guardian 1,327
Independent/Supported Living 89
Community Care Facility 89
Intermediate Care Facility 5
Foster/Family Home 99
Other 15
By Age: 0 - 17 Years 1,624
18+ Years 826
TOTAL 4,074
FIGURE X. DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES
CA DDS consumer count by CA ZIP, age group and residence type for the end of June 2019. Data available in 161/197 SCAG jurisdictions.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-44
developmental disabilities. Programs for people with disabilities include the following (Table 2- 128).

Table 2-128. Resources for Individuals with a Disability

Furthermore, the Consortium Consolidated Action Plan includes the following goals to address the availability of quality housing, including housing for individuals with disabilities:

Program Description
Housing and Employment
Program
The San Bernardino County Department of Behavioral Health provides this employment program for individuals with a mental disability. Services include linkage between federal and state funded programs, affordable housing, job training and placement, healthcare, professional counseling, and education.

Senior/Disabled Home
Repair Program
The sponsor of this program is the Economic Development Department of the City of Victorville. This program provides a one time grant of labor and materials for eligible senior/disabled homeowners for minor home repairs. Grant amounts are up to $10,000.

Shelter Plus Care
Program
The sponsor for this program is the Department of Housing and Urban Development. It provides rental assistance that is either tenant-based, project based, or sponsor-based to maximize independence for disabled homeless persons.

State Licensed Care
Facilities
There are approximately 15 adult home facilities providing care to disabled individuals. These facilities are licensed to care for up to 77 people.

State Licensed Care
Facilities
There are approximately 11 adult home facilities providing care specifically to developmentally disabled individuals, with a capacity of 53 individuals.

There are approximately 10 adult residential facilities providing care to disabled adult individuals, which may include those with developmental disabilities, with a capacity of 49 individuals.

There are 2 adult residential care facilities providing care specifically to the mentally disabled, which may include those with developmental disabilities, with a capacity of 12 individuals.

There are 2 small family home facilities providing care to children, which may include those with developmental disabilities, with a capacity of 10 children.

In-Home Support Services
This program is administered by the County of San Bernardino and assists low- income and disabled adults and children with extraordinary needs for care to remain in their own homes by providing personal care services and/or domestic services.

Respite Care
Is a service provided by the Inland Regional Center ("IRC") that is designed to assist families with developmentally disabled children in staying together. The service is designed to give family members a break or relief from the ongoing demands and responsibilities of caring for a child with developmental disabilities.

There are approximately 10 preferred providers that serve the IRC area who will hire someone the family is familiar with to provide the respite care. Also, the IRC provides agency respite care where a provider is assigned to the family if they do not have a preferred provider.

TABLE X-X. RESOURCES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH A DISABILITYPhysical & Mental DisabilitiesDevelopmental Disabilities

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-45
 Promote the development and financing of housing for people with disabilities  Develop public facility amenities for community involvement and recreation  Disseminate fair housing information through literature, media, referrals, and workshops  Encourage prog rams designed to unit e youth, seniors, veterans, and people with disabilities in mentoring and caregiving
The Consortium Consolidated Action Plan also contains the following strategies to remove or ameliorate the barriers to affordable housing:
 Continue to promote the removal of architectural barriers to provide barrier -free housing for people with disabilities and enforce the accessibility requirements of federal fair housing law that apply.
 As projects are reviewed by staff, promote the distribution of low- and moderate-income housing to blend with the existing residential neighborhoods and to not be concentrated in any single area of the Town of Apple Valley or City of Victorville. Anticipated Impact:

Integration of all income.
 To preserve and expand opportunities and special needs services to integrate all people of a protected class in the community.
 As projects are reviewed by staff, promote the distribution of low- and moderate-income housing to blend with the existing residential neighborho ods and to not be concentrated in any single area of the Town of Apple Valley or the City of Victorville to more fully integrate all income levels.

The Consortium has also proposed the action of continuing to consider alternate forms of residential development, including various types of small -lot, single-family subdivisions; mobile home parks that allow owner -occupied spaces; senior , multi-family housing developments offering various degrees of care and assistance; and mixed-use residential, office , and commercial developments. Through these programs, the City promotes safe and adequate housing for its residents and encourages the development of new affordable housing.

2.3.4.32.4.4.3 Female-Headed Household
Single-parent households require special consideration and assistance because of their greater needs for day care, healthcare, and other facilities. Female-headed households with children tend to have lower incomes, thus limiting housing availability for this group.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-46
Needs Assessment
According to the 2014–2018 ACS 5-Year Estimates, 7,591 female-headed households exist in the City. This number represents approximately 23% (compared to 14% in the SCAG region) of 32,917 households in the City (see Figure 2-345). Below is a breakdown of this total:
 4,001 (or approximately 12%) of total households had children 18 years of age or younger (compared to 7% in the SCAG region)
 653 (or approximately 2%) of total households had children under 6 years of age (compared to 1% in the SCAG region)
Overall, the City has higher ratios of female-headed households than the ratios the SCAG region, pointing to a need for more services for female-headed households.

Figure 2-3345. Female-Headed Households

Furthermore, 15% of the City’s households experience poverty compared to the 8% in the SCAG region. Of this total, female-headed households represent 5 9% of the households living below the poverty level, and all or most of these households have children 18 years of age or younger (see Figure 2-356). Of the total 5,007 households experience poverty:
 2,935 (or approximately 59%) of the total households experience poverty are female- headed households
 2,229 (or approximately 45%) of the total households experience poverty are female- headed households with at least one child 18 years of age or younger  906 (or approximately 18%) of the total households experience poverty are female - headed households with three or more children 18 years of age or younger American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. FEMALE HEADED HOUSEHOLDS (FHH)
32,917

23.1%; 7,591

12.2%; 4,001

2.0%; 653
- 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000 30,000 35,000 Total Households
Total FHH
FHH w/children
FHH w/children under 6
Percent of total househods; Number of households

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-47
Figure 2-356. Households by Poverty Status

A particular issue that affects all family households, but especially those headed by females, is finding quality, affordable childcare. Many households find this to be a severe constraint, and in the case of a single -parent household, the parent may be unable to work if they cannot find affordable childcare . As a result, the parent cannot provide necessities, such as food and housing, for their children.

Although female-headed households in the City represent a smaller special needs group than seniors and people with disabilities, the Housing Element provides for the needs of this group through policies that promote maintenance and construction of affordable housing specifically in areas close to commercial districts and transportation corridors.

Resources and Services
The City currently has a number of existing housing programs to assist with housing affordability for female-led households. These services include the following (Table 2-139).

Table 2-139. Resources for Female-Headed Households

PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
Mortgage
Assistance Program
The City uses CalHOME program income to faciliatefacilitate participants in the Mortgage Assistance Program. While the program is not limited to female-headed households, it offers such households an opportunity for stable housing that is affordable at lower income levels.

American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates.

FIGURE X. HOUSEHOLDS BY POVERTY STATUS

15.2%; 5,007

8.9%; 2,935

6.8%; 2,229

2.8%; 906
0 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000
Total households in poverty
Female-headed
Female-headed with children
Female-headed with 3 or more children
Percent of total households; Number of households

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-48
Furthermore, the Consortium Consolidated Action Plan includes the following goals to address the availability of quality housing, including housing for female-headed households:
 Continue to expand its housing programs to meet the growing need for affordable housing  Continue to use Community Development Block Grant funding to support public service agencies that address the special needs of the underserved, including female-headed families  Proactively seek additional resources to meet the underserved needs In addition to these programs, the City also has a number of unit developments for large families.

The projects include the following:
 Northgate Village – Makes available 138 affordable housing units in one -, two -, and three-bedroom units for households with incomes between 40 % to up to 80 % of area median income.
 Impressions at Valley Center – Makes available 99 affordable housing units at 15500 Midtown Drive affordable to 45 % of the area median and to 60 % of the area median households.

The Consortium Consolidated Action Plan al so contains the following strategies to remove or improve the barriers to affordable housing:
 Maintain the Down Payment Assistance and Homeownership Loan Programs as a tool to increase affordable homeownership opportunities for people with low and moderate incomes. By Fiscal Year 2021 –2022, the Consortium shall preserve and expand its affordable housing in low -income neighborhoods by assist ing at least 50 low - and moderate-income households.
 As projects are reviewed by staff, promote the distribution of low- and moderate-income housing to blend with the existing residential neighborhoods and to not be concentrated in any single area of the Town of Apple Valley or City of Victorville. Anticipated Impact:

Integration of all income.
 To preserve and expand opportunities and special needs services to integrate all people of a protected class in the community.
 Expand efforts to provide financial literacy services and advocate for an increase of supply of affordable ownership housing by hosting a minimum of two financial literacy and access of financing for homeownership workshops.
 Increase participation in financial literacy and new-home-buyer workshops.  As projects are reviewed by staff, promote the distribution of low- and moderate-income housing to blend with the existing residential neighborhoods and to not be concentrated

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-49
in any single area of the Town of Apple Valley or City of Victorville to more fully integrate all income levels.

The Consortium has also proposed the action of continuing to consider alternate forms of residential development, including various types of small -lot, single-family subdivisions; mobile home parks t hat a llow owner -occupied spaces ; and mixed-use residential, office , and commercial developments. Through these programs, the City promotes safe and adequate housing for its residents and encourages the development of new affordable housing.

2.3.4.42.4.4.4 Farmworkers
The special housing needs of many farmworkers stem from their low wages and the seasonal nature of their employment. Farmworker population estimates in the City are based on individuals who categorize their employment as “Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing and Hunting, and Mining” in the U.S. Census. This category also includes people who work in non -agricultural fields such as boating, veterinarian services, and landscape and horticulture.

Needs Assessment
According to the 2014–2018 ACS 5-year estimates, 74 farmworkers by occupation (49 of whom are full-time, year-round) and 67 individuals with employment in the agricultural industry (59 of whom are full-time, year-round) are in the City. These individuals make up less than 1 % of the SCAG region population (see Figure 2-367).

Figure 2-376. Farmworkers

Farmworkers by Occupation:

Victorville
Percent of
Total Victorville
Workers: SCAG Total
74 0.18% 57,741 Total jobs: Farming, fishing, and forestry occupations 49 0.12% 31,521 Full-time, year-round jobs: Farming, fishing, and forestry occupations Employment in the Agricultural Industry:

Victorville
Percent of
Total Victorville
Workers: SCAG Total
67 0.16% 73,778 Total in agriculture, forestry, fishing, and hunting 59 0.14% 44,979 Full-time, year-round in agriculture, forestry, fishing, and hunting FIGURE X. FARMWORKERS
American Community Survey 2014-2018 5-year estimates using groupings of NAICS and SOC codes.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-50
No designated agricultural uses are in or adjacent to the City. People employed in this category are most likely associated with mining or landscape jobs. While only a small share of SCAG region jurisdictions have farmworkers living in them, they are essential to the region’s economy and food supply.

Resources and Services
While farmworkers are not a special housing needs group in the City, the City currently provides certain permissions in its zoning code that can benefit farmworkers. These permissions include the following (Table 2-140).

Table 2-140. Resources for Farmworkers

2.3.4.52.4.4.5 Homelessness, Transitional, and Emergency Shelters Throughout the County, homelessness has become a substantial issue . Previous factors contributing to the rise in people who are experiencing homelessness included the general lack of housing affordable to people with very low income, increases in the number of people whose incomes fall below the poverty level, reductions in public subsidies to people living at or below the poverty level, the de -institutionalization of people with mental illness , and the increase in substance abuse and addiction issues in the region. The current increase in homelessness has been related to the increase in the number of layoffs and loss of employment, which results in the inability to afford housing. Additionally, homelessness can result from the need to get out of an abusive relationship or because of an unexpected event , such as a fire, fl ooding, or earthquake destroying the housing.

Over the last 2 years, t he City has taken a proactive approach in identifying the needs of the community members experiencing homelessn ess. More specifically, the City has formed a

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-51
Homelessness Solutions Task F orce, is planning for the development of a 150 -bed Wellness and Recuperative Center, and has applied for State grant funding.

The timeline of these actions is shown on Figure 2-378.

Figure 2-378. Homelessness Solutions Task Force Action Timeline

October 2020
City’s Application for Homeless Housing Assistance and Prevention (HHAP) Grant was approved.

September 2020
City applies for and is “Waitlisted” for Project Homekey funding.

August 2020
City Council Orders a Notice of Exemption from the (CEQA) Streamlining the Construction Process for the Wellness Center Project.

February-August 2020
City staff conducts research and designates a location for a Wellness and Recuperative Care Center.

October 2019
City Council adopted a Homelessness Strategic Action Plan (included as appendix).

July 2019
Homelessness Solutions Coordinator hired.

April 2019
Homelessness Solutions Task Force Committee created (meetings began in May 2019).

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-52
Needs Assessment
According to the SCAG Pre -Certified Data, 333 individuals experiencing homelessness in the City, with 154 (approximately 46%) people who are sheltered and 179 (or approximately 54%) who are unsheltered (Figure 2-389).

Figure 2-389. City and County Homelessness Point-in-Time

Resources and Services
The City works with various organizations and jurisdictions to help mitigate homelessness in the region. These collaborations include the following:
 Homelessness Solutions Taskforce – A group of representatives from community stakeholder groups, local agencies, and the City meet monthly to develop a strategic action plan and to make recommendations for the appropriate courses of action specific to the community to address homelessness.
 High Desert Homeless Services, Inc. – High Desert Homeless Services, Inc., is a local, private, non -profit 501(c)(3) organization in the City that has been assisting people experiencing homelessness since June 1988. Its mission is to assist residents of the Victor Valley and High Desert area of the County of San Bernardino who have been displaced from long-term housing due to natural disaster or loss of income, and to assist non-residents by providing short-term emergency shelter.  Victor Valley Rescue Mission – Victor Valley Rescue Mission provides shelter to the mail homeless population that is willing to enroll in their program. They also administer an outreach program for those in need.

Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) 2019 City and County Homelessness Point-in-Time Counts FIGURE X. CITY AND COUNTY HOMELESSNESS POINT-IN-TIME
154
179
333
13,587
53,231
66,818
0 50
100
150
200
250
300
350
Sheltered Unsheltered Total
0 10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
Victorville SCAG

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-53
 State of California – The City worked with the State to provide homeless services at the San Bernardino County Fairgrounds in the center of the City. These services provide people experiencing homelessness with shelter during days with extreme weather conditions.  County of San Bernardino
o County’s Continuum of Care (COC) – The City commits staff to the planning and implementation process of the COC, which provides funding and a network of resources for homeless abatement. The COC provides emergency shelter, supportive services, transitiona l housing , and permanent housing. City staff provide the COC Steering Committee critical information regarding the types of resources and programs provided to assist people experiencing homelessness. o County of San Bernardino Department of Behavioral Health – The City will continue to work with and refer residents to the County of San Bernardino’s programs to assist residents experiencing homelessness with mental health needs, such as the mental illness homeless program (30 days of basic needs, case manageme nt, employment, and outreach services to adults with mental illness who are experiencing homelessness), the housing program operated in conjunction with the Housing Authority (provides mental health services and long -term, permanent housing for residents with mental illness and/or substance abuse disorders who are experiencing homelessness), and the employment program (provides employment skill evaluations, pre-employment services, job coaching , and collateral services to residents with mental health needs).
o Homeless Outreach and Proactive Enforcement (H.O.P.E.) – The program is a proactive approach intended to ultimately reduce calls for service and other resources currently required to assist with the population experiencing homelessness . A community policing philosophy will be used to link the population experiencing homelessness with resources and service providers throughout the County. The objective is to stop the revolving door of arrest, incarceration, and then release regarding crimes related to people experiencing homelessness.

It is anticipated that the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and the State will provide additional grant funding opportunities over the next 8 years for housing and shelter solutions for those experiencing homelessness because it is one of the State’s highest priorities.

To date, the City has applied for the Project Homekey, Homeless Ho using Assistance and Prevention, and Permanent Local Housing Allocation grants.

There are a number of facilities in the City and the Victor Valley region that provide emergency and short-term shelter; financial, employment, and family counseling; and other services. These facilities are presented in Table 2-151.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-54
Table 2-115. Homelessness Resources

Furthermore, the Consortium Consolidated Action Plan includes the following actions to address the availability of quality housing, including housing for those experiencing homelessness:
 Provide funding and a network of resources for homeless abatement  Provide emergency sh elter, support services, transitional housing, and permanent housing
Facility Location Description
High Desert Homeless Services, Inc. 14049 Amargosa Road, Victorville 92392 Provides residential services (55 max at one time)up to 90 days, with possible extension
Samaritan's Helping Hand 15527 Eighth Street,
Victorville 92392 Provides motel vouchers, food, clothing, emergency services
Victor Valley Domestic Violence 14114 Hesperia Road, Victorville 92395 Provides emergency shelter and related services to victims of domestic violence
Moses House 15180 Anacapa Road,
Victorville 92392 Provides emergency shelter and related services to single mothers
Keys Nonprofit 680 S. Waterman Ave, San Bernardino 92408 Housing Placement US Vets (Inland Empire-High Desert) 15305 6th Street, March Air Reserve Base Housing Placement VA Loma Linda 11201 Benton Street, Loma Linda 92357 Housing Placement Victor Valley Family Resource Center 16000 Yucca Street, Hesperia 923945 Housing Placement Cal Works Homeless Assistance Program 15010 Palmdale Road, Victorville 92392 Housing Placement Family Assistance Program 15075 Seventh Street, Victorville 92395 Housing Placement/Rental Utility Assistance/ Domestic Violence & Transitional Youth Services
Foothill Aids Project 16501 Walnut St, Hesperia 92345 Housing Placement Inland Housing Solution PO Box 239, Loma Linda 92354 Housing Placement At Home (County of San Bernardino) 784 E. Hospitality Lane, San Bernardino 92415 Housing Placement St. John of God 13333 Palmdale Rd., Victorville 92392 Drug and alcohol rehab, 50 beds The Lord's Table 15512 6th St., Victorville 92392 Soup kitchen, meals served daily Ambassador's for Christ 16980 Nisqually Rd., Victorville 92395 Food Services Victor Valley Domestic Violence 14114 Hesperia Road, Victorville 92395 Provides emergency shelter and related services to victims of domestic violence
Inland County Legal Services 13911 Park Ave. Ste 210, Victorville 92392 Community Services Support Rock'n Our Disabilities 13558 Palm St., Hesperia 92345 Community Services Support Searchlight Society (Homeless Outreach) Victorville 92392 Community Services Support United Way 15367 Tamarack Dr., Ste A, Victorville 92392 Community Services Support Community Action Partnership 696 S. Tippacanoe Ave., San Bernardino 92408 Community Services Support/Rental Utility Assistance
Oasis House 688 N. Arrowhead Ave,#203, San Bernardino 92401 Transitional Age Youth Services Cedar House 18612 Santa Ana Ave., Bloomington 92316 Transitional Age Youth Services St. Mary's Regional Medical Center 18300 Hwy 18, PO Box 7025 , Apple Valley 92307 Healthy Communities Holy Family Catholic Church 9974 “I” Avenue , Hesperia 92345 Emergency food for people in the parish First Baptist Church of Apple Valley 22434 Nisqually Rd., Apple Valley 92308 Food Pantry First Assembly of God 15260 Nisqually Rd., Victorville 92395 Food Services High Desert Second Chance 1666 Smoketree St., Hesperia 92345 Food Services Holy Innocents Catholic Church 13230 El Evado Rd., Victorville 92392 Food Services Restoration Center 16663 A St., Victorville 92395 Food Services Salvation Army 14585 LaPaz Dr., Victorville 92392 Food Services Victor Valley Community Services Council 16692 Mojave Dr., Victorville 92395 Community Services Support/Rental Utility Assistance/Food Services
Victor Valley Rescue Mission 15572 7th St., Victorville 92395 Life Recovery Classes/Food Services/Showers Women of Noble Character 14890 Loves Ln., Victorville 92392 Food Services and Showers Church of the Valley 20700 Standing Rock Ave, Apple Valley 92307 Showers Jubilee Church 9608 "I" Ave., Ste G & H, Hesperia 92345 Showers Redeemer Church 22434 Nisqually Rd., Apple Valley 92308 Showers Veterans Crisis Line 12138 Industrial Blvd., Ste 120, Victorville 92392 Life Recovery Classes TABLE X-X. HOMELESSNESS RESOURCES

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-55
 Commit staff to the Consortium COC planning and implementation process  Provide the Consortium COC Steering Committee with critical information regarding the types of resources and program s the City currently funds that assist those experiencing homelessness
In addition to these programs, the City also has a planned development for its residents experiencing homelessness. The planned project includes the following:
 Wellness and Recuperative Care Center – This center would be the first facility in the County of San Bernardino to offer a minimum of 150 beds, 100 of which will be offered to individuals and families, and 50 will be offered to those needing continued medical treatment and recovery after hospitalization. This center will be the product of the City’s Homelessness Solutions Task Force and be located at 16902 First Street in the City.

This center would also provide a space for nonprofits and government agencies to bring mental health, employment, and housing resources; pet kennels; storage lockers; and a place for individuals to stay during the day to residents.

2.42.5 Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing
In summary, the City’s Sites Inventory (with support from the City’s rezone strategy) will affirmatively further fair housing through the following:
 The distribution of candidate rezone sites across resource areas (including the higher share of lower -income units located in the City’ s TCAC/HCD moderate resource areas and in areas with better access to jobs, transit, schools, public services, and other amenities).
 The planned revitalization of low resource areas.

The City’s analysis of Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing is detailed in Appendix B, Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 2. Community Profile

2-56

This page intentionally left blank.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-1
3 HOUSING CONSTRAINTS
The City, State, and federal governments constrain development through regulatory requirements, such as the California Building Code, the California Environmental Quality Act, zoning, land use plans, and internal processes, which affect project permitting complexity, timelines, and c osts.

Public agencies apply these constraints in the interest of protecting the public health, safety, and welfare. Additional constraints take the form of market factors, such as the cost of land, cost of construction, ability to obtain financing, and development feasibility of rental projects.

The City works to reasonably reduce governmental constraints to development and to influence nongovernmental constraints where and when possible. This chapter includes a summary of constraints and discusses past and planned initiatives to reduce them where possible.

3.1 Nongovernmental Constraints
Nongovernmental constraints are market, environmental, and economic forces that act as impediments to building housing. The City has less control over these factors but can tak e actions to mitigate undue burdens to housing production.

3.1.1 Land Costs
The City’s large supply of available, relatively inexpensive land is a major factor for the rapid growth of housing that has occurred during the past two decades. According to the October 2020 Federal Housing Finance Agency Study, the land share (or portion of the total property value that corresponds to land) of property value in the City was 20% in 2019 compared to 42% in the County of San Bernardino as a whole. Furthermore, land prices in Victorville are significantly lower than the land prices in nearby counties. The October 2020 Federal Housing Finance Agency Study concluded that land prices in the County of San Bernardino were $528,000 per acre in 2019 compared to $202,000 per acre in Victorville. Relative to many other California cities, land cost is not a constraint to development in the City; however, it is important to note that the land share of property value in Victorville has increased by 5% between 2012 and 2019.

3.1.2 Construction Costs
Residential construction costs have increased significantly since the Great Recession. According to a March,March 2020 report by University of California, Berkeley, Terner Center (Terner Center), construction costs in California increased by 25% between 2008 and 2018. The Terner Center notes that construction costs fell immediately following the Great Recession, but rose 80% between 2014 and 2018. According to Marshall & Swift Valuation Service (a CoreLogic product), the cost to build

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-2
an a verage-quality1 single-family dwelling unit is $1 20 per square foot in the County of San Bernardino, as of January, 2021 . Rising wages and materials costs will likely further increase residential construction costs.

3.1.3 California Government Code, Section 65583(a)(6),
Development Analysis
California Government Code, Section 65583(a)(6), requires an analysis of requests to develop housing at densities below those anticipated in the Sites Inventory and the length of time between receiving approval for housing development and submittal of an application for building permit. The analysis must also look at local efforts to remove nongovernmental constraints that create a gap in the jurisdiction’s ability to meet the Regional Housing Needs Assessment by income category.

The City typically does not receive requests for development at lower density than what is allowed and physically feasible.

The length of time between receiving approval for housing development and submittal of an application for building permit is typically 3–6 months, depending on project complexity and the time the developer takes to complete construction documents. Items like changes to construction costs or other development costs that affect the feasibility, financing, or negotiations with design professionals are outside the City’s control and may delay projects.

This analysis is required to examine local efforts to remove nongovernmental constraints that create a gap in the jurisdiction’s ability to meet the Regional Housing Needs Assessment by income category. The primary non governmental constraint is the overall cost of affordable housing development (high construction costs) and the lack of public funding sources to subsidize the development of rent-restricted units. Data on c onstruction costs indicates that, even with by-right density bonuses pursuant to State law, constructing affordable housing (particularly for households with low and very low incomes) is not profitable for developers and results in a loss without public funding sources. Developers seeking funding from private investors and lending institutions, which require a pro forma analysis (i.e., an analysis showing the costs to develop and the revenues available to fund the development) must demonstrate financial feasibility, or costs that are less than or equal to revenues.

Therefore, public subsidies are required to develop affordable housing. The subsidy typically comes in the form of low -income housing tax credits, State grants, HOME Investment Partnerships (HOME) funds, dedication of land for projects, and other public sources. It is important to note that the City can offer expedited permit processing and fee deferrals. However,

1 As defined by Marshall & Swift Valuation Service, “average” quality construction is the most common quality level, comprising “approximately 50% of all buildings” and “of good standard code construction with simple ornamentation and finishes.”

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-3
it cannot fill the funding gap for affordable housing developments on its own . The subsidies required for affordable housing are typically hundreds of thousands of dollars per unit.

3.1.4 Availability of Financing
The availability of capital to finance new residential development is a significant factor that can affect both the cost and supply of housing. Two types of capital are involved in the housing market: (1) capital used by developers for initial site preparation and construction and (2) capital for financing the purchase of units by homeowners and investors. Interest rates substantially affect home construction, purchase, and improvement costs. A fluctuation in rates of just 2.5 % can make a dramatic differenc e in the annual income needed to qualify for a loan. In general, financing for new residential development is available at reasonable rates. However, economic fluctuations due to the COVID-19 pandemic have caused caution among lenders and may have lasting effects through this Housing Element planning period. Despite the current low interest rates, lenders are scrutinizing applicants more than in the past, leading to a lower number of approved mortgages, despite lower interest rates.

Additionally, and importantly in Victorville and other High Desert cities, lenders are reluctant to provide financing to developers for multi-family residential projects. According to members of the development community, rents in the High Desert are not h igh enough to provide a level of comfort to lenders that loans will be repaid with economic fluctuations, as was the case during the Great Recession in 2008–2009 and more recently with the COVID-19 pandemic. The lending community has retained memories from the Great Recession, when property values in the inland portions of Southern California declined at a significantly higher rate than urban, coastal areas.

This lack of available financing for developers to build market -rate (or affordable) apartments and condominiums in Victorville is a significant constraint in the construction of more housing options for the community and is outside of the City’s control.

3.1.4.1 Homeownership
Home mortgage interest rates fell to historic lows in 2020 and 2021 , due in part to the COVID - 19 pandemic. The low interest rate environment combined with pent-up demand for housing has led to significant increases in home prices. According to Redfin.com, the median sales price for single-family residences in the City incr eased by 16% year -over-year in December 2020 compared to 7% in December 2019. These trends could create barriers to homeownership for residents with lower incomes because wage growth has not kept up with the rising home prices.

For instance, median sales p rices for single -family residences in the City increased 56% between 2012 and 2019, while median household income only increased 16% during the same period. The 2014–2018 American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates data presented in Chapter 2 , Community Pro file, of the Housing Element shows that a higher percentage of households in Victorville own versus rent. This data shows that approximately 733 single-family homes and 15 mobile homes have been constructed in the City between 2015 and 2020.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-4

3.1.4.2 Rental Housing
According the 2014–2018 American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates, renter households in the City spend more on rent than in the Southern California Association of Governments region as a whole. For instance, 31.7% of renter households in the City spend 50% or more of their gross income on housing cost s compared to 28.9% in the Southern California Association of Local Governments (SCAG) region. High levels of rent burden indicate an increasing demand for affordable housing in the City; however, increasing construction costs and land prices combined with low rent rates and low densities make it difficult for developers to demonstrate financial feasibility for multi-family rental projects.

In total, 80% of the housing stock in the City is single -family, while only 5% is multi-family with two to four units, 11% is multi-family with five or more units, and 5% is mobile homes (total sums to more than 100% due to rounding). This housing type mix indicates that developers have been reluctant historically to build rental housing in the City. Building permit data suggests that this continued to be the case during the last 8 years. Most recent single-family developments are for-sale projects. However, property owners and developers are increasingly expressing an interest to City staff in building multi-family, rental developments.

3.1.5 Availability of Mortgage Financing
Under the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA), lending institutions are required to disclose information on the disposition of loan applications and the income, gender, and race of loan applicants. The dData forfor the CityVictorville was compiled by aggregating census tracts to approximate the City boundaries.

3.1.5.1 Mortgage and Home Improvement Lending
Conventional financing involves market-rate loans provided by private lending institutions such as banks, mortgage companies, savings and loans, and thrift institutions. Overall, 2,211 households applied for government -backed mortgage loans and 2,053 households applied for conventional home mortgage loans in Victorvillethe City in 2020 (Table 3-1). Of the applications for conventional purchase loans, 72% percent were approved, and 10 percent% were denied, and 17 % percent were withdrawn or closed for incompleteness. The approval rate s for government-backed home purchase loans and conventional mortgage loans wereas nearly the samesimilar to each otherconventional purchase loans in 2020 and is higher than the approval rates in 2010 (Table 3-2). More than halfAlmost three out of every five (59% percent) of refinance applications were approved in 2020, similar to the approval rate of 55 percent% in 20102. The denial rate was greatest for home improvement loans (46 % percent), although this denial rate did not change from 20102 had the same denial rate . To supplement the market-rate lending, Victorville’s first-time homebuyers have access to the City’s Mortgage Assistance Program , which City staff will continue as part of Program PP-L.1.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-5
Table 3-1. Disposition of Home Purchase and Improvement Loan Applications (2020)

Table 3-2. Disposition of Home Purchase and Improvement Loan Applications (2010)

3.2 Environmental Constraints
Environmental constraints to housing development include natural hazards that limit the development potential of land or increase the costs of development. In Victorville, environmental constraints that could impact housing development include flooding hazards, biological resources, cultural resources, seismic hazards, and hillsides/slopes.

3.2.1 Flooding Hazards
The principal flood hazard to the developed portions of the planning area is from the Mojave River. In addition, several intermittent streams that drain the planning area and empty into the Mojave River include the Ossom Wash, West Fork Ossom Wash, Bell Mountain Wash, and Oro Grande Wash. There is a potential for flooding from these streams in the event of a 100 -year flood. The Federal Emergency Management Agency has prepared Flood Insurance Rate Maps for the City and unincorporated areas of the County of San Bernardino. Title 16 of the Victorville Municipal Code establishes required methods to prevent and reduce flood hazards.

Approved1 1598 72% 1493 73% 5011 59% 85 36%
Applications Denied 199 9% 201 10% 1059 12% 108 46%
Other2
414 19% 359 17% 2413 28% 43 18%
Total Applicants 2211 100% 2053 100% 8483 100% 236 100% Source: FFIEC MSA/MD 2020 Aggregate Report for Riverside/San Bernardino County by Census Tract Government-
Backed Purchase
Conventional
Purchase Refinance Home
Improvement
Loan Type
1 Includes those applications approved by the lenders but not accepted by the applicants. 2 Includes files closed for incompleteness, and applications withdrawn.

Approved1 1799 69% 773 69% 942 55% 62 38%
Applications Denied 405 16% 206 18% 416 24% 75 46%
Other2
407 16% 140 13% 346 20% 25 15%
Total Applicants 2611 100% 1118 100% 1703 100% 162 100% 1 Includes those applications approved by the lenders but not accepted by the applicants. 2 Includes files closed for incompleteness, and applications withdrawn.

Loan Type
Government-
Backed Purchase
Conventional
Purchase Refinance Home
Improvement

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-6

3.2.2 Biological Resources
Several plant and wildlife species that require additional review and potential permitting exist in the planning area. The most common species requiring mitigation in Victorville are burrowing owl (Athene cunicularia), Mohave ground squirrel ( Xerospermophilus mohavensis), and desert tortoise (Gopherus agassizii). The California Department of Fish and Wildlife is responsible for the permitting protocols for burrowing owl and Mohave ground squirrel, while the U.S.

Department of Fish and Wildlife issues permits for desert tortoise due to its listing as an endangered species.

3.2.3 Cultural Resources
Victorville is on the southwestern edge of the Mojave Desert, which is rich with cultural and historical resources. The region’s prehistory is divided into five periods marked by changes in archaeological remains, reflecting different ways in which Native American people adapted to their surroundings. Future development projects would be required to provide adequate investigations and monitoring efforts to identify and protect potential Native American resources.

In addition, the Victor Valley has always served as a crucial link for a succession of major transportation arteries, including the ancient Mojave Trail and the Old Spanish Trail. The Victorville Zoning Ordinance includes a historic district zone designation intended to protect and promote the preservation, maintenance, and/or improvement of landmarks or points of interest and to ensure new structures in the district are compatible with the character to be preserved.

3.2.4 Seismic Hazards
Like the entire Southern California region, Victorville is in an area of high seismic activity. Five fault systems affect the planning area: the San Andreas, Helendale, North Frontal, Landers, and San Jacinto Faults. The San Andreas Fault is approximately 24 miles south of the planning area and is considered most likely to produce a major earthquake. No faults or fault traces are known or suspected to exist in the planning area, and as a result, no Alquist -Priolo Special Studies Zones are in the planning area. The level of impact resulting from any seismic activity will depend on factors such as distance from the epicenter, earthquake magnitude, soil characteristics, and subsurface geology. Due to the high probability of seismic activity, consistent with Seismic Safety Zone IV of the California Code, new development is required to employ design and construction techniques that will reduce the potential for loss of life, injury, and property damage in the event of a major earthquake.

3.2.5 Hillsides/Slopes
Development on hillside areas when steep slopes are present can increase rates of erosion and exacerbate landslide hazards, which may threaten structures. Portions of the City have areas where slopes exceed 15%. The development on slopes with this degree of inclination is difficult and should be avoided if possible to prevent property damage resulting from slope failure. The

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-7
Victorville General Plan Safety Element contains specific goals and policies that address hazards related to the development of hillside areas. The Victorville Zoning Ordinance contains a Slope Protection District, which regulates the maintenance and protection of sloped areas in excess of 5 feet in vertical height.

3.3 Governmental Constraints
Housing affordability is influenced by factors in both the private and public sectors. The laws and policies enacted at the federal, State, and local level guide residential development in the City.

The processes for building or expanding housing influence the amount of housing developed and its type, form, location, and ultimate price. Land use controls, development standards, fees, and other local programs can have the unintended consequence of serving as a constraint to housing development. The following describes the various potential government constraints on housing development in Victorville.

3.3.1 Federal and State Constraints
Federal and State barriers and disincentives that limit the production of housing include national economic and job market conditio ns, federal and State laws and regulations, and a significant lack of funding and subsidies needed to support housing affordable to low er- and moderate- income families.

3.3.1.1 National and State Economic and Job Market Conditions Technology and globalization have changed the economy significantly in the last two decades.

Federal laws and policies have allowed U.S. companies to move manufacturing and service jobs overseas and outsource for much lower costs to maintain or increase profits. This has led to a significant stagnation in wages for lower -skilled workers, while the cost of living (including housing costs) has continued to increase. The Congressional Research Service published the study “Wage Inequality and the Stagnation of Earnings of Low -Wage Workers: Con tributing Factors and Policy Options” (February 5, 2020) that states the following:

Over the 1979 –2018 period, real wages at the 10th percentile of the hourly wage distribution grew by 1.6%, whereas wages at the 50th percentile grew by 6.1% and wages at the 90th percentile grew by 37.6%.

In 2019, the Massachusetts Institute for Technology published the study “The Work of the Future:

Shaping Technology and Institutions ,” which states that with automation, technology changes , and globalization, workers lackin g some form of college degree suffer stagnating wages and have significantly less economic security. This study states that employment is “polarizing” in both the U.S. and the industrialized world for the following reason:

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-8
At the top end, high -education, high-wage occupations offer strong career prospects and rising lifetime earnings. At the other end, low -education, low -wage occupations provide little economic security and limited career earnings growth. As a result, the pathways to economically stable and secure careers for workers without college degrees are becoming narrower and more precarious. Simply put: we see no shortage of good careers for highly educated workers. And we see no shortage of jobs for less educated workers. But we do find a paucity of good careers for workers without significant post-secondary training—strong technical or vocational training, associate’s degree level certification in a credentialed field, or attainment of a traditional four -year college or graduate degree.

As documented above, and in numerous articles and studies in recent years, as automation, technology changes, and globalization of jobs and manufacturing ha ve occurred, lower-skilled and less educated workers are not experiencing sufficient wage growth to keep up with rising housing costs. This has ex acerbated the need for affordable housing and the housing crisis currently affecting California and many other states.

The University of California, Berkeley, Labor Center also reports the following information on low- wage earners on their website https://laborcenter.berkeley.edu/low-wage-work-in-california/:
 One of every three California workers earns low wages  32% of California workers earned less than $14.35 in 2017  There are nearly 5 million low-wage workers in California Changes in the employment market and wage growth are experienced on a local level. In Victorville, median sales prices have increased by 169% between 2012 and 2019 (according to Zillow.com), while median household income in San Bernardino County (reported by the U.S.

Census Bureau) only i ncreased 3 4% during the same period. Limited wage growth is a significant barrier to individuals and families who are currently housed or seek housing and has created a large need for affordable housing.

3.3.1.2 Lack of Federal and State Funding and Subsidies for Affordable Housing
Due to market factors and government regulations—such as the need to secure multiple funding sources ( which delays project development), prevailing wage premiums, and sustainable development standards (which help to reduce negative environmental impacts, but increase costs)—affordable housing can cost more to develop than market-rate housing. As estimated in this Housing Element, the average multi-family project has an estimated development cost of $328,000 per unit (documented later in this chapter); while a lower-income affordable multi-family project has an estimated cost of over $500,000 per unit. This significant reality is a reason that the private sector

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-9
and market acting alone do not produce affordable housing. Affordable housing development relies on a multitude of public subsidies, both State and federal—those funding sources are documented in Section 4.2, Financial Resources, of this Housing Element.

Neither the federal nor State governments allocate sufficient funding to subsidize the needed affordable units pursuant to the Regional Housi ng Needs Assessment (RHNA) numbers allocated to each city and county in Californ ia. Additionally, no one source of public subsidy is sufficient to fund affordable housing projects completely. Therefore, developers must apply for and leverage multiple State and federal sources of funds, in addition to private lending, which is a time consuming process. One multi-family development can require 5 to 10 funding sources to finance its construction. Developers generally layer or “stack” financing from State and federal tax credits, State housing programs, local land donation and other local grants, federal housing programs, and private loans from financial institutions.

Federal funding for affordabl e housing represents a large portion of California’s resources to support affordable housing. However, due to pressures to cut spending, federal funding for housing has declined in recent years while the number of severely cost -burdened (i.e., those spending 50% or more of their income on housing), low -income, renter households has increased. More specifically, Community Development Block Grant and HOME funds allocated to California to produce affordable housing units declined by 51% and 66% between 2003 an d 2015, respectively. As a result, with funding cuts and increased demand, the sources of affordable housing funding are stretched very thin and have become increasingly competitive.

3.3.1.3 Redevelopment Dissolution
As a result of legislation in 2011, all redevelopment agencies in the State were dissolved, which has had a profound effect on the quantity and complexity of affordable housing development in the State. Redevelopment was a tax increment financing tool that allowed cities and counties to retain a higher share of the growth in property taxes in designated “blighted” areas to invest in those areas to remediate blight. Over 400 cities and counties in the State used this tool, referred to as “urban renewal” before 1979 . Since 1994, Redevelopment projects were required to allocate 20% of all tax increment for affordable housing in the community. On a Statewide level, over $2 billion annually for affordable housing was lost due to this State law change.

Despite State legislative effort s to replace Redevelopment with Enhanced Infrastructure Financing Districts and Community Revitalization and Investment Areas, these financing tools generate a tiny fraction of the local funding that Redevelopment did previously , which is the reason that o nly a few Enhanced Infrastructure Financing Districts and no Community Revitalization and Investment Areas have been adopted over the last 10 years. Put simply, the State has not provided an adequate replacement for affordable housing funding available under Redevelopment.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-10
In 1991, the Victor Valley Economic Development Authority (VVEDA) Joint Powers Authority (JPA) was created in response to the closure of the George Air Force Base. The JPA is composed of the Town of Apple Valley, City of Hesperia, City of Victorville, City of Adelanto, and the County of San Bernardino and was established with the primary purpose of providing a funding mechanism to redevelop the former George Air Force Base (now known as the Southern California Logistics Airport) and to facilitate the successful reuse of the property.

Furthermore, the City created a redevelopment agency (Victorville RDA) in 1980 to further the revitalization of an area located along Bear Valley Road (Bear Valley Redevelopmen t Project Area) and the Old Town/Midtown areas of the City (Old Town/Midtown Redevelopment Project Area). Both the JPA and the Victorville RDA generated significant affordable housing funds until 2011. The City estimates that redevelopment revenues restricted for affordable housing in Fiscal Year 2020–2021 would have exceeded $6 million, including funds pledged to pay debt service on existing housing bonds. With the State’s 2011 dissolution of Redevelopment, this significant funding source has been lost . State efforts to provide annual gr ants and other funding are significantly less and less reliable (i.e., they are almost alwaysusually awarded competitively) than affordable housing funding under Redevelopment. As a result, it is much harder to finance and build the affordable housing needed in the State.

3.3.1.4 State Regulations and Development Challenges
Other regulatory challenges that present barriers to development include the following:
 Complying with State regulations and energy standards, greenhouse gas reduction requirements and other environmental conditions . These help to preserve the environment, but add to development costs.
 Prevailing wages, a federal and State legal requirement for publicly funded projects, can add 13–20% to hard construction costs. These additional costs are added to already-high construction and materials costs and can push an affordable housing project to be financially infeasible.

3.3.2 Local Constraints
The Land Use Element sets forth City policies for local land development. These policies, together with existing zoning regulations, establish the amount and distribution of land allocated for different uses.

The intent of local government regulations is to protect public health and safety, and to ensure a decent quality of life for the community. However, local policies and regulations may positively or negatively affect the price and availability of housing and , in particular, the provision of affordable housing. Land use controls, site improvement requirements, fees and exactions,

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-11
permit processing procedures and o ther factors can constrain the maintenance, development and improvement of housing.

State and federal regulations also affect the availability of land for housing and the cost of producing housing. Regulations related to environmental protection, building codes and other topics are designed to protect the public health and safety, but often these regulations have adverse impacts on housing costs and availability. Perhaps one of the greatest constraints to the production of housing affordable to lower-income households is the chronic shortage of State and federal financial assistance for affordable housing. While constraints exist at other levels of government, the City has little or no control over these regulations and no ability to mitigate their effects on housing directly. Therefore, the City’s efforts emphasize policies and regulations that can be mitigated by the City.

3.3.2.1 Land Use Controls
The Land Use Element sets forth City policies for local land development. These policies, together with existing zoning regulations, establish the amount and distribution of land allocated for different uses. The current Land Use Element was adopted in 2008. An update to the Land Use Element is being processed concurrently with the 2021 –2029 Housing Element cycle and is expected to be adopted in 2022.

Residential Land Use Designations
The current General Plan designates substantial areas of land for residential development, with a variety of densities from very low (2 dwelling units per acre) to high (20 dwelling units per acre).

The Mixed Use designation allows for even higher density at 60 dwelling units per acre. Table 3-31 lists the current residential land use designations in the General Plan.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-12
Table 3-31. City-Wide Land Use and Zoning
LAND USE CATEGORY DESCRIPTION MAX. DENSITY (DU/ACRE)
Very Low Residential (VLR) This category of residential land use is characterized by single-family detached homes on lots with a minimum
area of 0.5 acre, which allows for a maximum density of 2 du/acre.
2 Low Density Residential
(LDR)
This residential land use category is characterized by
single-family detached residential development.
5 Medium Density Residential
(MEDR)
Residential development in this category is typified by attached townhome units or garden-type multi-family
development.
8–12
High Density Residential
(HDR)
Residential development in the HDR land use category
corresponds to multi-family development characterized by apartments and condominiums.
12–20
Mixed Density Residential
(MDR)
This MDR land use category is intended to facilitate
single-family infill development in the event that
extraordinary developmental constraints, such as a lack of required sewer infrastructure, make the continued
development of the permitted high-density uses
impractical or infeasible. Residential development in the MDR land use category ranges from single-family
detached units to multi-family attached units, such as
apartments. The MDR zone district corresponds to this
General Plan land use designation.
1–15
Mixed Use (MU) This MU land use category is intended to facilitate well- integrated multi-family and commercial developments
adjacent to retail development. Permitted mix of uses
include multi-family residential up to a density of 60 du/ac, retail, office, civic, open space, and other similar uses as defined through the planned unit development process.
60 Notes: du/acre = dwelling units per acre
Emergency shelters and single-room occupancies are permitted in some commercial zones; see Table 3-53.

Specific Plans
The Land Use Element provides for Specific Plans, which allow for a variety of residential and business uses to locate or expand in the City. A Specific Plan identifies the location, extent, and density of new development and indicates specific development standards that are applicable within the planning area. In the event that a Specific Plan is proposed for an area that exceeds existing residential densities or introduces changes in land use designations not provided for on the Land Use Policy Map, a General Plan Amendment is required to designate the area as “Specific Plan” and to establish the development limits for the Specific Plan. Victorville currently has 14 Specific Plans governing land use development in designated areas throughout the City (Table 3-42).

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-13
Table 3-42. Specific Plan Land Use and Zoning

NAME DESCRIPTION SIZE
(ACRES)

DENSITY
(DU/ACRE)

DWELLING
UNITS
Brentwood A mixed-use, master-planned community, including primary and secondary residential development,
recreational uses and commercial development.
641.8 2–8 3,978
The Crossings This community includes a variety of neighborhoods and housing types, many of which are
interconnected through an extensive open space
framework that includes a system of trails.
449 5–18 2,656
Desert Gateway A transit-oriented development focused on a town center, series of village centers, and major
employment centers, all connected by transit.
10,203 2–60 26,100
Foxfire Ranch A high-quality, family-oriented, master-planned community with a variety of housing types.
225 1–7 915
Mesa Verde A major planned mixed-use community, including primary and secondary residential uses and
commercial development and an open space/park
area.
653 2–20 3,384
Mohave Vistas A master-planned community composed of
residential and recreational land uses and a school
site.
219 3.5–9 966
Old Town A mixed-use, pedestrian-friendly community that is the focus for new, higher-intensity development in
the City.
210 Up to 35, up
to 48 with
density
bonus
84,746
Parkview A master-planned community composed of
residential, recreational, educational, and commercial
land uses connected via a network of landscaped
pedestrian environments.
177 4.0–12.5 715
Rancho Tierra A mixed-use master plan town including commercial, industrial, and residential uses in the western
addition portion of Victorville and adjacent to the City of Adelanto.
280 1–7.2 1,347
Southern California
Logistics Airport
Accommodations for a commercial airport and
aviation-related facilities, including compatible
industrial, commercial, and public/recreational uses.
8,703 NA NA
Talon Ranch A high-quality, family-oriented, master-planned community with supportive commercial uses, linked
with open space/trail system.
144 3–8 577
Vista Verde A high-quality development of multiple uses, including commercial, single-family residential, and
possibly a joint-use park/elementary school.
519 3.8–6 2,530
West Creek A variety of master-planned residential uses and an elementary school and open space.
406 2–8 1,598
Civic Center A sustainability plan for Victorville’s Civic Center that intends to revitalize the area, promote infill
development, reduce greenhouse gas emissions,
and encourage energy efficient development.
473 0.5–30 NA
Notes: du/acre = dwelling units per acre

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-14
Sphere of Influence
New annexations from land in the City’s sphere of influence could provide areas for additional residential development. One potential annexation area encompasses the boundary of the Desert Gateway Specific Plan and is shown as a significant section of the North Mojave Planning Area.

The Desert Gateway Specific Plan also has mixed -use developments proposed within it at maximum densities of 30 and 60 dwelling units per acre. With 120 acres in the “ town center” potentially dedicated to housing, 4,872 units could be provided based on dwelling units per acre.

The smaller scale “village centers” allow for mixed-use development with a maximum density of 30 dwelling units per acre. With 3 three separate areas and 45 acres available, 1,350 units are possible.

Any annexation would be required to include concurrently two “island” areas, i.e., unincorporated areas located entirely within City boundaries. These have existing low-density single-family homes but do not currently have significant infrastructure improvements. Much of the housing is older and, therefore, may be more affordable than other developed areas of the City.

Zoning
Housing Element law specifies that jurisdictions must identify adequate sites to be made available through appropriate zoning and development standards to encourage the development of a variety of housing types for all economic segments of the population. Table 3-53 summarizes the various housing types permitted in the City’s zoning districts. As required, the City encourages the development of a variety of housing types through its Zoning Code and Municipal Code, including multi -family rental housing, housing for f armworkers, emergency shelters, Low -Barrier Navigation Centers (LBNCs), transitional housing, supportive housing, single-room occupancy (SRO) units, manufactured housing, mobile home parks, and accessory dwelling units. The following sections provide further explanation of the potential for development of each of these housing types in the City.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-15
Table 3-53. Permitted Residential Uses by Zone

RESIDENTIAL USES

EXCLUSIVE AGRICULTURAL (AE)

AGRICULTURE RESIDENTIAL (A)

SUBURBAN RESIDENTIAL (S-R)
SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL (R-1)
MEDIUM DENSITY RESIDENTIAL (R-2)
HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL (R-3)
VERY HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL (R-4)

MIXED DENSITY RESIDENTIAL (MDR)

RESIDENTIAL MOBILE HOME PLANNED

DEVELOPMENT (R-MPD)
NEIGHBORHOOD SERVICE (C1)
GENERAL COMMERCIAL (C2/C4)

ADMINISTRATIVE PROFESSIONAL

OFFICES (CA)

PUBLIC AND CIVIC (PC)
Single-family residence P P P P — — — P P — — — —
Multi-family (8 units/acre) — — — — P P P P — — — — —
Multi-family (15 units/acre) — — — — — P P P — — — — —
Multi-family (20 units/acre) — — — — — — P — — — — — —
Condominiums — — — C C C C C — — — — —
Manufactured/mobile homes P P P P — — — P P — — — —
Mobile home park — — — — C C C — — — — — —
Boardinghouse — — — — C C C C — — — — —
Commercial caretakers quarters C C C C C C C — — C — C C Single-room occupancy — — — — — C C C — — C — —
Emergency shelter — — — — C C C — — P — — —
Transitional or supportive housing P P P P P P P P P — — — — State-licensed care facilities, including
group, community, and residential (up
to six individuals)
P P P P — — — P P — — — —
Accessory dwelling unit P P P P — — — P P — — — —
Notes: C = conditional use permit required; P = permitted use; — = not permitted

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-16

3.4 Variety of Housing Types

3.4.1 Single-Family Housing
Single-family residences are permitted in the Exclusive Agricultural (AE), Agriculture Residential (A), Suburban Residential (S-R), Single Family Residential (R-1), Mixed Density Residential (MDR), and Residential Mobile Home Planned Development (R-MPD) zones. Most of the City’s Specific Plans provide for single -family residential development at low to medium densities.

Single-family development requires a Site Plan Review, including evaluation of the project, using the City’s design guidelines.

3.4.2 Multi-Family Housing
Multi-family housing at a density up to eight dwelling units per acre is permitted in the Medium Density Residential (R-2), High Density Residential (R-3), Very High Density Residential (R-4), and Mixed Density Residential (MDR) zones. Multiple -family hous ing at a density up to 15 dwelling units per acre is permitted in the High Density Residential (R-3), Very High Density Residential (R-4), and Mixed Density Residential (MDR) zones. Multi-family density of up to 20 dwelling units per acre is only permitted in the Very High Density Residential (R-4) zone.

According to the City’s Development Code, hotels and motels with 20% or more units containing a kitchen or kitchenette are considered multi-family units.

The City’s Development Code also distinguishes between multi-family housing and condominiums with regard to permitted location. Unlike multi-family housing, condominiums are permitted in the Single Family Residential (R-1), Medium Density Residential (R-2), High Density Residential (R- 3), Very High Density Residential (R-4), and Mixed Density Residential (MDR) zones. In addition, the Old Town Specific Plan and Civic Center Specific Plan encourage high-density, multi-family residential development.

3.4.3 Manufactured Housing and Mobile Home Parks
The City’s Development Code distinguishes between manufactured and mobile homes primarily based on whether or not they include a permanent foundation. According to the code, mobile homes are vehicles containing one or more dwelling units without a p ermanent foundation. In contrast, manufactured homes are built on a permanent chassis but may be used with or without a permanent foundation. Both mobile and manufactured homes are permitted in the Exclusive Agricultural (AE), Agriculture Residential ( A), Suburban Residential (S-R), Single Family Residential (R-1), Mixed Density Residential (MDR), and Residential Mobile Home Planned Development ( R-MPD) zones, and subject to the same property development standards as single-family detached units. Manufactured homes outside mobile home subdivisions must be on a permanent foundation and are subject to design regulations to ensure compatibility with surrounding uses. The City has established design criteria for manufactured homes consistent with California Government Code, Section 65852.3.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-17
Mobile home parks, which include two or more mobile homes, are conditionally permitted in the Medium Density Residential (R-2), High Density Residential (R-3), and Very High Density Residential (R-4) zones on a minimum lot size of 5 acres. There are nine mobile home parks located in the City containing a total of 1,039 spaces.

3.4.4 Farmworker and Employee Housing
Pursuant to the California Employee Housing Act (Section 17000 of the California Health and Safety Code), any employee housing providing accommodations for six or fewer employees shall be deemed a single -family structure within a residential land use designation. Employee housing for six or fewer people must be permitted wherever a single -family residenc e is permitted. To comply with State law, no conditional use permit or variance can be required.

Despite the limited number of farmworkers in the City and surrounding area, the City allows employee housing, including housing for farmworkers, consistent wit h Health and Safety Code Sections 17021.5, 17021.6, and 17021.8. The Zoning Code stipulates that “any facility, place, or building maintained and operated to provide residential care for six or fewer people” and located “in a single-family zoning district shall be subject only to those restrictions that apply to other residential dwellings of the same type in the same zone if required by state law.” The Zoning Code permits mobile homes for use as employee housing on the same parcel in the Exclusive Agriculture (AE) district. Additionally, in the Agriculture Residential (A) district, up to three single-family homes can be placed on parcels 3 acres or larger.

In addition, to the above provisions, zoning is available for housing for farmworkers through the variety of other housing types encouraged in the Zoning Code, including multi -family, SRO, manufactured housing, and accessory dwelling units (ADUs).

3.4.5 Single-Room Occupancy
Single-room occupancies are secure residential units that include communal or individual kitchens and communal or individual bathroom facilities. They are conditionally permitted in the High Density Residential (R-3), Very High Density Residential (R-4), Mixed Density Residential (MDR), and General Commercial (C2/C4) zones.

The City’s SRO regulations establish the following conditions:
 A management plan approved by the Planning Commission that includes a 24 -hour resident manager and security monitoring system.
 The provision of common areas.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-18
 One parking space per two units, subject to review and adjustment as part of the conditional use permit review process based upon the proximity of the development to commercial support services and public transportation facilities, as well as the inclusion of bicycle parking.
 Common facilities that serve the residents of the SRO development if SRO living units do not provide individual cooking or bathroom facilities.
 When developed as part of a mixed -use d evelopment, allowable only in the General Commercial (C2) zone, compatibility with the commercial uses, which must be located on the ground floor.
 Accommodation for the storage space needs for tenants in an area or areas separate from the SRO living units.

While there are no SROs currently in the City, the Housing Element includes a program (Program PP-I.3) to encourage development of at least one SRO development within the Planning Period.

3.4.6 Emergency Shelters
Senate Bill 2, enacted in October 2007, requires local governments to identify one or more zoning categories that allow emergency shelters (year -round shelters for people experiencing homelessness) without discretionary reviewaction. Assembly Bill (AB) 139 (2019) added stricter requirements and restrict ions on cities’ ability to regulate emergency shelters. The Housing Element has a program (Program PP-A.1) to bring the City into compliance with AB 139 , as codified in California Government Code, Section 65583 (a)(4)(A). Specifically, the City will modify the portions of its Municipal Code dealing with the location of and distance between emergency shelters, as well as parking requirements, and will ensure the City uses only objective development standards to come into compliance with current State requirements.

The identified zones in which emergency shelters are allowed must have sufficient capacity to accommodate at least one year-round shelter and accommodate the City’s share of the regional unsheltered homeless population. According to the 2020 point-in-time count for Victorville, 298 people experiencing unsheltered homelessness were living in the City.

The City’s Development Code allows emergency shelters by right without discretionary action in the Neighborhood Service (C-1) zone and with a con ditional use permit in the Medium Density Residential (R-2), High Density Residential (R-3), and Very High Density Residential (R-4) zones, as well as with a conditional use permit in the Mixed Use and residential districts of the Old Town Specific Plan. The maximum lot coverage in the C-1 zone is 40% percent, with a maximum height of 35 feet for buildings in this zone. Any emergency shelter developed in the C-1 zone would be required to be set back 30 feet from a residential district. In addition, parking requirements off- street parking shall be provided at the ratio of one on-site parking space for every ten adult beds,

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-19
plus one additional space for the on -site manager.are XXXXX. These standards may exceed statutory requirements pursuant to Government Code section 65553(a)(4). Proposed Program PP-I.1XX will evaluate thisthese standards to determine whether it constrains the development of emergency sheltersfurther, and staff will revise the standards as needed.

Figure 3 -1 illustrates locations in the City where an emergency shelter can realistically be developed by rightwithout discretionary action, i.e., vacant land parcels between 10,000 square feet and 5 acres in size, zoned C-1, and located within 0.5 miles of a transit stop. There are 132 such parcels totaling more than 200 acres. Figure 3-1 also shows the location of Homeless Resource Centers in the City, many of which are within 0.5 miles of locations where emergency shelters can be developed. In addition, Figure 3-1 shows the location of the City’s flood zones and transmission lines, as those areas would not be suitable for development without mitigation. The majority of sites are not located within flood zones or near transmission lines. There are 132 such parcels totaling more than 200 acres. No areas of the City have been identified as entirely unsuitable for human habitation. The City has sufficient capacity to accommodate multiple year- round shelters to serve the City’s share of the regional unsheltered homeless population.

The City’s commitment to providing sufficient emergency shelters for the community is evident in its commitment to and partnership in the development of the Wellness and Recuperative Center Campus. The Wellness and Recuperative Center Campus will include 120 beds of interim housing, 48 beds for recuperative care, a multipurpose center, dining, a medical clinic, a dog run/kennel, and offices for support services, all with a 24 -hour operation schedule. The Wellness and Recuperative Center Campus will be built on City-owned land within the Old Town Specific Plan Area. More information about the Wellness and Recuperative Center Campus and the City’s efforts to accommodate emergency shelters more generally, is provided in Chapter 2, Community Profile.

3.4.7 Low-Barrier Navigation Centers
AB 101 requires jurisdictions to allow a LBNC development of up to 50 units by right in areas zoned for mixed uses and nonresidential zones permitting multi -family uses if the development meets specified requirements. The City may also choose to allow larger LBNC developments by right in these zones. According to the California Government Code, Section 65660, a “Low- Barrier Navigation Center” is defined as “a Housing First, low -barrier, service-enriched shelter focused on moving people into permanent housing that provides temporary living facilities while case managers connect individuals experiencing homelessness to income, public benefits, health services, shelter, and housing.”
The Housing Element has a program (Program PP-I.1) to permit development of LBNCs by right in areas zoned for mixed -use and nonresidential zones permitting multi -family uses, in accordance with California Health and Safety Code, Sections 65660 through 65668. The requirements applied to LBNCs in the aforementioned zones will be limited to the following:

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-20
 The proposed LBNC shall offer services to connect people to permanent housing through a services plan that identifies services staffing.
 The proposed LBNC is linked to a coordinated entry system so that staff in the interim facility or staff who co-locate in the facility may conduct assessments and provide services to connect people to permanent housing.
 The proposed LBNC complies with Chapter 6.5 (commencing with Section 8255) of Division 8 of the Welfare and Institutions Code.
 The proposed LBNC has a system for entering informati on regarding client stays, client demographics, client income, and exit destination through the local Homeless Management Information System as defined by Section 578.3 of Title 24 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

While California Health and Safety Code , Sections 65660 through 65668, are designed to be repealed as of January 1, 2027, the City intends for its LBNC regulations to remain in the Municipal Code indefinitely.

3.4.8 Transitional and Supportive Housing
The City’s Development Code defines transitional housing as follows:

Housing configured as rental housing developments, with supportive services for up to twenty -four months but not less than six months. Transitional housing is designated and targeted for recently homeless persons and is intended to move recently homeless persons to permanent housing as quickly as possible and recirculate the assisted housing to another eligible program recipient. This type of housing includes self -sufficiency development services, and limits rents and service fees to an ability-to-pay formula reasonably consistent with the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development's requirements for subsidized housing for low-income persons.

Consistent with California Government Code , Section 65582 , t he City’s Development Code defines supportive housing as follows:

Housing with no limit on length of stay, that is occupied by persons with low incomes who have one or more disabilities, including mental illness, HIV or AIDS, substance abuse, or other chronic health condition, or individuals eligible for services provided pursuant to the Lanterman Developmental Disabilities Services Act (Division 4.5 (commencing with Section 4500) of the Welfare and Institutions Code) and may include, among other populations, adults, emancipated minors, families with children, elderly persons, young adults aging out of the foster care

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-21
system, individuals exiting from institutional settings, veterans, and homeless people; and that is linked to an onsite or offsite service that assists the supportive housing resident in retaining the housing, improving his or her health status, and maximizing his or her ability to live and, when possible, work in the community.

State law requires transitional and supportive housing to be defined as a residential use and subject only to the same regulations as comparable residential uses. Transitional and supportive housing are permitted in the Agriculture Residential (A), Exclusive Agricultural (AE), Suburban Residential ( S-R), Single Family Residential (R-1), Medium Density Residential (R-2), High Density Residential (R-3), Very High Density Residential (R-4), Mixed Density Residential (MDR), Residential Mobile Home Planned Development ( R-MPD) zones. They are not subject to any regulations beyond what is required for other residential uses in the same zones.

AB 2162 (2018) further requires supportive housing projects of 50 units or fewer to be permitted by right in zones where multi -family and mixed -use developments are permitted when the development meets certain conditions. The City may choose to allow larger supportive housing projects by right in these zones. AB 2162 also prohibits minimum parking requirements for supportive housing within 0.5 mile of public transit. The Housing Element has a program (Program PP-A.1) for the City to come into compliance with these recent legal changes, including to permit transitional and supportive housing by right in mixed mixed-use zones.

See Chapter 2, Community Profile, for more information about the City’s efforts to accommodate transitional and supportive housing.

3.4.9 Residential, Group, and Community Care Facilities Residential care facilities often provide care to people with disabilities , including those with physical and mental disabilities. State law allows residential care facilities of six or fewer individuals in any single-family zone. Consistent with State law, the City permits small residential care facilities that serve six or fewer clients in every residential zone that permits single-family units. Specifically, the City’s Zoning Code permits State -licensed care facilities, including group, community, and residential care facilities, by right in the Exclusive Agriculture (AE), Agriculture Residential (A), Suburban Residential (S-R), Single Family Residential (R-1), Mixed Density Residential (MDR), and Residential Mobile Home Planned Development (R-MPD) zones. Proposed Program XXPP- I.1 requires the City to provide revisions to the Development Code to clarify that both licensed and unlicensed residential care facilities for six or fewer individuals are permitted in every residential zone that permits single-family units.

Larger facilities would fall under the definition of boarding houses or convalescent or rest homes.

Boarding houses are conditionally permitted in the Medium Density Residential (R-2), High Density Residential (R-3), Very High Density Residential (R-4), and Mixed Density Residential (MDR) zones, and convalescent or rest homes are conditionally permitted in the Medium Density

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-22
Residential (R-2), High Density Residential (R-3), Very High Density Residential (R-4), Mixed Density Residential (MDR), and Neighborhood Service (C-1) zones. The City’s Development Code does not specify which zones allow rest homes. Potential conditions of approval may include hours of operation, security, loading requirements, and management. Conditions would be similar to those for other similar uses in the same zones and would not serve to constrain the development of such facilities. Occupancy standards for residential care facilities are the same as occupancy standards for all other residential uses. The City has not adopted a spacing requirement for residential care facilities. Larger residential care facilities are not allowed in the Very Low Density (VLDR) or Low Density (LDR) zones. The VLDR zones are largely located at the periphery of the city and have a more rural charac ter. They typically have limited infrastructure and lack access to services and transit. Proposed Allowable zoning and permit requirements may constrain the development of some larger facilities. Program XXPP-I.1 requires the City to evaluate the provisionsLDR zone forto assess the feasibility of permitting large residential care facilities to ensure that permitting requirements andthe zoning regulations do not unduly constrain development of these facilities, and to review the Development Code as necessary.

3.4.9.1 Definition of Family
Including a definition of “family” in the Zoning Ordinance may effectively restrict access to housing for households failing to qualify as a family by that definition. A restrictive definition of family that limits the number of and differentiates between related and unrelated individuals living together may illegally limit the development and siting of group homes for people with disabilities but not for housing families that are similarly sized or situated. The City’s Development Code does not include a definition of family.

3.4.10 Accessory Dwelling Units
An ADU is an attached or detached residential unit that provides complete independent living facilities for one or more people. A junior accessory dwelling unit (JADU) is an ADU contained entirely within a single -family residence. Section 16 -3.07.030 of th e City’s Development Code regulates ADUs. Currently, ADUs are permitted in the Exclusive Agricultural (AE), Agriculture Residential ( A), Suburban Residential (S-R), Single Family Residential (R-1), Mixed Density Residential (MDR), and Residential Mobile Home Planned Development (R-MPD) zones.

Recent State legislation, including AB 68, AB 881, AB 587, AB 671, and Senate Bill 13 modified the way local jurisdictions are allowed to regulate ADUs and JADUs. This legislation promotes the construction of new ADUs and JADUs and limits the ways cities can regulate their design.

Under current State law, the City may adopt regulations governing the design of ADUs, but no lot coverage, floor area ratio, open space, or minimum lot size can preclude the construction of a “statewide exemption ADU,” which is an ADU with an area up to 800 square feet, height up to 16 feet, and 4-foot side and rear yard setbacks. Further, to comply with the new State law, the

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-23
City will expand the zones and circumstances under which ADUs and JADUs are allowed, modify the unit size requirement and eliminate the converted parking replacement requirement . The Housing Element contains a program (Program PP-A.1) to bring the City into compliance with the new State restrictions on local ADU regulations.

3.4.11 Development Standards
The City’s Development Code contains development standards for each zoning district intended to protect and promote the health, safety, and general welfare of residents and to implement General Plan policies. Development standards have the potential to limit the number of units that may be constructed on a particular property, which in turn , can increase the per -unit land costs and result in higher development costs that may impact housing affordability. Development standards for residential zones are presented in Table 3-64. These Most development standards are typical and consistent with standards established in surrounding communities.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-24
Table 3-64. Development Standards

DEVELOPMENT

STANDARDS

EXCLUSIVE AGRICULTURAL (AE)

AGRICULTURE RESIDENTIAL (A)

SUBURBAN RESIDENTIAL (S-R)
SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL (R-1)
MEDIUM DENSITY RESIDENTIAL (R-2)
HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL (R-3)
VERY HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL (R-4)

MIXED DENSITY RESIDENTIAL (MDR)

RESIDENTIAL MOBILE HOME PLANNED

DEVELOPMENT (R-MPD)
NEIGHBORHOOD SERVICE (C-1)
Maximum lot coverage 40%
Minimum net lot area 5
acres
1 acre

0.5 acre
7,200
sf
8,500
sf
10,000
sf
10,000
sf
7,200
sf
7,200
sf
10,000
sf
Maximum dwelling unit
density (per gross acre) NA NA Up to
2 Up to
5 Up to
8 Up to
15 Up to
20 Up to
15 Up to
5 NA
Lot width (feet) 75
Interior 150 150 85 60 60 70 70 60 60
Corner 150 150 85 65 65 75 75 65 65
Reverse corner 150 150 85 75 65 75 75 65 65
Cul-de-sac (at front
setback) 150 150 85 60 60 70 70 60 60
Lot depth (feet) 150 150 150 100 100 100 100 100 100 NA Minimum front yard
setbacks 10
Porch 25 25 20 14 20 20 15 20 20
First story living (feet) 25 25 20 20 20 20 15 20 20
Minimum side yard setback
(feet)
Street side 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Reverse corner street side 15 10
Interior side 10 10 5
&10 5 & 10 5 5 5 5 5 0
Separation between
dwelling units (feet) NA NA 15 NA NA NA NA NA NA 302
Minimum rear yard setback
(feet) 20 10 20 20 20 20 15 10 20 0
Maximum height (feet) 35 35 30 30 301 351 351 35 20 35
Notes:
1 No principle building shall exceed a height of one story when located within one hundred feet of an existing single-family residence.
2 Minimum separation from residential district.

The maximum height of residential buildings in the S -R, R -1, and R -2 is 30 feet, while the maximum height in the AE, A, R-3, R-4, MDR, and C-1 zones is 35 feet. Within the R-MPD zone, the maximum height is 20 feet. In addition, buildings in the R-2, R-3, and R-4 zones are limited

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-25
to one story when located within 100 feet of an existing single-family residence. With these height limitations it may be difficult to achieve the densities allowable within some of the higher-density zones in the City, such as the R-4 (20 du/ac) zone. This is particularly true for sites located within 100 feet of an existing single-family residence, which are limited to a one-story height. Proposed Program XXPP-B.3 requires the City to assess existing development standards, including height limits, to evaluate their impact on residential de velopment and revise as needed to encourage the creation of additional housing within the City.

3.4.11.1 Reasonable Accommodation
State law requires the City to accommodate requests from people with disabilities to waive specific requirements or standards of the City’s Development Code to ensure that their homes are accessible. For example, allowable uses in setbacks may need to be m odified to accommodate the construction of a ramp for wheelchair users. Whether a particular modification is reasonable depends on the circumstances and must be decided on a case -by-case basis.

Section 16 -3.08.100 of the City’s Development Code outlines the process for requesting a reasonable accommodation to City standards. Reasonable accommodation requests may be approved if they are necessary for people with disabilities to use and enjoy a dwelling unit in question; do not create a health, safety , and welfare issue in regards to land use, zoning , or building; and do not impose an undue financial or administrative burden on the City.

3.4.11.2 Parking Requirements
Table 3-57 includes the City’s Development Code parking requirements.

Off-street parking is costly to construct and can limit the space on a site available for other purposes. Requiring excessive off -street parking can significantly increase the cost of housing Table 3-75. Parking Requirements for Residential Uses

USE REQUIRED SPACES
Single-family residence 2 spaces within an enclosed garage Multiple-family residences 2 spaces per unit – 1 space shall be covered Condominiums 2 covered spaces per unit (1 space for 1-bedroom units) + 1 uncovered space per 2 units
Manufactured/Mobile Homes within the R-MPD district 2 spaces that may be tandem within a garage, carport, or awning
Mobile home park 2 adjoining spaces per unit that may be tandem + 1 space per 5 units
Boardinghouse 1 space per sleeping room + 3 additional spaces Emergency shelter 1 space for every 10 adult beds, plus 1 additional space for the on-site manager
Transitional or Supportive Housing Same as comparable residential uses Accessory Dwelling Unit None

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-26
development. For this reason ., off-street parking requirements for multi-family residences are typically required proportionate to the size of the residence, with more parking required when residences have more bedrooms, and less for smaller residences. In some cities, o Off-street parking requirements are also oftenmay be reduced for residential uses that have lower parking demand, such as senior housing. The City requires two off-street parking spaces for multi-family residential units, regardless of size or the population they serve , plus additional guest parking for condominium projects. Proposed Program XXPP-A.8 requires the City to evaluate existing off-street parking requirements and make recommendations to reduce the number of required off-street parking spaces for residential development that has with expected lower parking demand as needed.

3.4.11.3 Density Bonus
While the City’s Zoning Code is currently outdated with respect to density bonuses, the City follows the State-mandated density bonus allowance requirements. Bonuses are provided based on the following percentages:
 Provide at least 10% of the total units of the housing development for households with lower incomes as defined in California Health and Safety Code, Section 50079.5.  Provide at least 5% of the total units of the housing development for households with very low incomes as defined in California Health and Safety Code, Section 50105.  Provide a senior housing development as defined in Civil Code, Sections 51.3 and 51.12, or mobile home park that limits residency based on age requirements fo r housing for seniors pursuant to Civil Code, Sections 798.76 and 799.5.  Provide at least 10% of the total dwelling units in a common interest development as defined in California Civil Code , Section 1351 , for people and families with moderate incomes as defined in Section 50093 of the California Health and Safety Code provided that all units in the development are offered to the public for purchase.

The Housing Element has a program (Program PP-A.2) to create a menu of density bonuses in exchange for the p rovision of community benefits and amenities. This will allow the City to incentivize local priorities aside from affordable housing, which is all that is incentivized by the State density bonus parameters.

3.4.11.4 Building Codes and Enforcement
The City has adopted the 2019 edition of the California Building Code (CBC), which incorporates the 2018 International Building Code with California amendments , and. establishes standards and requires inspections at various stages of construction to ensure code compliance. The City’s

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-27
building code also requires new residential construction to comply with the federal American s with Disabilities Act (ADA) standards, which specifies that a minimum percentage of dwelling units in new developments must be fully accessible to the physically disabled. Amendments to the CBC have been related to state mandated fire code and Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) requirements. While the incorporation of these measures may raise housing construction costs, these standards are n ecessary to provide access to homes for people with disabilities and to ensure a safe living environment for the community. Further, the CBC is adopted by many cities throughout California and does not, in general, pose a constraint to development of affordable housing.The California Building Code is followed by cities throughout the State and is not considered a constraint to development of affordable housing.

Code enforcement in the City is the responsibility of the Code Enfo rcement Division of the Development Department. The code enforcement team provides assistance toassists residents and business owners in an effort to maintain a comfortable, safe, and clean living and business environment through community awareness and enforcement programs. The Code Enforcement Division investigates complaints pertaining to private property, including but not limited to the storage of inoperable vehicles, junk and debris, unsecured or unmaintained commercial and residential properties, illegal dumping, and violations of zoning, building , and business license regulations. Code enforcement reacts to citizen complaints and proactively addresses conditions that generate blight, negatively impact residential communities, or commercial zones, and affect the public’s health and safety. Residents can file code enforcement complaints online on the City’s website, by email, by phone, or in-person at City Hall in Victorville.

The City offers residential compliance assistance to ad dress code violations through several loan programs and solid waste services. The Senior Home Repair is designed to assist low - income persons at least 62 years old , permanently disabled or handicapped, with a one -time grant to make eligible home repairs. The Residential Rehabilitation Program can be used to correct health and safety issues or code violations. This program offers low interest deferred loans to income eligible homeowners. To assist with cleaning up trash and removing bulky items, the City offers bulky item pick-up services and free bulky item drop-off, available only to residents of Victorville.

3.4.11.5 Permitting
The permitting process required for residential development contributes to the cost of housing because these costs are ultimately reflected in the selling price. The permitting and review process can also increase the time it takes for new development to be completed, thus slowing the production of new housing supply and adding to costs for developers who must hold land in anticipation of entitlement.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-28
The City’s goal , as encapsulated in Program PP -B.2, is to expedite processing of residential development applications. Construction of a project can often begin quickly because the City’s Development Departmen t takes care of all plan check responsibilities, including fire and engineering. The result is a streamlined and efficient review, cutting the time the plans are with the City. If complete, all plans are turned around within 4 weeks of the initial submittal and 2 weeks of the revised submittal. Currently, the City does not have a formal procedure for expediting projects with affordability components.

Permits for Residential Use
Site Plans
Site Plan Review is required for most residential development in Victorville, with the exception of projects that require a conditional use permit. Site Plan Review is requ ired for all new residential development and all expansions of existi ng residential uses, with the exception of expansions that do not add habitable space or a kitchen , or projects that require a conditional use permit. The purpose of Site Plan Review is to ensure that new development is consistent with City General Plan goals and policies, Development Code objectives and standards, and conforms to with the City’s design guidelines , and with the character of the surrounding neighborhood. Site Plan Review allows the City discretion in evaluating projects and lets the approving authority place reasonable conditions on residential development to ensure that the public health, safety , and welfare isare maintained. Development is reviewed to evaluate any potential impacts on the privacy, views, and overall quality of existing buildings in the area, and to ensure adverse impacts and disruptions to surrounding uses are minimized. . The City’s Municipal Code contains separate design guidelines for single-family and multi-family residential development, outlining requirements related to design elem ents such as architecture, landscaping and grading.

Depending on the type and location of the proposed development, site plans may be approved by the zoning administrator or their designee or may require Planning Commission approval.

Development on existing sites is generally approved by the zoning administrator , while new development is approved by the Planning Commission and appealable to the City Council. Minor site plans approved by the zoning administrator on existing sites do not require a public hearing, but site plans reviewed by the Planning Commission require a public hearing. Typically for projects adhering to the general plan and zoning, only one public hearing is necessary and typically can be processed from formal application date to public hearing within 4 to 6 weeks for projects not needing extensive CEQA review timelines are XXXXXX. While the site plan review process allows for considerable discretion on the part of the approving authority, the City is a development-friendly community and has historically approved most permit requests for residential development.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-29
Conditional Use Permits
Condominiums, mobile home parks, boardinghouses, commercial caretaker quarters, single - room occupancies, and some emergency shelters require conditional use permits for approval.

Conditional use permits may be approved by the zoning administrator for projects on existing sites or modifications to existing conditional use permits. All other conditional use permits require approval by the Planning Commission. A public hearing is required for approval of a conditional use permit, regardless of the approving authority. Findings are required for approval of conditional use permits, which include the determination that the project complies with relevant requirements in the City’s Development Code, is consistent with the General Plan, and will not create traffic that will overload the street system or create a public safety hazard. Conditional use permits typically require 4–6 weeks for processing.

Findings of Approval
Victorville utilizes the Planning Commission or Zoning Administrator (ZA) for all Site Plan approvals. Victorville does not have a separate architectural design review committee or commission. All design review is handled by either the Planning Commission or the ZA according to guidelines with standards that are objective in nature.

All new development on undeveloped land requires Planning Commission Site Plan review, however the ZA is a staff member appointed by the City Manager thatwho has the power and duty to review and make decisions on development or improvements that occur on existing developed sites pursuant to Section 16 -3.01.050 of the Municipal Code. In addition, following tract and/or parcel map recordation, the ZA is authorized to approve al Site Plan entitlements on undeveloped single-family lots. Furthermore, Planning Commission policies exist that allow the ZA to authorize staff level adjustments to projects that were previously approved by the Planning Commission. These streamlined standards, policies , and practices allow for efficient review of new developments and add s certainty to the development process.

Section 16-3.01.030 of the Victorville Municipal Code, as li sted below, addresses the scope of review approval findings for new Site Plan applications. These standards are fundamentally objective in nature and while subsections (b) and (c) may be subjective, the scope of review by staff and the pPlanning cCommission is completed in an objective manner, limited to health and safety factors.

In order to provide upfront feedback to developers and to promote certainty in meeting the scope of the review , the City offers free Pre -Submittal Application reviews on a weekly basis for applicants to receive Site Plan review comments on prospective projects. During the Pre - Submittal process, representatives from Planning, Building, Fire, and Public Works (Engineering

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-30
and Water) provide health and safety comments and are available to discuss the project with the applicant to facilitate meeting the scope of the review.

Sec. 16-3.01.030: Scope of review
Where Site Plan review is required for a use or a structure under the provisions of this Article, the following aspects o f the project are to be reviewed by the Zoning Administrator and the Planning Commission if applicable:
(a) The location of the site in relation to location of buildings on adjoining sites, with particular attention to privacy, views, any physical constraint identified on the site and the characteristics of the area in which the site is located; (b) The degree to which the proposed development will complement and/or improve upon the quality of existing development in the vicinity of the proposed project a nd the extent to which adverse impacts to surrounding properties will be minimized; (c) The effect of the proposed project on surrounding uses, including ensuring minimum disruption to such uses;
(d) Whether the development standards set forth in the Dev elopment Code have been satisfied;
(e) Whether the design guidelines set forth in the Development Code have been substantially met;
(f) One or more of the development standards required by Title 16 may be eliminated by the Planning Commission where the following findings are made:
(1) The elimination of the requirement is not injurious to the public health, safety and welfare, and
(2) Based upon characteristics of the site, the elimination of the development standard will have no adverse effect on surrounding properties; (g) In the event a development standard is eliminated, the elimination shall apply only to the use as submitted as part of the site plan approval, any future expansion or modification of the use will invalidate the eliminated development standard, the necessity for which will be reviewed at the time of any subsequent application.

3.4.12 Fees
Development fees that apply to residential development in Victorville are not set based on the actual cost of services but rather on a set schedule adopted by the City Council. Current City fees are as follows.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-31

3.4.12.1 Permit Processing Fees
Table 3-86 includes the City’s permit processing fees.

Table 3-86. Permit Processing Fees

PERMIT FEE
Conditional Use Permit $2,454.18
Minor Conditional Use Permit $429.48
Planned Unit Development $1,840.63 + $18.40 per lot
Development Agreement $4,908.35 + $613.54 per revision
Environmental Assessment:

Categorical Exemption $122.71
Initial Study/Negative Declaration $1,227.08
Environmental Impact Report Actual cost
Variance $1,227.08
Minor Variance $889.64
Minor Deviation $306.77
Tentative Tract Map $1,840.63 + $18.40
Tentative Parcel Map $1,227.08
General Plan Amendment $1,840.63
Specific Plan $6,135.42
Specific Plan Amendment $3,067.72
Site Plan/Modification $2,454.18
Minor Site Plan $470.83
Building Plan Review Sliding scale based on valuation ($29.25+) Building Permit Sliding scale based on valuation ($45+) Development Impact Fee $11,327.00/single-family unit
$7,639.00/multi-family unit
Victor Valley Water Reclamation Authority
Fee/Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plant Fee Varies by number of fixtures ($200+) Sewer Capacity Typically $350 per house
Technology Fee 4.8% of plan review, building permit, mechanical permit, electrical permit, and plumbing permit fees
Green Building Fee Sliding scale based on valuation ($1.00+)

The actual fees for a building permit cover a wide variety of costs. To provide an estimate of what the costs amount to, fees were calculated for a 1,500 -square-foot single-family residence (assuming a quarter-acre lot) and an 800-square-foot apartment unit (assuming a 20 unit -per- acre density). The fees are as follows (Table 3-97).

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-32
Table 3-97. Building Permit Fees Schedule
FEE 1500-SQUARE-FOOT SINGLE
FAMILY
800-SQUARE-FOOT APARTMENT
UNIT
Green Building $6.00 $3.13
Seismic $16.25 $7.92
Imaging $81.25 $39.59
Plan Review $554.00 (reduced by 70% for tract
houses)
$198.37
Building Permit $860.00 $305.19
Electrical Permit $139.75 $102.70
Plumbing Permit $134.00 $115.00
Mechanical Permit $74.45 $74.45
Bear Valley Bridge $180.00 (only if in specified area) $180.00 (if in specified area) Goodwill Bridge $280.00 (only if in specified area) $280.00 (if in specified area) Street Light $300.00 (scattered single-family only) NA
Fire Hydrant $500.00 (scattered single-family only) NA
Storm Drain $2,585/acre (if in specified area) $2,585/acre (if in specified area) Sewer Assessment Determined by Eng. Dept. Determined by Eng. Dept.

Sewer Capacity $350.00 $350.00
Water $4,750 (approximate)
Total (Range) $7,445,75 - $8,691.95 $1,325.60 - $1,605.60

Several agencies that are separate from the City charge fees, which affect the cost of building.

Those agencies and fees are as follows:
 Victor Valley Wastewater Reclamation Authority /Southern California Logistics Airport (SCLA) Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plant (sewer): $3,750 per unit  Residential School District Fees (amounts are per square foot):
o $3.39 (Adelanto Elementary School District)
o $1.22–$2.17 (Victor Valley Union High School District) o $5.36 (Hesperia Unified School District)
o $?? (Snowline Joint Unified School District)
o $2.89 (Victor Elementary School District)
Using the scenarios above and averaging certain specified areas and the school district fee s, the building permit fee amount (excluding permit processing fees) for a single -family home generally ranges from $16,196 to $17,443 and the fee amount for a multi-family unit generally ranges from $7,743 to $8,023.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-33

3.4.12.2 Transparency in Development Process
To increase transparency in the development process as required by law, the City has a variety of tools available for developers. The City’s website includes an online permitting portal/fee estimator, a tool to look up zoning by property, as well as the City’s zoning map, development code, and land use plans. Most development and building fees are posted on the City’s website, but permit fees are not listed online. Proposed Program XXPP-B.5 requires the City to add the current permit fees to the fee information available on the City’s website.

3.4.13 Other Local Programs

3.4.13.1 Required Improvements
For new development on unimproved sites, the City requires the developer to construct on-site improvements and contribute to its fair share of off -site improvements. T he typical residential street width is 40 feet. A gutter, a 6-inch curb, and a 6-foot-wide sidewalk are also required.

Typically, water and sewer co nnections are on all existing City streets. New development will connect to the adjacent infrastructure connections.

New single-family development in Victorville occurs on large expanses of land, often through the Specific Plan process. A requirement of Sp ecific Plan development is that all roads and infrastructure be planned and implemented as part of the development. This requirement enables infrastructure costs to be shared among a large number of houses (typically 200+ units), thereby reducing the per-unit site improvement cost.

3.5 Reductions to Constraints
The City intends to address the constraints identified here as described in Chapter 7, Housing Plan, of this Housing Element, particularly with the programs mentioned in this chapter.

The City currently has not adopted written procedures for the SB 35 (Chapter 366, Statutes of 2017) Streamlined Ministerial Approval Process . The City presently does not have a written procedure to provide affordable housing with priority for water and sewer services consistent with SB 1087. Proposed Program PP-O.3XX addresses these requirements, and includes the requirement that the City immediately deliver the 6 th Cycle Housing Element, once adopted, to water and sewer service providers.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-34

This page intentionally left blank.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-35
Figure 3-1. Mid-Sized, Transit-Accessible, C1 ZoningPotential Emergency Shelter Locations without Discretionary Action

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-36

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-37

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 3: Housing Constraints
3-38

This page intentionally left blank.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 4: Housing Resources and Opportunities
4-1
4 HOUSING RESOURCES AND

OPPORTUNITIES

4.1 Identification of Adequate Sites for Future
Housing Needs
State law requires that jurisdictions provide an adequate number of sites to allow for and facilitate the production of their share of regional housing. To determine whether a jurisdiction has sufficient land to accommodate its share of regional housing ne eds for all income groups, that jurisdiction must identify “adequate sites.” Under State law (California Government Code, Section 65583[c][1]), adequate sites are those with appropriate zoning and development standards—with services and facilities—needed to facilitate and encourage the development of a variety of housing for all income levels.

4.1.1 Regional Housing Targets
Table 4-1 shows the 6th Cycle Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) allocation for the City of Victorville (City or Victorville), as determined by the Southern California Association of Governments, for the 8-year period (2021–2029).

Table 4-1. 6th Cycle Regional Housing Needs Allocation (2021–2029)

INCOME CATEGORY DWELLING UNITS PERCENT
Extremely Low (30% AMI or less) 868 10.6%
Very Low (31 to 50% AMI) 867 10.6%
Low (51 to 80% AMI) 1,136 13.9%
Moderate (81 to 120% AMI) 1,504 18.4%
Above Moderate (Over 120% AMI) 3,790 46.4%
Total 8,165 100.0%
Note: The City has a RHNA allocation of 1,735 very-low-income units (inclusive of extremely low income units). Pursuant to State law (AB 2634), the City must project the number of extremely low income housing needs based on Census income distribution or assume 50% of the very-low-income units as extremely low. Assuming an even split, the City’s RHNA allocation of 1,735 very-low-income units may be divided into 867 very low and 868 extremely low income units. However, for purposes of identifying adequate sites for the RHNA allocation, State law does not mandate the separate accounting for the extremely low income category.

Housing Element law does not require the City to ensure that the numbers of housing units identified in the RHNA are built within the planning period. However, t he law requires that the City provide an inventory of land suitably zoned and with available infrastructure and utilities to meet that need.

California Government Code, Section 65583.2(c)(3)(B), specifies that a minimum density of 3 0 units per acre is necessary to meet the City’s low- and very-low-income housing needs.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 4: Housing Resources and Opportunities
4-2
The City satisfied its 5th Cycle RHNA requirement by planning for the number of units assigned to it in that cycle. Progress in the City’s residential development permitting during the 5th Cycle is document ed in the City’s Annual Progress Reports . Chapter 8, Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology, along with Appendix C , detail the City’s plan to satisfy its 6th C ycle RHNA requirement.

4.2 Financial Resources

4.2.1 Federal Funding Sources

4.2.1.1 Home Investment Partnerships Funds
The Home Investment Partnerships (HOM E) Program is a federal program created as a result of the National Housing Affordability Act of 1990. Local jurisdictions may use HOME f unds to develop and support affordable rental housing and homeownership affordability through acquisition, including assistance to homebuyers, new construction, reconstruction, or rehabilitation of non-luxury housing with suitable amenities, including real property acquisition, site improvements, conversion, demolition, and other expenses , such as financing costs and relocation expenses of any displaced persons, families, businesses, or organizations. HOME funds may also be used to provide tenant -based rental assistance. All housing developed with HOME funds must serve families with low and very low incomes.

The City formed the Town of Apple Valley and City of Victorville Consortium (C onsortium) to meet the threshold of obtaining HOME entitlement status with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD ). The successful formation of the Consortium resulted in an annual allocation of HOME funds to both communities. For Fiscal Year 2021–2022, the Consortium anticipates receiving approximately $783,345. Of that amount, the City and the Town of Apple Valley will receive an estimated $523,797 and $259,548, respectively.

The City has successfully used HOME f unds to assist with the Mortgage Assistance Program, which can provide up to $55,000 for down payment and closing costs assistance with no payments for 30 years with a 3% interest, deferred loan. Funds are made available to first-time homebuyers that have contributed 1% toward the purchase price of their primary residence on a first-come, first-served basis.

4.2.1.2 Community Development Block Grant Program
Through the federal Community Development Block Grant ( CDBG) Program, HUD provides funding for a range of community development activities. CDBG funds are awarded for housing activities, including acquisition and rehabilitation, homebuyer assistance, economic development, homeless services, and public services. CDBG funds are subject to certain restrictions and generally cannot be used for new housing construction. CDBGs primarily benefit households with incomes not exceeding 80% of the County area median income.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 4: Housing Resources and Opportunities
4-3
The City is a CDBG entitlement city based on its demographics and receives CDBG funds annually. The City recently received an award of $1,377,613 and released a Notice of Funding Availability (NOFA) in November 2020, with applications due in January 2021.

These funds are used for a variety of housing programs, including the following:
• Residential Rehabilitation Program – This program offers low-interest deferred loans to income-eligible homeowners for improvements to correct health and safety or building code violations, or to fund maintenance to housing units to prevent deterioration and dilapidation. Eligible program repairs include r oof, window, plumbing, sewer, and driveway repair/replacement.
• Senior/Disabled Home Repair Program – This program is designed to assist homeowners with low incomes who are at least 62 year s of age, permanently disabled, or handicapped, by providing a one-time grant in an amount of not less $1,000 and up to $15,000, to make eligible home repairs.

The City is anticipated to use the majority of remaining CDBG and HOME funds on solutions for persons experiencing homelessness. It is important to note that the City and the Town of Apple Valley prepared a 2017– 2021 Consolidated Plan a nd 2017– 2018 Action Plan (Consortium Consolidated Action Plan) to comply with HUD’s federal block grant funding requirements. The Consortium Consolidated Action Plan identifies overall housing and community development needs for the Consortium.

The Consortium Consolidated Action Plan identifies the needs, priorities, goals, and allocation strategies for CDBG and HOME funding for program years July 1, 2017, to June 30, 2021. Based on an extensive public participation process, the needs assessment , and the housing market analysis, the City determined to direct its funding to the following priorities:
• Support services for the people experiencing homeless ness and those at risk for homelessness
• Human services
• Increased economic development and employment opportunities • Housing programs
• Accessibility and mobility

4.2.1.3 U.S. Department of Agriculture Rural Housing Service The U.S. De partment of Agriculture Rural Housing Service provides loans in rural areas to finance homes and building sites. Rural Rental Housing Loans are direct, competitive mortgage loans made to provide affordable multi-family rental housing for families with very low, low, and

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 4: Housing Resources and Opportunities
4-4
moderate incomes; seniors; and people with disabilities. More information is available on the U.S. Department of Agriculture Rural Development website.

4.2.1.4 Housing Opportunities for Persons with AIDS Program The Housing Opportunities for Persons with AIDS Program was established to provide housing assistance and related supportive services for people with HIV/AIDS who have low incomes and their families. Housing Opportunities for Persons with AIDS Program funds may be used for a wide range of housing, social services, program planning, and development costs, including but not limited to the acquisition, rehabilitation, or new construction of housing units; costs for facility operations; rental assistance; and short-term payments to prevent homelessness.

4.2.1.5 Section 108 Program
Section 108 is the loan guarantee provision of the CDBG P rogram. This provision provides communities with a source of financing for a variety of housing and economic development activities. All rules and requirements of the CDBG Program apply, and therefore, all projects and activities must principally benefit people with low and moderate incomes, aid in the elimination or prevention of blight, and/or meet urgent needs of the community.

Monies received per the Section 108 loan guarantee program are limited to no more than five times the applicant’s most recently approved CDBG amount less prior Section 108 commitments. Activities eligible for these funds include economic development activities eligible under the CDBG Program; acquisition of real property; rehabilitation of publicly owned property; housing rehabilitation eligible under the CDBG Program; construction, reconstruction, or installation of public facilities ; related relocation, clearance, or in stallation of public facilities ; payment of interest on the guaranteed loan and issuance costs of public offerings; debt service reserves; and public works and site improvements.

Section 108 loans are secured and repaid by pledges of future and current CDBG funds.

Additional security requirements may also be imposed on a case-by-case basis.

4.2.1.6 Legacy Programs
The HUD 811 program provides funding to develop and subsidize rental housing with the availability of supportive ser vices for adults with disabilities who have very low and extremely low incomes, allowing people with disabilities to live as independently as possible in the community by subsidizing rental housing opportunities.

The HUD 236 program provides an interest rate reduction payment to subsidize debt service costs, effectively operating as a subsidy to the developer to reduce the cost of the project and, thus, the rent levels needed to support it. Projects using this program are often coupled with rental housing assistance payments to reach households with lower incomes. Under Section 236, two rent schedules were worked out for residents with incomes at or below 80% of area

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 4: Housing Resources and Opportunities
4-5
median income one: (1) a “market rent” based on the cost of a market rate mortgage and (2) a “basic rent,” a figure based on a 1% mortgage. The tenant pays the greater of the basic rent or 25% of their income but in no case would rent payments exceed the market rent.

4.2.1.7 Section 8 Housing Choice Voucher Program
The federal Section 8 program provides rental assistance to households with low income. With a Section 8 voucher, households pay 30– 40% of their income toward housing, and the San Bernardino Housing Authority (HASBC) pays the rest up to certain maximum rent limits. The vouchers are paid directly to the property owners . The HASBC inspects its tenants’ units annually to ensure that health and safety standards are met. This program also allows households to use their vouchers toward the purchase of a home.

The HASBC manages approximately 783 Section 8 household vouchers in the City. To ensure the affordability of its potential at-risk units, the HASBC is working to extend the term of its existing vouchers and increase the number of vouchers during this planning period.

4.2.2 State Funding Sources

4.2.2.1 Low-Income Housing Tax Credits (Federally Funded for the Most Part and State Administered)
The California Tax Credit Allocation Committee (CTCAC) administers the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) P rogram to encourage private investment in affordable rental housing for households meeting certain income requirements. Credits are available for new construction projects or existing properties undergoing rehabilitation. Two types of federal tax credits are available and are generally referred to as 9 % and 4% tax credits. Each number refers to the approximate percentage that is multiplied against a project’s requested “qualified basis” to determine the amount of annual federal tax credits the CTCAC will award the project.

The 9% tax credit is limited and calculated at $2.70 per person (returning to $2.35 per person in 2022), making California’s limit for 2018 $106.7 million in annual tax credits. Because project owners can take the annual t ax credit each year for 10 years, the CTCAC can award $1.067 billion in 9% tax credits. Because 9% tax credits are so desirable and in limited supply, the CTCAC awards them through a competitive process twice per year. Projects compete on point scoring, and because most projects receive the maximum point score, the CTCAC’s tiebreaker formula generally decides the outcomes.

The 4% tax credit is derived from a project’s use of tax-exempt bond authority allocated by the California Debt Limit Allocation Committ ee and is limited only by the amount of bond cap available to California. In 2017, the CTCAC awarded $124.9 million in 4% annual tax credits, which equates to $1.249 billion in total credits over 10 years. The CTCAC awards 4% tax credits non-competitively (i.e., over-the-counter) to all projects that meet threshold criteria.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 4: Housing Resources and Opportunities
4-6
Recognizing the extremely high cost of developing housing in California, the State legislature authorized a State LIHTC program to augment the federal LIHTC program. Authorized by Chapter 1138, Statutes of 1987, the State credit is only available to a project that has previously received or is concurrently receiving an allocation of federal credits. Thus, the State program does not stand alone but, instead, supplements the federal LIHTC program. In 2018, State law authorized $98.6 million in State LIHTCs. These are one-time credits taken over 4 years; thus, there is no ten-fold multiplier. Because State credits are also in limited supply, the CTCAC awards them competitively as well. In total, 85% of the State credits are integrated into 9% tax credit projects and awarded through the same competition. 15% of the State credits are reserved for 4% tax credit projects, and applicants compete for these State credits in a separate competition.

4.2.2.2 Affordable Housing and Sustainable Communities Program The Affordable Housing and Sustainable Communities Program funds land use, housing, transportation, and land preservation projects that support infill and compact development and reduce greenhouse gas emissions in disadvantaged communities. Funds are available in the form of loans and/or grants in two project areas: (1) Transit-Oriented Development and (2) Integrated Connectivity. There is an annual competitive funding cycle.

4.2.2.3 CalHome
CalHome makes grants to local public agencies and nonprofit corporations to assist first -time homebuyers become or remain homeowners through deferred- payment loans. Funds can also be used to assist in the development of multiple-unit ownership projects.

4.2.2.4 California Emergency Solutions and Housing Program The California Emergency Solutions and Housing ( CESH) Program provides grant funds to eligible applicants for eligible activities to assist people experiencing or at risk of homelessness.

Eligible applicants are Administrative Entities (local governments, nonprofit organizations, or unified funding agencies) designated by the Continuum of Care to administer CESH funds in their service area. The California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) administers the CESH Program with funding from the Building Homes and Jobs Act Trust Fund (Senate Bill 2, Chapter 364, Statutes of 2017).

4.2.2.5 Emergency Solutions Grants Program
The Emergency Solutions Grants Program makes grant funds available for projects serving individuals and families experiencing homelessness through eligible nonprofit organizations or local governments. The Emergency Solutions Grants Program funds can be used for support services, emergency shelter/transitional housing, homelessness prevention assistance, and permanent housing. Funds are available in California communities that do not receive

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 4: Housing Resources and Opportunities
4-7
Emergency Solutions Grants Program funding directly from HUD. Funding is announced annually through a NOFA.

4.2.2.6 Golden State Acquisition Fund
The Golden State Acquisition Fund was seeded with $23 million from the HCD Affordable Housing Innovation Fund. Combined with matching funds, the Golden State Acquisition Fund makes up to 5 -year loans to developers for acquisition or preservation of affordable housing.

Loans are a maximum of $13,950,000, and funds are made available over the counter.

4.2.2.7 Homekey
Homekey provides grants to local entities (including cities, counties, and other local public entities, such as housing authorities and federally recognized tribes) to acquire and rehabilitate a variety of housing types , such as hotels, motels, vacant apartment buildings, and residential care facilities, to serve people experiencing homelessness who are at high risk for serious illness and impacted by COVID-19.

4.2.2.8 Housing for a Healthy California Program
The Housing for a Healthy California Program provides funding on a competitive basis to deliver supportive housing opportunities to developers using the federal National Housing Trust Fund allocations for operating reserve grants and capital loans. HCD will also use a portion of moneys collected in calendar year 2018 and deposited into the Building Homes and Jobs Trust Fund to provide funding through grants to counties for capital and operating assistance.

4.2.2.9 Housing Navigators Program
Housing Navigators Program allocates $5 million in funding to counties for the support of housing navigators to help young adults from 18 years up to 21 years of age secure and maintain housing, with priority given to young adults in the foster care system.

4.2.2.10 Housing-Related Parks Program
The Housing-Related Parks Program funds the creation of new park and recreation facilities or improvement of existing park and recreation facilities that are associated with rental and ownership projects that are affordable to households with very low and low incomes.

4.2.2.11 Infill Infrastructure Grant Program
The Infill Infrastructure Grant Program provides grant funding for infrastructure improvements for new infill housing in residential and/or mixed-use projects. Funds are made available through a competitive application process.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 4: Housing Resources and Opportunities
4-8

4.2.2.12 Joe Serna, Jr., Farmworker Housing Grant Program The Joe Serna, Jr., Farmworker Housing Grant Program makes grants and loans for development or rehabilitation of rent er- and owner -occupied housing for farmworkers with priority for households with lower incomes.

4.2.2.13 Local Early Action Planning Grants
The Local Early Action Planning grants program assists cities and counties to plan for housing through providing over-the-counter, non-competitive planning grants.

4.2.2.14 Local Housing Trust Fund Program
The Local Housing Trust Fund Program provides matching funds to local and regional housing trust funds dedicated to the creation, rehabilitation, or preservation of affordable housing, transitional housing and emergency shelters.

4.2.2.15 Mobilehome Park Rehabilitation and Resident Ownership Program The Mobilehome Park Rehabilitation and Resident Ownership Program makes short- and long- term low-interest rate loans for the preservation of affordable mobile home parks for ownership or control by resident organizations, nonprofit housing sponsors , or local public agencies. The Mobilehome Park Rehabilitation and Resident Ownership Program also makes long-term loans to individuals to ensure continued affordability. Funds are made available through a competitive process in response to a periodic NOFA.

4.2.2.16 Multifamily Housing Program
The Multifamily Housing Program makes low-interest, long-term, deferred-payment permanent loans for new construction, rehabilitation, and preservation of permanent and transitional rental housing for households with lower incomes.

4.2.2.17 National Housing Trust Fund
The National Housing Trust Fund is a permanent federal program with dedicated sources of funding not subject to the annual appropriations. The funds can be used to increase and preserve the supply of affordable housing, with an emphasis on rental housing for households with extremely low income (i.e., households with incomes of 30% of area median income or less). In 2021, California will receive approximately $10.1 million for the program. Funds will be made available through a competitive process and will be announced through a NOFA.

4.2.2.18 No Place Like Home Program
The No Place Like Home Program will have $2 billion in bond proceeds to invest in the development of permanent supportive housing for people who are in need of mental health

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 4: Housing Resources and Opportunities
4-9
services and are experiencing homelessness or chronic homelessness or who are at risk of chronic homelessness.

4.2.2.19 Pet Assistance and Support Program
The Pet Assistance and Support Program provides funds to homeless shelters for shelter, food, and basic veterinary services for pets owned by individuals experiencing homelessness.

4.2.2.20 Permanent Local Housing Allocation
Permanent Local Housing Allocation (PLHA) provides a permanent source of funding to all local governments in California to help cities and counties implement plans to increase the affordable housing stock. Approximately 90% of the PLHA p rogram funding is available as a non- competitive, formula -based allocation to entitlement and non- entitlement jurisdictions in the State. The balance is available on a competitive basis for non-entitlement jurisdictions.

4.2.2.21 Predevelopment Loan Program
The Predevelopment Loan Program makes short -term loans for activities and expenses necessary for the continued preservation, construction, rehabilitation, or conversion of assisted housing primarily for households with low incomes. Availability of funding is announced through a periodic NOFA. Eligible applicants include local government agencies, nonprofit corporations, cooperative housing corporations, and limited partnerships or limited liability companies where the general partners are nonprofit mutual or public benefit corporations.

4.2.2.22 Regional Early Action Planning Grants
The Regional Early Action Planning Grants program helps councils of governments and other regional entities collaborate on projects that have a broader regional impact on housing. Grant funding is intended to help regional governments and entities facilitate local housing production that will assist local governments in meeting their RHNA.

4.2.2.23 Section 811 Project Rental Assistance
Section 811 Project Rental Assistance offers long-term project-based rental assistance funding from HUD through a collaborative partnership among the California Hous ing Finance Agency (CHFA), California Department of Health Care Services, HCD, California Department of Developmental Services, and CTCAC. Opportunities to apply for this project -based assistance are through a NOFA published by the CHFA.

4.2.2.24 Supportive Housing Multifamily Housing Program The Supportive Housing Multifamily Housing Program provides low-interest loans to developers of permanent affordable rental housing that contain supportive housing units.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 4: Housing Resources and Opportunities
4-10

4.2.2.25 Transit-Oriented Development Housing Program
The Transit-Oriented Development Housing P rogram makes low -interest loans and grants for rental housing that includes affordable units that are located within 0.25 miles of a transit station.

Eligible applicants include cities, counties, transit agencies, developers, and redevelopment agencies. Applications are accepted in response to a periodic NOFA.

4.2.2.26 Transitional Housing Program
The Transitional Housing Program allocates $8 million in funding to counties for the purpose of housing stability to help young adults 18 to 25 years of age secure and maintain housing, with priority given to young adults formerly in the foster care or probation systems.

4.2.2.27 Veterans Housing and Homelessness Prevention Program The Veterans Housing and Homelessness Prevention Program makes long- term loans for development or preservation of rental housing for veterans with very low and low incomes and their families. Funds are made available to sponsors who are for-profit or nonprofit corporations and public agencies. Availability of funds is announced annually through a NOFA.

4.2.3 Quasi-Government Agencies

4.2.3.1 Federal Home Loan Bank – Affordable Housing Program The purpose of the Affordable Housing Program is to subsidize the interest rates on advances or loans made by the Federal Home Loan Bank system to a member bank and to provide direct subsidies to these banks. The banks then pass these subsidized interest rates and direct subsidies on to housing developers to help them support the development of affordable rental housing. The subsidies must be used to finance the purchase, construction, and/or rehabilitation of rental housing, at least 20% of the units of which will be occupied by and affordable for households with very low incomes for at least 15 years.

4.2.3.2 Fannie Mae/Freddie Mac – National Housing Trust Fund The National Housing Trust Fund was established as part of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 and provided grants to States to increase and preserve the supply of rental housing for families with extremely low and very low incomes, including families experiencing homelessness, and to increase homeownership for families and individuals with extremely low incomes. The act requires Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to transfer a percentage of their new business to finance the trust fund.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 4: Housing Resources and Opportunities
4-11

4.2.4 Local Funding Sources

4.2.4.1 Low- and Moderate-Income Housing Asset Fund
The dissolution of the City’s Redevelopment Agency eliminated the ability to obt ain redevelopment tax increment monies. However, the successor agency has assets and a limited amount of funds from the remaining Redevelopment Agency funds. The City may use these funds to finance housing programs including the following:
• New housing development
• Acquisition and rehabilitation
• Mortgage Assistance Program
• Owner-occupied rehabilitation

4.2.4.2 Proposition 46 Funds
Proposition 46, the Housing and Emergency Shelter Trust Fund Act of 2002, was a State wide housing bond initiative passed by voters in November 2002, which authorized $2.1 billion in bond financing for various housing programs administered by HCD and CHFA. Eight different funds were formed from this bond issuance, including the Home Improvement Loan Fund, the Preservation Opportunity Fund, the Emergency Housing and Assistance Fund, and the School Facilities Fee Assistance Fund, among others. These funds will finance programs such as the Local Housing Trust Fund matching grant program ; accessibility grants for renters ; code enforcement; multi-family acquisition, rehabilitation, construction, or conversion; and others. The City and nonprofit housing developers can apply to the appropriate funding programs in order to subsidize some of the affordable housing to be built in the City . The City used CalHome funds to fund its Owner-Occupied Rehabilitation Program.

4.2.4.3 Community Revitalization and Investment Area
In 2015, Assembly Bill 2 established Community Revitalization and Investment Areas (CRIAs) as a type of tax increment financing district to replace Redevelopment Agencies, which were eliminated in 2012. CRIAs would increase funding for and production of affordable housing in disadvantaged communities, as well as funding for other types of infrastructure projects. CRIAs have an affordable housing s et aside of 25% . The City is currently establishing a CRIA and anticipates that it will be adopted concurrently with the 6th Cycle Housing Element Update.

4.2.4.4 Opportunities for Energy Conservation
Construction of energy efficient buildings can add to the production costs of ownership and rental housing. Over time, however, housing with energy conservation features should reduce occupancy costs as the consumption of fuel and electricity is decreased. This can result in monthly housing costs that are equal to or less than what they otherwise would have been had no energy conservation

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 4: Housing Resources and Opportunities
4-12
devices been incorporated in the new residential buildings. This section provides an overview of opportunities for energy conservation during the 2013–2021 Housing Element planning period.

State Regulations
Title 24 of the California Administrative Code establishes energy conservation standards that must be applied to all new residential buildings. The regulations specify energy saving design for walls, ceilings, and floor installations, as well as heating and cooling equipment and systems, gas cooling devices, conservation standards, and the use of non-depleting energy sources, such as solar energy or wind power. Compliance with the energy standards is achieved by satisfying certain conservation requirements and an energy budget. Among the alternative ways to meeting the energy standards are the following:
• Alternative 1: The passive solar approach, which requires proper solar orientation, appropriate levels of thermal mass, south-facing windows, and moderate insulation levels. • Alternative 2: Generally requires higher levels of insulation than Alternative 1 but has no thermal mass or window orientation requirements.
• Alternative 3: Also is without passive solar design, but requires active solar water heating in exchange for less stringent insulation and/or glazing requirements.

Residential developers must comply with these standards while localities are responsible for enforcing the energy conservation regulations.

State and Federal Programs
The California Department of Community Services and Development in partnership with the network of local community services agencies that assist lower-income households, administers the Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program , which provides financial assistance to lower-income households to offset the costs of heating and/or cooling their residences.

Local Measures and Programs
The current Housing Element has a program (Program PP-A.4) to rezone certain areas of the City from exclusively commercial use to mixed-use. The areas are selected for their feasibility of developing a mix of uses, including housing for lower-income households, that is located near resources such as parks, schools, and public services, as well as employment and retail uses. This and other policies and programs of this Housing Element will encourage and facilitate the redevelopment of underutilized commercial sites within the City's primary transit corridors. Mixed-use residential development that is both pedestrian- and transit-oriented conserves energy by reducing the number of vehicular trips and encouraging the efficient use of land and construction materials.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 4: Housing Resources and Opportunities
4-13
City residents also have access to a program that will assist with home weatherization, the Weatherization Program – Energy, Education, & Environ mental Services Program , that is provided by Community Action Partnership San Bernardino County.

Private Sector Programs
The following private sector energy conservation programs are available to housing developers and City residents:
• California Alternative Rates for Energy (CARE): Lower-income customers enrolled in the CARE program receive a 20% discount on their electric and natural gas bills and are not billed in higher rate tiers that were created for Southern Cali fornia Edison. CARE is funded through a rate surcharge paid by all other utility customers. • Energy Management Center: Southern California Edison offers a range of rebates and incentives, as well as educational material, on its website to encourage households and businesses to use energy more efficiently, including incentives for solar panels, efficient water heaters, smart thermostats, and a loan program for residential energy efficiency improvements.

4.2.4.5 Administrative Resources
Described below are public agencies and nonprofit organizations that have been involved or are interested in housing activities in the City . These agencies play important roles in meeting the housing needs of the community. In particular, these agencies an d organizations have been or are currently involved in the improvement of the housing stock, expansion of affordable housing opportunities, preservation of existing affordable housing, and/or provision of housing assistance to City households in need.

San Bernardino County Community Development and Housing Agency The County of San Bernardino is a public agency that provides subsidized housing and other housing- related services to lower- and moderate-income individuals and families. In addition to conventional public housing in the County of San Bernardino, the Community Development and Housing Agency is currently administering the San Bernardino County Rent Relief Partnership, an emergency rental assistance program for County residents impacted by the COVID -19 pandemic. The County Community Development and Housing Agency also operates or participates in a range of housing programs using HUD and State funds. The City is a participating jurisdiction, meaning residents are eligible to receive assistance through the following programs and service providers:
• Mortgage Credit Certificate Program
• Inland Fair Housing and Mediation Board
• Home Repair/Rehabilitation Programs
• Housing Choice Vouchers

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 4: Housing Resources and Opportunities
4-14
Private Developers and Service Providers
Private developers and service providers are available to assist with the provision of housing and housing- related services in the City . These private entities can be for -profit or nonprofit ventures. The following are some of the active affordable housing developers and supportive housing service providers in the County of San Bernardino:
• A Community of Friends
• Abode Communities
• Adaptive Identify Systems
• Angeles Contractor, Inc.
• Building Healthy Places Network
• Building Industry Association
• Clifford Beers Housing
• Coachella Valley Housing Coalition
• Crate Modular
• EAH Housing
• ERNA Enterprises, LLC
• Family Assistance Program
• George Behnam Architects
• Habitat for Humanity
• Illumination Housing, LLC
• Intertech Building Design
• Investment Concepts, Inc.
• Jamboree Housing Corporation
• Lincoln Avenue Capital
• Meta Housing Corporation
• National CORE
• Neighborhood Partnership Housing
Services & NP HS Community Land
Trust
• Pontious Architecture
• San Bernardino County Economic
Development
• Strategic Realty Holdings, LLC
• The Bradco Companies
• Urban Resource
• Victor Valley Family Resource Center
The City will continue to work with these and other qualified housing developers and service providers to create affordable housing through new construction, acquisition/rehabilitation, and preservation.

2021–-2029 Housing Element
Chapter 5: Review of Previous Housing Element (2013–2021) 5-1
5 REVIEW OF PREVIOUS HOUSING
ELEMENT (2013–2021)
The City of Victorville (City or Victorville) implemented various programs as part of its 5th Cycle Housing Element in an effort to maintain its existing housing stock, conserve and improve existing affordable housing, increase housing production, provide assistance to households in need, create equal opportunity to housing, and comply with State law and code amendments.

Table 5-1 on the following pages provides an analysis of the progress and effectiveness of each program and reviews the appropriateness of the program to determine if it should be continued, modified, or deleted from the 6th Cycle Housing Element.

A number of the City’s programs addressed the housing needs of special needs populations during the 5th Cycle period. Special needs populations include seniors, persons with disabilities (including developmental disabilities), large families, families with female heads of households, and families and individuals in need of emergency shelter. The City addressed the housing needs of special populations through the following programs:
• Seniors – The City assisted nearly 100 senior homeowners and homeowners with disabilities with minor home repairs through the Senior/Disabled Repair Grant Program. • Large Families – The City has created pathways to affordable homeownership as well as rental assistance through its Mortgage Assistance Program and Section 8 vouchers. • People with Disabilities – In 2015, the City approved an ordinance to incorporate Americans with Disabilities Act standards. The City also offers home repair grants to homeowners with disabilities through its Senior/Disabled Repair Grant Program. • Female-Headed Households – The City’s Mortgage Assistance Program provides down payment assistance for households with low incomes, creating affordable homeownership opportunities for female-headed households. • Families and Individuals in Need of Emergency Shelter – The City contributed $1.5 million to the development of the Desert Haven Apartment Project, which will serve the population experiencing chronic homelessness. The City also approved an ordinance in 2015 to ensure compliance with State law regarding transitional and supportive housing regulations.

2021–-2029 Housing Element
Chapter 5: Review of Previous Housing Element (2013–2021)

5-2
Table 5-1. Program Evaluation

PROGRAM NAME PROGRAM OBJECTIVE PROGRAM ACTION PROGRESS AND CONTINUED APPROPRIATENESS

MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING HOUSING STOCK
Housing
Rehabilitation
Program
Provide rehabilitation assistance to
ensure maintenance of the older
housing stock.

Provides loans and grants to income-qualified
homeowners to rehabilitate their homes.

Since 2013, the City has assisted 152 homeowners by
providing loans and grants to rehabilitate their homes.

This program will be continued.

Code Enforcement Preserve housing units by enforcing
Municipal Codes.

Enforce Municipal Codes and abate violations.

Encourage use of City programs to rehabilitate
and bring property into compliance.

The code compliance loan program was created in
2016–2017 to assist residents correct code violations.

Since the program was implemented, 16 cases have
been created and 16 cases were closed. This program
will be continued.

Senior/Disabled
Repair Grants
Assist seniors and people with
disabilities with minor home repairs.

Revitalize and enhance neighborhoods. Correct
code enforcement violations, by providing
grants of up to $10,000.

During the 5th Cycle period, the City assisted nearly 100 households through the program. The City has met its
goal of assisting 5–10 households annually. This
program will be continued.

CONSERVING AND IMPROVING EXISTING AFFORDABLE HOUSING
Section 8 Rental
Vouchers
Ensure continued availability of
Section 8 rental vouchers.

Continue to assist approximately 800–900
recipients with very low incomes per year with
Section 8 vouchers.
6,934 vouchers were issued to households with low
incomes between 2013 and 2020. This program will be
continued.

At-Risk Housing
Preservation
Protect the affordability of the City’s
existing assisted units.

Seek opportunities to continue the affordability
of existing units at risk of converting to market
rate.

During the 5th Cycle period, the City extended the
affordability period for the Kimberly Park Apartments,
which were set to expire during this time. The new
affordability period extends until 2034. This program will be modified to monitoring units, because no units are at risk for the next 10 years.

Affordable Housing
Monitoring
Maintain Compliance of Affordable
Housing Agreements.

Monitor affordable housing projects to ensure
the requirements of the affordable housing
covenants are being met.

Through this program, the City ensures compliance with
affordable housing agreements for affordable
developments. As of 2020, the City monitored five
projects, all of which remain affordable. These projects include Northgate Village, Rodeo Meadows, Casa Bella,
Impressions, and Hillcrest Apartments. This program will be continued.

2021–-2029 Housing Element
Chapter 5: Review of Previous Housing Element (2013–2021)

5-3
Table 5-1. Program Evaluation

PROGRAM NAME PROGRAM OBJECTIVE PROGRAM ACTION PROGRESS AND CONTINUED APPROPRIATENESS

HOUSING PRODUCTION
Density Bonuses Provide additional affordable units. Update zoning code to ensure developers understand the benefits and ability to utilize a
density bonus.

The City intends to work with developers to utilize
density bonuses throughout the City. This program will
be continued and will be modified to offer a menu of
density bonuses in exchange for the provision of
community benefits.

Inclusionary
Housing
Utilize federal and State funds to
provide affordable units as part for
market developments.

Continue to seek opportunities to finance
inclusionary housing units.

The City intends to work with developers to analyze the feasibility of an inclusionary housing policy. This
program will be continued.

Tax Credit
Developments
Offer financial assistance to
qualified housing developers who
commit to provide affordable units
to leverage projects.

Allocate HOME/Community Development Block
Grant funds during this planning period to assist
qualified housing developers who provide
affordable housing.

The City intends to work with developers to encourage
the use of low-income housing tax credits to develop
affordable housing. This program will be continued.

Encourage and
Facilitate Large Lot
Development
Develop policies to facilitate lot
subdivision.

Streamline and expedite the approval process
for land division for projects that include
affordable housing units, ministerial review of lot
line adjustments, deferral or waiver of fees
related to the subdivision for projects affordable
to households with lower incomes, provide
technical assistance to acquire funding, and
modification of development requirements.

With large swaths of undeveloped land, the City can
significantly benefit from assisting and encouraging the subdivision of large lots. Most often, the City receives requests for large lot subdivision for single-family,
homeownership communities. During the 5th Cycle
period, the City recorded 26 tract maps and approved 27 tentative tract maps. The tentative tract maps, 24 of
which were more than 10 acres in size, contributed to
the development of more than 5,600 market-rate
housing units. During the 6th Cycle period, the City will focus this program on the subdivision of sites 10 acres or larger, to increase the feasibility of affordable housing development, as determined by the State.

Civic Center Specific
Plan
Provide opportunities for additional
affordable and sustainable high-
density multi-tenant housing
developments in an in-fill, urban
setting.

Adopt the plan and implement the goals and
policies set forth within the plan to revitalize the
Civic Center area.

The Specific Plan was adopted and approved in April
2016 and provides opportunities for additional affordable and sustainable high-density multi-tenant housing
developments in an in-fill, urban setting. This program was completed in April 2016. The City will adopt a new
program to change certain commercial zones to mixed-
use zoning, with a similar objective as this completed
program.

2021–-2029 Housing Element
Chapter 5: Review of Previous Housing Element (2013–2021)

5-4
Table 5-1. Program Evaluation

PROGRAM NAME PROGRAM OBJECTIVE PROGRAM ACTION PROGRESS AND CONTINUED APPROPRIATENESS

HOUSING ASSISTANCE
Housing Subsidy Offer financial assistance to
qualified housing developers who
commit to provide affordable units.

Allocate Neighborhood Stabilization
Program/HOME/Community Development
Block Grant funds during this planning period to
assist qualified housing developers who provide
affordable housing.

The City provided $1.5 million as financial participation to the development of the Desert Haven Apartment
Project. The 31-unit project is under construction and
will be completed in 2021. The project will serve the
population experiencing homelessness. This program
will be continued, with a modification to apply for and generate additional funding sources.

Mortgage
Assistance Program
Continue the Mortgage Assistance
Program to assist homebuyers with
lower incomes.

Provide financial assistance to enhance the
home purchasing options to households with
low incomes by providing up to $65,000 in down
payment and/or closing costs.

During the 5th Cycle Period, the City has provided down payment assistance to eight households. This program
will be continued.

Neighborhood
Stabilization
Program
Affordable housing project
assistance that are making
available affordable housing units.

Make available up to $20,000 per unit to
projects that are making available affordable
housing units.

The City contributed $1.5 million to the Desert Haven
Apartment Project, which will make available 30
affordable housing units. A version of this program will be continued, focused on obtaining additional funding.

Housing
Affordability
To monitor existing policies and
programs that encourage the
development of housing for
households with lower incomes and
to make necessary changes as
needed.

Monitor existing policies and programs during
the planning period to facilitate lower income
housing while prioritizing funding to support the
development of housing for households with
extremely low incomes.

As of January 2021, 5 affordable housing projects
funded by the City remain affordable and comply with
federal and State funding. Additionally, the City
contributed $1.5 million toward the development of the
Desert Haven Apartment Project that will serve the
population experiencing chronic homelessness. This
program will be continued.

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY
Reasonable
Accommodations
Continue to require compliance with
Americans with Disabilities Act
standards in all new multi-family
and redevelopment projects.

Adopt a Reasonable Accommodation ordinance
within 6 months of Housing Element Adoption.

The City approved an ordinance in February 2015 that
incorporates Americans with Disabilities Act standards
for all new multi-family and redevelopment projects. This program was completed in February 2015.

Fair Housing Ensure fair housing for all residents
of Victorville.

Adhere to recommendations in the City’s
adopted Analysis of Impediments to Fair
Housing. Reduce housing discrimination.

The City contracts with the Inland Fair Housing and
Mediation Board using Community Development Block
Grant funds to provide fair housing services and
owner/tenant mediation. During 2020, the Inland Fair
Housing and Mediation Board assisted 1,078 Victorville
residents to resolve fair housing matters. This program will be continued.

2021–-2029 Housing Element
Chapter 5: Review of Previous Housing Element (2013–2021)

5-5
Table 5-1. Program Evaluation

PROGRAM NAME PROGRAM OBJECTIVE PROGRAM ACTION PROGRESS AND CONTINUED APPROPRIATENESS

STATE LAW COMPLIANCE/CODE AMENDMENTS
Transitional and
Supportive Housing
Observe State law and remain in
compliance with transitional and
supportive housing regulations.

Adopt an ordinance as it pertains to transitional
and supportive housing as a residential use,
subject only to standards of similar housing
types with the same zone as required by State
law only.

The City approved an ordinance in September 2015 to
ensure observance with State law and remain in
compliance with transitional and supportive housing
regulations. The City is currently in the process of
developing the Wellness and Recuperative Center within
the Old Town Specific Plan Area. Assembly Bill 139
(2019) changed State law regarding transitional and
supportive housing. A version of this program will be
continued to maintain compliance following the State law changes.

2021–-2029 Housing Element
Chapter 5: Review of Previous Housing Element (2013–2021) 5-6

This page intentionally left blank.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 6: At-Risk Affordable Housing
6-1
6 AT-RISK AFFORDABLE HOUSING
The City of Victorville (City or Victorville) has a number of affordable housing developments with affordable covenants restricting their affordability for a specified term. Many of these covenants are the result of requirements for obtaining public subsidies. Housing units with covenants that expire within the next 10 years are considered “at risk” as the units could convert to market-rate when the covenants expire. Through its Affordable Housing Monitoring P rogram, the City ensures that affordable units comply with their respective agreements.

Table 6-1 is a list of affordable housing developments with affordability covenants in the City. As shown in Table 6 -1, no units in the City have affordable covenants that expire in the next 10 years. Therefore, there are no at-risk units in the City.

Table 6-1. Affordable Housing Inventory

PROJECT NAME ADDRESS

NUMBER OF

SUBSIDIZED
UNITS
TOTAL
NUMBER

OF UNITS
PER

PROJECT

TYPE OF

FINANCING

EXPIRATION OF

AFFORDABILITY

REQUIREMENT
Rodeo Drive Apts. 14200 Rodeo Drive 99 99 Section 8, FHA 2065 Sherwood Villa Apts. 14900 Arlette Drive 101 101 Section 8, FHA 2069 Northgate Village Apts. 17251 Dante Street 68 68 Section 8, State, RDA 2060
Village Oak Apts. 14449 Begonia
Road 116 116 Section 42 Tax
Credit Units 2054
Northside Commons 16733 Sunhill Drive 82 83 Section 42 Tax Credit Units 2057
Kimberly Park Apts. 15135 Kimberly
Drive 132 132 Section 42 Tax
Credit Units 2034
Impressions at Valley
Center
15500 Midtown
Drive 99 100 CTAC, HOME,
RDA Perpetuity
Village at Victorville 16711 Chalon Road 79 80 CTAC 2061 Casa Bella Family
Apts.
16980 Nisqualli
Road 286 288 CTAC 2063
Rodeo Meadows 14152 Rodeo Drive 48 48 CTAC/RDA 2057
Rancho Seneca Apts. 14779 Seneca Road 200 200
Desert Haven 16959 Stoddard
Wells Road 31 31 NSP 2075
Total 1,341 1,346

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 6: At-Risk Affordable Housing
6-2

This page intentionally left blank.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-1

7. HOUSING PLAN
California Government Code, Section 65583(c), requires a program that sets forth a schedule of actions during the planning period that the local government is undertaking or intends to undertake to implement the policies and achieve the goals and objectives of the Housing Element. The goals, policies, and programs have been established to address the housing issues in the City and to meet State housing law requirements , including the identification of the agencies and officials responsible for the implementation of the various actions. The City’s overall objective is to ensure that decent, safe housing is available to current and future Victorville residents of all income levels.

The goals of this Housing Element are formulated based on information provided in Chapters 2, Community Profile, and 3, Housing Constraints, of this document and input from the City Council, Planning Commission, City staff, and members of the public. T he components of this section can be described as follows:
 Goals are the results that the City desires to achieve over the housing planning period.

They are general expressions of values or preferred outcomes, and therefore, are abstract in nature and may not be fully attained. The goals are the basis for City policies and actions during this period.
 Objectives are specific, action-oriented statements that mark progress toward goals.  Policies are specific statements that will gui de decision-making. Policies serve as the directives to developers, builders, service providers, decision makers and others who will initiate or review new develop ment projects or seek to pr ovide housing-related services in the City. Some policies stand alone as dire ctives, but others require that additional actions be taken. These additional actions are listed as "programs."  Programs/Activities/Actions are the core of the City's housing strategy.

Programs/Activities/Actions translate goals and policies into actions. These include on-going programs, procedural changes, zoning ordinance changes, and other actions that implement the housing policies and help achieve housing goals. Each program/activity/action identifies the funding source, responsible party, and timeframe for implementation.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-2
Goal 1: Encourage development of different housing
types to meet the City’s different needs
Encouraging development of a wide range of housing types is necessary to address the diverse needs of current and future Victorville residents.

To enable the development of various housing types, the City has identified two objectives:
 Objective A: Update the Land Use Element and Zoning Code to achieve compliance with current State laws and review and update the zoning code to facilitate the development of diverse housing options.
 Objective B: Streamline the housing development process.

Objective A: Update the Land Use Element and Zoning Code to achieve compliance with current State laws and review and update the zoning code to facilitate the development of diverse housing options
Updating the Land Use Element and Zoning Code to bring regulations and policies in compliance with current State laws and to allow for in creased residential development will create more opportunities for development of diverse housing options for residents of Victorville.

Policies
 HE-A.1: Identify residential zones where allowa ble density can be increased to support development of affordable housing, including for extremely low-income households.  HE-A.2: Offer a menu of density bonuses in exchang e for the provision of community benefits/amenities.
 HE-A.3: Identify commercial and residential zones where zoning can be changed to allow for mixed-use and/or higher density residential development (also Policy HE-P.1).  HE-A.4: Encourage the integration, on a community level, of housing constructed expressly for lower- and moderate-income households with high quality, market-rate residential development.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-3
Existing Programs
 EP-A.1: Facilitate Access to Density Bonuses. The City is updating its zoning code to ensure developers understand the benefits and ability to use a density bonus.  EP-A.2: Encourage Single-Family Home Development in Designated Areas. Single- family homes continue to be a popular housing choice for households with moderate and above moderate incomes. The City will continue to facilitate the development of single- family units to help households to build their wealth and to enjoy housing stability.  EP-A.3: Encourage Buffers and Transitions. For new residential developments, provide adequate buffers or transitions between residential uses and commercial, industrial, and institutional uses.
 EP-A.4: Adequate Setbacks. Provide for adequate setbacks in residential neighborhoods to ensure privacy and adequate light and air.

Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-A.1: Update the City’s Land Use Element and Zoning Ordinance. Incorporate changes to bring the City’s Land Use Elem ent and Zoning Ordinance into compliance with new State laws. Specifically, modify development standards and regulations to streamline and remove barriers to residentia l development (particularly affordable housing, accessory dwelling units (ADUs), emergency shelters, and transitional/supportive housing). These modified standards could include increasing R-4 development standards from 20 units per acre to 30 units per acre (See Proposed Program PP-A.4), reducing setback and lo t coverage standards, creating objective standards, and waiving developm ent impact fees, among others. Parking requirements for emergency shelters will be updated as part of the Zoning Ordinance amendment to be in compliance with Cali fornia Government Code , Section 655834. Additionally, any modified standards shall be directed toward meeting the social and economic needs of the community (also Proposed Program PP-H.3).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: Land Use Element will be updated in 2022. Zoning will be updated within 1 year and 90 days from receipt of comments from Housing and Community Development (HCD) on the draft Housing Element, to coincide with the City’s Land Use Element Update.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-4
 PP-A.2: Adopt a Density Bonus Ordinance and Create a Menu of Density Bonuses.

Pursuant to California Government Code Sect ion 65915, the City will adopt a legally compliant density bonus ordinance. In addition,T the City will identify appropriate density bonus levels to offer to developers in exch ange for the provision of certain community benefits and amenities. This program will allow for the development of a greater diversity of housing stock while also a ttracting private investment in the City’s affordable housing stock, streetscapes, parks and open spaces, and other community benefits as identified and prioritized by City Council.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: During the 6th CycleBy end of FY 2022-–23
 PP-A.3: Increase Zoning in Areas Zoned for Multi-Family. To encourage lower-income housing development throughout the City, particularly in resource-advantaged areas, the City will change zoning and land use designati ons to increase the allowable density in portions of the City’s High Density Residentia l (R3) and Very High Density Residential (R4) zones to allow up to 20 and 30 dwelling units per acre, respectively.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: Within 1 year and 90 days from receipt of comments from HCDom Housing and Community Development (HCD) on the draft Housing Element to coincide with the City's Land Use Element Update. Development standards will be updated to accommodate densities within a year of Land Use Element update approval.  PP-A.4: Change Zoning in Appropriate Commercial and Residential Zones. Pursuant to Chapter 8, Adequa te Sites Inventory An alysis and Methodolog y, of this Housing Element, rezone certain commercial zones in the West City, Baldy Mesa, Golden Triangle, and East Bear Valley Planning Areas, as well as the 7th St reet Commercial corridor to permit mixed-use development, in some cases allowing residential development up to 30 dwelling units per acre. The City is undertaking this rezo ning effort to encourage lower- income housing development in resource-advantaged portions of the Cityareas and to encourage revitalization of deteriorated and underutilized commercial areas throughout the City. Where rezoned areas include sites in the Site Inventory, the new zoning will permit owner-occupied and rental multifamily uses by right for developments in which 20percent% or more of the units are affo rdable to lower income households and will comply with the other by-right provisions of Government Code 65583.2 (h) and (i) (also Proposed Program PP-P.1).

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-5

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, City Council Timeframe: Within 1 year and 90 days from receipt of comments from HCD on the draft Housing Element, to coincide with the City’s Land Use Element Update

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-6
 PP-A.5: Encourage the Subdivision of Sites that are 10 Acres or Larger. Encouraging the subdivision of sites that are 10 acres or more can pr ovide more opportunities for development of affordable housing, which the Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) has determined is more feasible on sites between 0.5 and 10 acres in size. During the 5th Cycle period, the City recorded 26 tract maps and approved 27 tentative tract maps. The tentative tract ma ps, 24 of which were more than 10 acres in size, contributed to the development of mo re than 5,600 market-rate housing units. The relatively large number of s ubdivisions demonstrates the outsi zed role that subdivisions play in local residential development. The City will encourage the subdivision of large lots, particularly for affordable housing, by routinely giving high priority processing to subdivision maps that include affordable housing units. Additionally, the City will consider providing incentives, such as reduced setback and parking requirements, and increased allowable density, lot coverage, or floor area ratio.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with evaluation of effectiveness by mid-cycle (Fiscal Year 2024-– 25) and make revise programs A.5 and B.1 as appropriate to increase efficacy of the program within six6 months.
 PP-A.6: Continue to Encourage Single- Family Home Development in Designated Areas. Single-family homes continue to be a popular housing choice for households with moderate and above moderate inco mes. The City will cont inue to facilitate the development of single-family units to help h ouseholds to build their wealth and to enjoy housing stability.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.  PP-A.7: Encourage Buffers and Transitions. For new higher density residential developments, provide adequate buffers or transitions in relation to existing lower density residential uses, as well as to commercial, i ndustrial, and institutional uses that may be incompatible with residential use.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.  PP-A.8: Evaluate and Change Off-Street Parking Requirements. Evaluate existing off- street parking requirements and make a recommendation to reduce the number of

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-7
required off-street parking spaces for residential development that haswith lower parking demand, as appropriate.

Objective B: Streamline the housing development process The time and cost to permit projects is oft en a top constraint cited by developers because financing and interest costs increase the longer it takes to construct, sell, or rent a development.

Streamlining the development pr ocess will reduce the cost of development, increasing the financial feasibility of residential development, facilitating an increase in residential development.

Policies
 HE-B.1: Expedite the entitlement process for certain developments (affordable, condominiums, townhomes, etc.).
 HE-B.2: Evaluate the costs and benefit s of waiving, reducing, or deferring development fees, and identify opportunities to do so for certain development types.  HE-B.3: Increase certainty of entitlement pr ocedures and accessibility to resource information for developers.

Existing Programs
 EP-B.1: Planned Unit Development. The City allows developments with reduced standards for senior housing that generally allow for smaller lot sizes, while reduced yard and age restrictions allow the development to be more affordable and attractive to seniors on fixed incomes.

Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-B.1: Assist with Development of Low-Income Housing. To assist the development of housing for households with lower incomes, the City will seek to defer, reduce, or waive fees for land divisions, lot line adjustments, and Specific Plans proposing, or resulting in parcel sizes that facilitate, multi-family developments affordable to households with lower incomes (i.e., determined by the State to be 0.5–10 acres). The City will work with property owners and nonprofit develop ers to target and market the availability of sites with the best potential for development. In addi tion, the City will offer the following incentives for the development of affordable housing, including but not limited to:

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-8
o Streamlining and expediting of the approval process for land division for projects that include affordable housing units
o Ministerial review of lot line adjustments
o Deferral or waiver of fees related to t he subdivision for projects affordable to households with lower incomes
o Reduced setback and parking requirements
o Increased allowable density, lot coverage, and floor area ratio o Technical assistance to identify funding a nd with the modification of development requirements
o City staff will seek to have approximately 50% of the units developed as a result of this program in lower resource areas to serve existing lower income communities and minimize displacement and approximately 50% of the units developed as a result of this program in higher resource areas to prov ide greater opportunities to lower income households.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: Identify potential property owners, nonprofit developers, and available sites by end of FY 2022-–23. After that, market available sites and incentives on an Oongoingongoing basis with outreach one time per year basis throughout 6th Cycle.
 PP-B.2: Expedite Development. Expedite development of hous ing projects for seniors, people with disabilities, or people with low and moderate incomes. The City will consider waving or reducing fees for shelters/transitional and permanent supportive housing projects.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year. Consideration for fee waiver and reduction to be within 2 years of the Housing Element Update approval.  PP-B.3: Review the City’s Development Standards. The City will review their current development standards and will update as appropriate to encourage development. For example, the City will assess existing height limits to evaluate their impact on residential development and revise as needed to encourage the creation of additional housing within the City.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-9

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year. .Review development standards by the end of FY 2022-–23 and make revisions by the end of FY 2024-–25.  PP-B.4: Provide a Menu of Incentives/Concessions for Developers. To expedite the process of finding resources and incentives, Vi ctorville will seek to post an overview of available incentives/concessions and the application process for developers on the City’s website. The City will gather all informati on on available concessions for housing developers, including state, federal and local funding, density bonuses, reduced development and zoning standar ds, streamlining, etc. All information will then be presented in one place on the City’s website to provide a “one-stop shop” for developers.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: Within 2 years of the Housing Element Update approval. Gather information on the first year and develop the page on the second year. Page will be updated as appropriate.
 PP-B.5: Provide Permit Fee Information for Developers. The City’s website provides an online portal/fee estimator, a tool to l ook up zoning by property, most development and building fees, and the City’s zoning map, development code, and land use plans. In addition to the existing information, the City will add the current permit fees to the fee information available on the City’s website.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division
Timeframe: By the end of FY 2022-–23.
 PP-B.6: Senate Bill (SB) 35 Streamlined and Ministerial Approval Process. The City will establish a streamlined, ministerial review process for qualifying multi-family residential projects consistent with SB 35.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division
Timeframe: Within a year of adoption of the Housing Element

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-10
Goal 2: Maximize land utilization for residential
development
As is the case in many High Desert cities, Vi ctorville benefits from an availability of land.

However, with a growing demand for housing, it is important for the City to maximize land utilization for residential development. The City has identified the objective below in connection with this goal.

Objective C: Encourage the proper utilization of undeveloped/ underdeveloped residential areas of the City
There are residential areas in the City that are undeveloped or underdeveloped. Encouraging the proper utilization of these ar eas will help to maximize land ut ilization in locations currently being served by utilities and near services.

Policies
 HE-C.1: Promote infill development.
 HE-C.2: Promote residential development fully served by public services and utilities.

Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-C.1: Update the City’s Zoning Ordinance to Allow for Higher Densities in Areas with Underdeveloped/Underutilized Property. The City will update the current Zoning Ordinance to ensure that they are allo wing for higher density in areas with underdeveloped/underutilized property. Such as an update will maximize land utilization for residential development. This program will identify areas for higher density throughout the City to promote more inclusive communi ties, targeting 30% of units created through zoning updates in lower resour ce areas and 70% of units in higher opportunity areas to provide more opportunities for lower income households.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: Within 2 years of the Housing Element Update approval.  PP-C.2: Update the City’s Accessory Dwelling Unit ( ADU) Policies to Comply with Changes in State Law. Multiple State laws have been passed since 2019 establishing Statewide statewide standards for local regulations governing ADU development. State law requires that ADUs be allowed on any si ngle-family residential land, despite local ordinances or homeowners ’ association rules and requirement s, as well as multi-family

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-11
residential land. Additionally, State law requires jurisdicti ons to develop a plan to encourage and incentivize ADUs in an effort to address the current California housing crisis. The City will update the current ADU ordinance to ensure that the policies conform to State requirements, as established by Assembly Bill (AB) 3182 (2020), Senate Bill 13, AB 68, AB 881, AB 587, AB 670, and AB 671 (2019) . Such an update would modify the requirements of ADU development in the City , including restricti ons on unit sizes and allowance of ADUs in multi-family zones.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: 2022
 PP-C.3: Plan to Encourage ADUs. AB 671 requires local agencies’ housing elements to include a plan that promotes the creation of ADUs that can offer affordable rents for households with very low, lo w, or moderate incomes. As part of the ADU ordinance update (including public outreach), the City will also explore options to facilitate affordable housing options for ADUs. These options may include but are not limited to, such as tiny homes, throughout the City . The City will also explore in centives and tools to facilitate ADU construction, such as pre-approved ADU plans or kits, waived development impact fees, increased outreach and education, la rger unit square footage allowances and reduced setback and lot coverage standards in exchange for deed restrictions, among other incentives.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: 2022Research and explore options by end of Calendar Year (CY) 2022. Begin providing incentives by 2023. Evaluate potential extension of incentives at the end of the planning period.

Goal 3: Preserve existing housing stock
Preserving existing housing is as important as producing more housing. Older housing in the City may be naturally affordable (i.e., without subsidies), as priced by the housing market, because it may be priced at lower sales or rental price than new housing. Existing housing must be well maintained to provide quality housing across income levels.

To preserve the existing housing stock, the City has identified the following objectives:
 Objective D: Maintain and improve the physical co ndition of existing housing at all affordability levels and reduce disparities in housing conditions by household income.  Objective E: Preserve existing affordable housing to minimize displacement.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-12
Objective D: Maintain and improve the physical condition of existing housing at all affordability levels and reduce disparities in housing conditions by household income
The City intends to support the repair and maintenan ce of existing homes in the City to ensure that households living in existing homes can live in safe and sanitary conditions and to reduce the potential for loss of existing units from the City’s housing stock.

Policies
 HE-D.1: Encourage the maintenance and repair of existing renter- and owner-occupied housing to prevent deterioration through educational and outreac h programs on basic housing maintenance procedures and techniques.
 HE-D.2: The City will make available programs to assist property owners that can demonstrate financial need in the upgrading of their substandard units.  HE-D.3: Promote the replacement of substanda rd housing units that cannot be feasibly rehabilitated.
 HE-D.4: Coordinate code enforcement efforts with housing rehabili tation programs (including outreach and fair housing enforcement programming).  HE-D.5: Continue to require that all substandard units in the City be improved so that they comply, where required, with the existing Building Code (Also Policy HE-O.3).

Existing Programs
 EP-D.1: Federal Housing and Urban D evelopment (HUD) Senior/Disabled Home Repair Program Grants. The sponsor of this program is the Development Department of the City of Victorville. The program provides a one-time grant of labor and materials for eligible senior homeowners and homeowners with disabiliti es for minor home repairs.

Grant amounts are up to $15,000.
 EP-D.2: Repair Service Program for Senior Homeowners. This program is sponsored through Community Action Partnership. One-time grant of labor and ma terial for eligible homeowners for minor repairs and weatherization and insulation.  EP-D.3: Residential Rehabilitation Program. This program is designed to facilitate home improvements and/ or correct any health and safety or building code violations. The program offers low-interest, deferred loans to income eligible homeowners throughout the City; loan funds are limited.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-13
 EP-D.4: Code Enforcement Efforts. The City enforces the Ca lifornia Building Code Citywide for substandard units when in violation, including the demolition of buildings when such units cannot be brought up to code (also Existing Program EP-O.1).

Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-D.1: Enforce Existing Building and Safety Code. Continue to prioritize and enforce the existing Building and Sa fety Code (based on safety and blight), as required through existing—and, if necessary, expanded—c ode enforcement efforts (also Proposed Program PP-O.1).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund
Responsible Party: Building and Code Enforcement Divisions Timeframe: OngoingOngoing withand outreach at least one time per year  PP-D.2: Provide Technical Assistance for Rehabilitation Needs. Provide technical assistance and personal appoint ments to residents, includi ng seniors and people with disabilities, to help review their rehabilitation needs. Prioritize rehabilitation in concentrated areas of poverty and areas with more code enforcement citations, with a target for at least 50% of assisted units to be in such areas.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: Community Action Partnership, City General Fund, grants (if available), and CDBG Responsible Party: Building and Code Enforcement Divisions Timeframe: OngoingOngoing withand outreach at least one time per year.  PP-D.3: Support Nonprofits in Pursuing Rehabilitation Programs. Support nonprofit organizations in pursuing funding for resi dential rehabilitation programs and projects. In addition to providing a menu of incentives/concessions (See Proposed Program PP-B.4), the City will invite nonprofits to discuss the City’s plans, resources, and development opportunities every one to two years. As appropriate, the City will offer application assistance in the application for state and federal financial resources. This program will focus on concentrated areas of poverty and areas with more code enforcement citations, with a target for at least 50% of assisted units to be in such areas.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available, and CDBG Responsible Party: Building and Code Enforcement Divisions Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year. Identify nonprofits by end of CY 2022. Reach out to and meet with nonprofits at least every other year after that.  PP-D.4: Assist Resident s with Extremely Low, Very Low, and Low Incomes.

Continue to use CDBG, HOME Investment Partnerships (HOM E), and other funding sources for the City’s Residential Rehabilitation Program, which to assists residents with

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-14
extremely low, very low, and low income s with housing rehabilitation Citywide.

Additionally, the City will work to promote the importance of property maintenance to long- term housing quality and the availa bility of resources for resi dential rehabilitation. To do so, the City will revise its website with more information, if any, and work with the Public Information Officer to provide mo re information to local families and community groups .

This program will focus on concentrated ar eas of poverty and areas with more code enforcement citations, with a target for at least 50% of assisted units to be in such areas.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: CDBG, HOME, and Cal-Home
Responsible Party: Development Department, and San Bernardino County Housing Authority, and Public Information Officer
Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year. Review and make appropriate changes to website by end of FY 2021-22 CY 2022. Assistance and education will be oongoingOngoing with outreach one time per year throughout the planning period.
 PP-D.5: Advertise Rehabilitation Programs. Continue to use public mailers and the City website and add social media posts to the City’s accounts to advertise housing rehabilitation programs.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Development Department
Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.

Objective E: Preserve existing affordable housing to minimize displacement
Rent restriction agreements have expiration dates, after which the affordable housing units that they cover can be converted to market-rate rents. The City will work proactively to mitigate the potential loss of “at-risk” units due to conversion to market-rate units. The City will also explore ways to identify new ways to preserve naturally occurring affordable housing (i.e., units that do not have recorded affordability covenants).

Policies
 HE-E.1: Monitor affordable rental units at ri sk of converting to market rents and proactively reach out to property owners to discuss options.  HE-E.2: Monitor and participate in federal, Stat e, and local initiatives that address affordable housing preservation.
 HE-E.3: Provide information to property owners on financial incentives and public funding assistance for improvements.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-15
 HE-E.4: Work with property owners of existing assisted housing developments for lower- income households to determine methods to extend affordability covenants to preserve affordable units.
 HE-E.5: Work with nonprofit organizations that may acquire at-risk projects to extend affordability of existing assisted housing developments for lower-income households.  HE-E.6: Identify new and innovative ways to maintain affordability of, and rehabilitate and preserve, properties that provide naturally affordable housing.  HE-E.7: Provide replacement housing for any non-va cant residential units in the Sites Inventory that are currently occupied or have been occupied in the prior five years by, or subject to an affordability requirement for, a lower-income household.

Existing Programs
 EP-E.1: Housing Choice Rental Vouchers. This program provides assistance for renters in the City to have access to affordable housing throughout the City. The majority of the City’s Section 8 rental vouchers are provided to larger households. The County of San Bernardino Housing Authority manage s approximately 783 Section 8 household vouchers in Victorville. To ensure the affordability of its potential at-risk units, the County is working to extend the term of its existing vouchers and increase the number of vouchers during this planning period (also Existing Program EP-H.1).  EP-E.2: Conservation and Monitoring of Existing and Future Affordable Units. The City has an inventory of 1,341 publicly assisted housing units and performs annual monitoring to ensure compliance with their respective affordability covenants.

Additionally, tThe City will continue to preserve t he affordability of all 1,341 publicly assisted housing units.

Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-E.1: Housing Choice Vouchers. Continue to refer residents interested in Housing Choice rental vouchers to San Bernar dino County so renters can have access to affordable housing (also Proposed Program PP-H.1). Educate property owners throughout the City about housing choice v ouchers to encourage gr eater participation and to increase locational choices for voucher holders.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: Section 8
Responsible Party: City of Victorville and San Bernardino County Housing Authority Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-16
 PP-E.2: Continue the Conservation a nd Monitoring of Existing and Future Affordable Units. The City has an inventory of 1,341 publicly assisted housing units.

These units are deed restricted for long-term affordability. Between October 15, 2021, and October 15, 2029, no publicly assisted units are considered at ri sk of converting to market-rate housing. The City will continue to monitor and preserve the affordability of all 1,341 publicly assisted housing units.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: Section 8, CDBG, HOME, and any other source that may become available Responsible Party: Development Department
Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.  PP-E.3: Replacement Housing. The Sites Inventory includes two non-vacant sites with existing residential uses. Neither site is subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents. When hous ing development is proposed for these two non-vacant sites, City staff will determine whether current or prior site uses necessitate replacement affordable housing in accordance with Government Code, sSection 65915. If the current or prior site uses necessitate replacement affordable housing, the City will conduct an assessment of current uses on the non-vacant site, determine if any housing units exist, determine the income level of those housing units, and ensure that replacement housing units at similar income levels will be created, either by the proposed developer of the site or another party. Furthermore, to minimi ze displacement, City staff will encourage redevelopment of existing housing to build at least as many units as exist, in total and of lower-income housing, especially in lower resource areas.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: General Fund – City staff time. SSection 8, CDBG, HOME, and any other source that may become available – Creation of units.

Responsible Party: Development Department
Timeframe: Ongoing aAs development is proposed on non-vacant sites.

Goal 4: Encourage more affordable housing units
As in many other jurisdictions, housing producti on has not kept up with the City’s growth and demand, contributing to increased housing prices Citywide. There is a need for affordable housing for households with extremely low, ve ry low, low, and moderate incomes. New affordable housing opportunities are needed for Victorville to meet existing demand.

To provide more affordable housing, the City has identified the following objectives:
 Objective F: Secure local, State and federal affordable housing funds and assist developers to identify sources for affordable projects.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-17
 Objective G: Leverage existing, and seek new, City resources, such as vacant land and underutilized properties.
 Objective H: Promote various types of affordable housing.

Objective F: Secure local, State, and federal affordable housing funds and assist developers to identify funding sources for affordable projects funds
It is important for the City to secure affordable housing funds that it can use to help provide more affordable housing. Additionally, the City will work with affordable housing developers to identify and apply for other funding sources (i.e., for housi ng to serve populations with special needs).

State and federal funding sources are significantly limited and must be combined for affordable housing projects to achieve fin ancial feasibility. This collabo rative effort can bring more affordable housing to Victorville.

Policies
 HE-F.1: Apply and leverage State and federal grant and other funding sources. o The City will provide clear and concise information on the website regarding funding (e.g., CDBG and HOME funds) available to facilitate the development of affordable housing. o Staff will monitor State and fede ral grant notices of funding av ailability to identify all affordable housing grant opportunities for the City.
o Work with developers to identify projects for inclusion on State grant applications prior to preparing and submitting for State grants.
o
 HE-F.2: Analyze the feasibility of an Inclusi onary Housing Policy to create additional affordable units and/or generate local funding for affordable housing. o The analyzed policy would require that the development of new market-rate housing units include a percentage of uni ts that are affordable at s pecific income levels and possibly allow an in-lieu fee option to generate funding for the development of affordable housing in the City.
o Funds collected from in-lieu fees could be used for the following purposes:
o New construction of affordable housing
o Acquisition/rehabilitation of housing and addition of affordability covenants

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-18
o Permanent supportive housing/transitional and emergency shelters o Down payment assistance program
o Rental assistance programs
 HE-F.3: Explore establishing a Local Housing Tr ust, a Community Land Trust, or other nonprofit entity to pool resources and leverage additional funding to produce and preserve affordable housing:
o A Local Housing Trust or a Community Land Trust would help the City secure additional funding and/or land for a range of affordable housing activities.

Existing Programs
 EP-F.1: Existing Funding. The City has secured multiple sources of funding for development, including CDBG, HOME, and PL HA. Additionally, the City will start receiving ESG funds within the next 8-year period.

Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-F.1: Advertise Available Resources. In addition to providing funding opportunities related to U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD ) programs on the City’s website (See Proposed Program PP-B.4), funding opportunities will also be posted on all City social media accounts and include information on vacant surplus land currently owned by the City and information on local Opportuni ty Zones for the development of affordable housing (i.e., location, size, and zoning).
 This program will be available fo r developments throughout the City, while targeting higher resource areas due to thei r greater competitiveness for low income housing tax credits and to promote opportuniti es for lower income households, with a target of approximately 70% of units developed in such areas and approximately 30% of units in lower resource areas.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division and Development Department Timeframe: Within 2 years of the Housing Element Update approval with ongoingOngoing with outreach one time per year updates as new information becomes available. Gather and update funding and vacant land information oin the first year and begin posting updates oin the second year, with updates as appropriate.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-19
 PP-F.2: Monitor Grant Opportunities and Maximize Grant Applications. The City will access information from HCD and other Stat e agencies to identify grant application opportunities for affordable housing. When grant opportunities are known, the City will reach out to affordable housing stakeholders to identify proj ects and/or opportunities to include on grant applications.
 This program will be available for developments throughout the City and will focus on developers and sites in higher resource ar eas due to the greater competitiveness for low income housing tax credits and to promote opportunities for lower income households, with a target of approximately 70% of units developed in such areas and approximately 30% of units in lower resource areas.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Development Department – Planning Division Timeframe: Perform first check by end of FY 2022-–23. Subsequent checks will be performed quarterly and outreach to stakeholders will be performed as grants become available. OngoingOngoing withand outreach at least one time per year.  PP-F.3: Local Housing Trust. Study the availability of lo cal resources available to establish a Local Housing Trust, a Community Land Trust, or similar nonprofit entity. The Trust will serve the entire City, with a focu s on funding development in higher resource areas due to their greater competitiveness for low income housing tax credits and to promote opportunities for lower income hous eholds, with a target of approximately 70% of units developed in such areas and approximately 30% of units in lower resource areas.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Development Department, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: Within 4 years of the Housing Element Update approval  PP-F.4: Recurring Notice of Funding Availability. Issue a Notice of Funding Availability to advertise available funding for affordable ho using development (as f unds are available).

Applications will be evaluated for developments throughout the City, with a preference for higher resource areas due to their greater co mpetitiveness for low income housing tax credits and to promote opportunities for lo wer income households, with a target of approximately 70% of units developed in such areas and approximately 30% of units in lower resource areas.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-20

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: CDBG, HOME
Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: Annually (or as funds are available)
 PP-F.5: Community Revitalization and Investment Authority. Establish a Community Revitalization and Investment Authority (CRIA) in the Old Town area that would allow the City to use a portion of the property tax increm ent generated in that area to develop affordable housing and otherwise support the Old Town community’s revitalization , including projects to address homelessness. The CRIA would further the implementation of the Old Town Specific Plan and support new residential development in a low resource area while simultaneously supporting the enhancement of the area to promote an equitable quality of life. Im provements could include infrastructure, neighborhood walkability, access to transit, and other amenities (also Program PP-I.8).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: Self FundedSelf-funded and by Senate Bill (SB) 2 Planning Grant Responsible Party: Development Department, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: 2022
Objective G: Leverage existing, and seek new, City resources, such as vacant land and underutilized properties
It is important for the City to leverage available resources to help provide more affordable housing.

Policies
 HE-G.1: Leverage available resources, such as vacant land and underutilized properties to incentivize new housing development.
 HE-G.2: Seek to acquire vacant and underutilized infill parcels to be consolidated and leveraged as new sites for developers.

Existing Programs
 EP-G.1: Request for Proposals. The City has issued a Request for Proposals for development of properties it owns in the Old Town Specific Plan area.

Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-G.1: Publish Available Resources. Publicize resources via the City’s website and Request for Proposals to facilitate the developm ent of affordable City (land in Victorville owned by the City or another government entity) as resources are available. This

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-21
information can be published on the Menu of Incentives/Concessions (See Proposed Program PP-B.4).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: To be determined as State and federal funding sources become available.

Responsible Party: Development Department
Timeframe: Within two2 years of the Housing Element Update approval. Gather information oin the first year and develop the page oin the second year. Update information as appropriate. OngoingOngoing withand outreach at least one time per year.

Objective H: Promote various types of affordable housing The City works to achieve a diversity of housi ng available to households of all income levels Citywide, including housing for extremely low-income and very-low-income households and households with special needs (such as peopl e with disabilities and farmworkers). When households of all incomes throughout the City have opportunities to live near transit, employment opportunities, schools, and resources to meet the needs of daily living, the City can achieve make more balanced communities more balanced.

Policies
 HE-H.1: Encourage mixed-income developments ac cessible to residents with lower incomes Citywide, especially in resource-rich areas.
 HE-H.2: Seek and explore opportunities to encour age the development of the following types of affordable housing:
o Acquisition/rehabilitation projects
o Affordable housing for seniors
o Affordable housing with reasonable accomm odations and supportive services for people with disabilities
o Affordable owner-occupied housing types
o Mixed-use projects that have community-serving uses
 HE-H.3: Promote and facilitate new partnerships with various organizations with different housing needs that include but are not limited to the following:
o Religious institutions
o School districts
o Community college districts

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-22
o Healthcare companies
Existing Programs
 EP-H.1: Housing Choice Rental Vouchers. This program provides assistance for renters in the City to have access to affordable housing. The majority of the City’s Section 8 rental vouchers are provided to larger households. The County of San Bernardino Housing Authority manages approximately 783 Secti on 8 household vouchers in Victorville. To ensure the affordability of its potential at-risk units, the County is working to extend the term of its existing voucher s and increase the number of vouchers during this planning period (also Existing Program EP-E.1).

Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-H.1: Housing Choice Vouchers. Continue to refer residents interested in Housing Choice rental vouchers to San Bernar dino County so renters can have access to affordable housing (also Proposed Program PP-E.1).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: Section 8
Responsible Party: City of Victorville and San Bernardino County Housing Authority Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.  PP-H.2: Adopt Ordinances and Policies th at Encourage a Diverse Housing Stock for All Income Levels. Adopting or amending ordinances for Inclusionary Housing and permit streamlining can work together to encourage a diverse housing stock. See other objectives for proposed activities regarding such topics.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Development Department, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year. – Policies will be adopted at different times.
 PP-H.3: Update the City’s Land Use Element and Zoning Ordinance. Incorporate changes to bring the City’s Land Use Element and Zoning Ordinance into compliance with new State laws. Specifically, modify development standards and regulations to streamline and remove barriers to residential development (particularly affordable housing, accessory dwelling units (ADUs), emergency shelters, and transitional /supportive housing). These modified standards could include increasing R-4 development standards from 20 units per acre to 30 units per acre (See Proposed Prog ram PP-A.4), reduci ng setback and lot coverage standards, creating objective standards, and waiving development impact fees, among others. Parking requirements for emergency shelters will be updated as part of the Zoning Ordinance amendment to be in compliance with California Government Code ,

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-23
Section 655834. Additionally, any modified standards shall be directed toward meeting the social and economic needs of the community (also Proposed Program PP-A.1).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: Land Use Element will be updated in 2022. Within 1 year and 90 days from receipt of comments from HCD on the draft Housing Element to coincide with the City’s Land Use Element Update.

Goal 5: Maximize solutions for those experiencing or
at risk of homelessness
In Victorville, like across t he nation, the population of peopl e experiencing homelessness has significantly increased over the last decade, with sharp increases in the last 3 years. Between 2018 and 2020, the point-in-time counts indicate that the number of people experiencing homelessness increased by 71%. Homelessness is an issue that requires different types of interventions at different stages, including prevention, emergency services, and transitional services.

To maximize solutions for those currently expe riencing or at risk of homelessness, the City identified the following objectives:
 Objective I: Increase access to support services and transitional housing opportunities for people experiencing homelessness.
 Objective J: Increase tenant protections.

Objective I: Increase housing opportunities and access to support services for people experiencing homelessness
It is important for the City to address homelessness and provide support services for the current population of individuals experiencing homelessness.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-24
Policies
 HE-I.1: Comply with current State laws regard ing emergency shelters, transitional and supportive housing, group care facilities and other housing types.  HE-I.2: Provide support for individuals experiencing homelessness.  HE-I.3: Leverage available State and federal grant funding (e.g., Permanent Local Housing Allocation grant funds) to fund transitional housing solutions.  HE-I.4: Coordinate with San Bernardino County and surrounding cities to identify and fund long-term services and housing for those experiencing homelessness in the Victor Valley.  HE-I.5: Promote innovative strategies for transitional housing for individuals experiencing homelessness.
o Consider tiny homes as a housing solution for residents experiencing homelessness.  HE-I.6: Continue to cooperate with nonprofit organizations to provide emergency shelter and transitional and permanent supportive housing for residents experiencing homelessness.  HE-I.7: Reduce barriers to the development of emergency, transitional, and permanent supportive housing.

Existing Programs
 EP-I.1: Shelter Plus Care Program. The sponsor for this program is HUD. It provides rental assistance that is either tenant based, project based, or sponsor based to maximize independence for people who are disabled and experiencing homelessness.

Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-I.1: Update the City’s Zoning Ordina nce and Policies Related to Emergency Shelters, Low-Barrier Navigation Center s, Supportive Housing, and Group Care Facilities to Comply with Current Laws. The City will review and update the Zoning Ordinance and related policies pertaining to emergency shelters, Low-Barrier Navigation Centers, supportive housing, and group care faci lities to conform to State requirements, as modified in recent years by AB 139, AB 2162, Senate Bill 48, and other State laws.

Generally, this update would allo w these land uses in all of the City’s residential zones and with fewer conditions. Specifically, the Zoning Ordinance would be amended to:

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-25
o M odify parking requirements for emergency s helters to be limited to staff working at the facility, to and recognize transitional and suppo rtive housing projects as residential use of property subject to t he same restrictions as other residential property within the same zone;
o A llow residential care facilities with se ven or more people in zones that allow for residential uses and evaluate low density zones to assess the feasibility of permitting large residential care facilities to ensure that zoning regulations do not unduly constrain development of these facilities;
o Clarify that licensed and unlicensed resid ential care facilities for six or fewer persons are permitted in every residential zone that permits single family units; and o Ensure lot coverage, parking, and maximum height requirements do not constrain he development of emergency shelters.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: Within 1 year of Housing Element adoption
 PP-I.2: Wellness and Recuperative Center. The City’s Homelessness Solutions Task Force is planning for the development of a 168-bed Wellness and Recuperative Center, and has allocated Permanent Local Housing Al location State grant funding as a means to fund this project. Services would include recuperative care, dining, medical services, support services, and dog boarding.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: PLHA, Homekey, others
Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: 2023
 PP-I.3: Other Transitional Housing Options. Use State and federal funding to continue to provide assistance and make provisions for development of tr ansitional housing, shelters, single-room occupancy (SRO) hous ing and other forms of housing for people experiencing homelessness in the City. The Ci ty will ensure that such housing options include reasonable accommodations and supportive services for people with disabilities.

The City will seek to encourage the development of at least one SRO development within the Planning Period.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: To be determined as State and federal funding sources become available.

Responsible Party: Development Department
Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-26
 PP-I.4: Services for People Experiencing Homelessness. Continue to make information about services for people experiencing homelessness available on the City’s website and at City facilities.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Development Department
Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.  PP-I.5: Crisis Response Protocol. Explore establishing a Crisis Response Protocol for local service providers to r ender rapid crisis support, includ ing after-hour services for people experiencing or at risk of homelessness.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Development Department and City Council Timeframe: Within 2 years of the Housing Element Update approval.  PP-I.6: Work with Developers to Identify Innovative Solutions/Construction Techniques for Homeless Housing. Provide support to developers to explore innovative solutions and techniques, such as modular construction.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.  PP-I.7: Shared Housing. Reach out to other California cities currently implementing shared housing programs that help match individuals experiencing or at risk of homelessness and seniors for a mutually beneficial living situation. Individuals in need of housing can provide needed physical assistanc e around the home for seniors. Through these conversations and information sharing, determine the efficacy of these programs and consider establishing a pilot program in the City.

 PP-I.8: Community Revitalization and Investment Authority. Establish a Community Revitalization and Investment Authority in the Old Town area that would allow the City to use a portion of the property ta x increment generated in that area to develop affordable housing and otherwise support the Old Town community’s revitalization, including projects to address homelessness. The CRIA would further the implementation of the Old Town Specific Plan and support new residential development in a low resource area while

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-27
simultaneously supporting the enhancement of the area to promote an equitable quality of life. Improvements could include infrastructure, neighbor hood walkability, access to transit, and other amenities (also Policy PP-F.5).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: Self fundingSelf-funding and through SB 2 Planning Grant Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: 2022
Objective J: Increase Tenant Protections
The City will take feasible measures to mitigate the risk of experiencing future homelessness for the City’s most vulnerable communities.

Policies
 HE-J.1: Explore the feasibility and potential impacts of a Rent Stabilization Ordinance to provide protections from significant r ent increases and to prevent homelessness. This would include studying the curre nt rental market in the City, current need, costs to the City, and possible impacts to future rental housing development. The study shall then be considered by City Council.
 HE-J.2: Work with local nonprofit organizations to identify people experiencing or at risk of homelessness in vulnerable subpopulations in the City to navigate specialized services.  HE-J.3: Leverage local, State, and federal funding, as available, to maintain and continue rental assistance and financial assistance programs that were created to keep individuals housed and prevent homelessness during and following the COVID-19 pandemic and beyond.  HE-J.34: Explore occupancy standards to avoid overcrowded conditions.

Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-J.1: Cooperation with Comm unity-Based Organizations. Cooperate with community-based organizations that provide se rvices or information about services to any special needs groups , especially organizations serving low resource areas and concentrated areas of poverty . Additionally, explore t he creation of a community - led taskforce that works with the City on strategies, and solutions, and that tracks measurable outcomes (also Proposed Program PP-Q.2).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Community Services Department

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-28
Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year. Consider a community-led taskforce by the end of FY 2022–-23 and cooperate with community-based organizations on an ongoingongoing basis with outreach one time per year basis.

City staff to implement rent stabilization ordinance within two2 years of committee recommendations.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-29
 PP-J.2: Displacement Prevention. Minimize the displacement of households with lower incomes and special needs whenever possibl e and, where necessary, ensure that displacement is carried out in an equitable manner.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Development Department and City Council Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.

Goal 6. Encourage homeownership
Encouraging homeownership in Victorville is important to address the current and future needs of Victorville residents and to help residents build household wealth.

To encourage homeownership, the City identified the following objectives:
 Objective K: Increase the share of City residents who own the home where they live.  Objective L: Provide programs to increase affordable homeownership opportunities.

Objective K: Increase the share of City residents who own the home where they live
Increasing the share of Ci ty residents who own th e home where they live by reducing barriers to homeownership is im portant as Victorville residents have expressed they would like to own their homes.

Policies
 HE-K.1: Promote existing nonprofit, County, State, and federal educational programs and resources to increase homeownership oppor tunities and increase knowledge about homeownership.

Existing Programs
 EP-K.1: CalHome First Time Buyer Program. San Bernardino County offers down payment assistance via the Neighborhood Housing Services of the Inland Empire. The City refers residents to th is program for assistance. Program participants can purchase housing through the City.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-30
Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-K.1: Homeownership Education. Encourage homeownership through education, sharing information, and providing links to existing nonprofit, County, State, and federal resources on the City’s website. Many residents lack the knowledge about mortgages in addition to having limited financial resources.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: CDBG, City General Fund, and grants, if available Responsible Party: Development Department
Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.

Objective L: Provide programs to increase affordable
homeownership opportunities
Opportunities for homeownership must be included in the City’s affordable housing options.

Policies
 HE-L.1: Encourage the identification and implem entation of programs and development standards that support expanding and creating new forms of homeownership to provide more paths to ownership for first-time and lower-income homebuyers.  HE-L.2: Expand available State and federal funding sources for a down payment assistance program that is accessible to Victorville residents facing barriers to homeownership.  HE-L.3: Incentivize the development of affo rdable, diverse housing options (e.g., condominiums and townhomes) for ownership.

Existing Programs
 EP-L.1: Mortgage Assistance Program. The program provides assistance for homebuyers in the form of closing costs and/ or down payments, as funding is available.

Through this program, families with low to moderate incomes can obtain the needed assistance in financing the purchase of a home. The focus of this program is on first-time homebuyers transitioning from renter to owner status.

Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-L.1: Down Paymen t Assistance Program. Continue the mortgage assistance program and maximize funding for the program . Many residents have identified the lack of funds for a down payment as a major reason for not owning a home.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-31
Funding Source: Funded by program grant
Responsible Party: Development Department
Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.  PP-L.2: Development Impact Fee Deferral for Affordable For-Sale Housing Development. Explore the potential deferral of devel opment impact fees for affordable for-sale housing developments until close of escrow.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: General Fund
Responsible Party: Development Department
Timeframe: Within 4 years of Housing Element approval
 PP-L.3: Development Impact Fee Waiver for Old Town Victorville Area. Explore the potential waiver of development impact fees for all types of housing within Old Town.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: N/A
Responsible Party: Engineering Department and Planning Division Timeframe: 2024
Goal 7: Improve quality of life and promote
placemaking
The General Plan provides policy guidance to balance the needs of a growing city while enhancing qualify of life for current and future residents of Victorville. The Housing Element also provides guidance on how the City can enhance its communities and neighborhoods as growth occurs, such as ensuring its residents live in safe and healthy conditions.

To improve the quality of life and promote placemaking, the City identified the following objectives:
 Objective M: Encourage developments that w ill provide community benefits , especially in lower resource areas.
 Objective N: Increase community participation in the planning process.  Objective O: Address unhealthy housing conditions (e.g., lead, asbestos, overcrowding, mold, pest).
 Objective P: Rezone to improve the quality of life by allowing residential development within certain commercial areas.

Objective M: Encourage developments that will provide
community benefits, especially in lower resource areas

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-32
It is important for the City to encourage responsible development that provides benefits for residents.

Policies
 HE-M.1: Encourage placemaking and public spaces to serve residents of all incomes, interests, ages, physical abilities, and cultures.
 HE-M.2: Encourage infill development that inclu des capital improvements like sidewalk repair and lighting improvements.
 HE-M.3: Encourage development that includes acti ve transportation infrastructure like new and wider sidewalks and protected bike lanes.
 HE-M.4: Encourage the continued provision of open space to Victorville, such as developments that include green space for public use.
 HE-M.5: Encourage development that brings new community amenities like community meeting spaces, community health clinics, after school programs, childcare, etc.  HE-M.6: Develop partnerships with existing community organizations to expand accessibility to community amenities.
o Such community organizations can incl ude nonprofits, local churches, and local businesses.
o Partnerships can include prov iding assistance with outreac h, securing space to host events, etc.

Existing Programs
 EP-M.1: Existing Development and Design Standards. Title 16 of the City’s Municipal Code requires including amenities, particu larly common open space, in residential development, including in Planned Unit Deve lopment zones, for single-family residential development, and for multi-family residential development.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-33
Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-M.1: Update and Implement the City’s Land Use Element. The City will update its Land Use Element to encourage lower-income housing development throughout the City, particularly in resource-advantaged areas, as well as to encourage placemaking, public spaces, capital improvements, active tr ansportation infrastructure, and community amenities. The creation of the Old Town CRIA will support improvements to placemaking, public spaces, capital projects, active transportation infrastructure, and community amenities in the Old Town area, a low resource area and a racially or ethnically concentrated area of poverty.

Objective N: Increase community participation in the planning process
It is important for the City to encourage co mmunity-focused development to ensure the needs of its residents are met.

Policies
 HE-N.1: Allow for continued virtual meetings al ongside in-person publ ic meetings to enable more residents and other stakeholder s to participate in public meetings conveniently.
 HE-N.2: Require a community meeting for pr oposed Specific Plans and Planned Unit Developments as part of the entitlement process so community members can participate in the planning process.

Existing Programs
 EP- N.1: Promotion of participation through City newsletter, social media and City website. The City promotes events, public m eetings, and services on the City’s newsletter, social media sites, and its own website.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-34
Proposed Activities/Actions
 PP- N.1: Create and Implement Environmental Justice Element. The creation of the Environmental Justice Element will prov ide opportunities for increased community participation and feedback in the process and establish guidelines and recommendations to encourage community participation and feedback in future City efforts . This program will particularly benefit disadvantaged areas (also Proposed Program PP-Q.1).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: The City will update the Environmental Justice Element by 2022. Implementation will be ongoingoOngoing with outreach one time per year.  PP- N.2: Consider Providing Interpreta tion Services for Public Meetings. Consider providing Spanish interpretation during public meetings to increase participation through language accessibility.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Development Department and City Council Timeframe: The City will consider providing interpretation services in 2021. If approved, interpretation services will be oongoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.

Objective O: Address unhealthy conditions (e.g., lead, asbestos, overcrowding, mold, pest) to reduce housing quality disparities The City will encourage healthy and proper housing conditions for residents.

Policies
 HE-O.1: Provide information on the City’s website on safe housing conditions and tools to address unhealthy housing conditions.
 HE-O.2: Collaborate with local community or ganizations to outreach and provide assistance to City residents facing unhealthy housing conditions.  HE-O.3: Continue to require that all substandard units in the City be improved so that they comply, where required, with the existing Building Code (also Policy HE-D.5).

Existing Programs
 EP-O.1: Code Enforcement Efforts. The City enforces the California Building Code for substandard units when in violation, including the demolition of buildings when such units cannot be brought up to code (also Existing Program EP-D.4).

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-35
Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-O.1: Enforce Existing Building and Safety Code. Continue to enforce the existing Building and Safety Code, as required th rough existing—and, if necessary, expanded— code enforcement efforts (also Proposed Program PP-D.1).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund
Responsible Party: Building and Code Enforcement Divisions Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.  PP-O.2: Safe Housing Conditions Education. Collaborate with local community organizations, especially those serving lower resource areas, to educate Victorville residents on safe housing conditions and equip t hem with the necessary tools to report such conditions to code enforcement officials. This would include annual outreach to local community organizations to organize educational events for , and deliver educational materials to, the local community.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Building and Code Enforcement Divisions Timeframe: Identify local community organizations by end of FY 2022-–23. Outreach to local organizations on an annual basis afterward.Ongoing
 PP-O.3: Priority for Water and Sewer Serv ices and Delivery of Housing Element.

Consistent with SB 1087, the City will establish a written procedure to provide affordable housing with priority for wa ter and sewer services. Additi onally, in accordance with Government Code, Section 65589.7, as revised in 2005, immediately following City Council adoption, the City must deliver a copy of the 2021 -–2029 Housing Element to all public agencies or private entiti es that provide water or sewer services to prop erties within Victorvillethe City, a copy of the 2021-2029 Housing Element.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Water Department and Planning Division Timeframe: Establish affordable housing priority procedure within one year of adoption of the Housing Element. Deliver Housing Element to water agencies immediately after Housing Element adoption and no later than the end of FY 2021-–22.

Objective P: Rezone to improve the quality of life by creating more opportunities for mixed-use (residential and commercial) development

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-36
Rezone, where appropriate, to create more opportunities for mix ed-use (residential and commercial) development, particularly near amenities to improve the quality of life for residents of Victorville.

Policies
 HE-P.1: Identify commercial and residential zones where zoning can be changed to allow for mixed-use and/or higher density residential development (also Policy HE-A.3).  HE-P.2: Establish flexible mixed-use development standards to encourage new development in deteriorated commercial areas.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-37
Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP-P.1: Change Zoning in Appropriate Commercial and Residential Zones. Pursuant to Chapter 8 , Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology, of this Housing Element, rezone certain commercial zones in the West City, Baldy Mesa, Golden Triangle, and East Bear Valley Planning Ar eas, as well as the 7th Street Commercial corridor to permit mixed-us e development, in some cases allowing residential development up to 30 dwelling units per acre. The City is undertaking this rezoning effort to encourage lower-income housing development in resource-advantaged areas portions of the City and to encourage revitalization of deteriorated commercial areas throughout the City. Where rezoned areas include sites in the Site Inventory, the new zoning will permit owner-occupied and rental multifamily uses by right for developments in which 20% percent or more of the units are affordable to lower income households and will comply with the other by-right provisio ns of Government Code 65583.2 (h) and (i) (also Proposed Program PP-A.4).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: Local Early Action Planning Grant
Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, City Council Timeframe: Within 1 year and 90 days from receipt of comments from HCD on the draft Housing Element, to coincide with the City’s Land Use Element Update.

Goal 8: Affirmatively further fair housing
The City seeks to expand the range of housing opportunities, including for residents with low and moderate incomes, seniors, people with di sabilities, large fa milies, female-headed households with children, and people experiencing homelessness. To make adequate provision for the housing needs of all segments of the co mmunity, the City must ensure equal and fair housing opportunities avai lable to all residents. The City has identified the objective below in connection with this goal and to achieve compliance with AB 686.

Objective Q: Ensure equal housing opportunities for all residents, regardless of their special characteristics as protected under State and federal fair housing laws
To adequately meet the housing needs of all segments of the community, the City must promote housing opportunities for all residents.

Policies
 HE-Q.1: Fair/equitable housing opportunities and programs to help maintain and secure neighborhoods that have suffered foreclosures.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-38
 HE-Q.2: Continue to support ongoing efforts of the State and San Bernardino County to enforce fair housing laws.
 HE-Q.3: Promote housing opportunities for al l people regardless of protected characteristics, such as race , color, sex, national origin, religion, sexual orientation, disability, family status, marital status, income, and ancestry, thatancestry that can limit housing choice.
 HE-Q.4: Encourage the provision of housing to meet the needs of families of all sizes.  HE-Q.5: Facilitate increased participation am ong traditionally under-represented groups in the public decision-making process.
 HE-Q.6: Provide outreach and education for t he broader community of residents, residential property owners, and operators regarding fa ir housing practices and requirements.
 HE-Q.7: Outreach to developers and assist them in finding resources for the development of housing for special needs households.

Existing Programs
 EP-Q.1: Fair Housing Laws. The City contracts with the Inland Fair Housing and Mediation Board to provide investigation and counseling assistance to address the alleged violations of federal and State housing laws.
 EP-Q.2: Redlining Complaints. The City follows the establis hed protocol for referral of residents with redlining complaints to the appropriate authority.

Proposed Programs/Activities/Actions
 PP- Q.1: Create and Implement Environmental Justice Element. The creation of the Environmental Justice Element will prov ide opportunities for increased community participation and feedback in the process and establish guidelines and recommendations to encourage community participation and feedback in future City efforts . This program will particularly benefit disadvantaged areas (also Proposed Program PP-N.1).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Planning Division, Planning Commission, and City Council Timeframe: The City will update the Environmental Justice Element by 2022. Implementation will be ongoingongoing with outreach one time per year.  PP-Q.2: Cooperation with Community-Based Organizations. Cooperate with community-based organizations that provide se rvices or information about services to

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-39
any special needs groups. Additionally, explore the creation of a community led taskforce that works with the City on strategies , and solutions , and that tracks measurable outcomes (also Proposed Program PP-J.1).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Community Services Department
Timeframe: Consider a community-led taskforce by the end of FY 2022-–23 and cooperate with community-based organizations on an ongoingongoing basis with outreach one time per year basis.
 Cooperate with community-based organizations that provide services or information about services to any special needs groups (also Proposed Program PP-J.1).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding
Source:

City General Fund and grants, if available
Responsible
Party:

Community Services Department
 Timeframe:  Ongoing
 PEP-Q.3: Uphold Fair Housing Laws. Continue to contract with the Inland Fair Housing and Mediation Board to provide investigatio n and counseling assistance to address the alleged violations of federal and State housing laws.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: City General Fund and grants, if available Responsible Party: Development Department and Inland Fair Housing and Mediation Board Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.  PP-Q.4: Refer Redlining Complaints. Continue to follow the established protocol for referral of residents with redlining complaints to the appropriate authority.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: N/A
Responsible Party: Development Department
Timeframe: OngoingOngoing with outreach one time per year.  PP-Q.5: Encourage Special Needs Housing. The City will encourage housing for special needs households, incl uding persons with disabiliti es, including developmental disabilities. The City will proactively grant and/or assess the feasibility of:

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-40
o Adopting priority processing;
o Granting fee waivers or deferrals;
o Modifying development standards;
o Granting concessions and incentives for housing developments that include units affordable to special needs households;
o Assisting, supporting or pursuing f unding applications (See Objective F for programs related to funding); and
o Pursuing outreach and coordination with affordable housing developers (See Objective F for programs related to funding).

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: N/A
Responsible Party: Development Department
Timeframe: Annual; Begin efforts in FY 2022–-23.
 PEP-Q.64: Refer Redlining ComplaintsRemove Barriers for Renters . The City will review local ordinances and work to remo ve any barriers that keep residents from accessing safe and affordable housingContinue to follow the established protocol for referral of residents with redlining complain ts to the appropriate authority., such as redlining and crime -free multifamily housing ordinances.

SCHEDULE OF ACTIONS
Funding Source: N/AGeneral Fund
Responsible Party: Planning DivisionDevelopment Department Timeframe: OngoingReview local ordinances by end of FY 2022–-23 and make appropriate changes by the end of FY 2023-–24.

Quantified Objectives
California Government Code, Section 65583(B), requires jurisdictions to estimate the number of affordable housing opportunities t hat will be created over the planning period. The City of Victorville (City or Victorville) has two sets of numerical housing goals:
 Victorville’s portion of the Southern Californ ia Association of Governments Regional Housing Needs Assessment goals
 Quantified objectives for affordable housing production Victorville’s portion of the total Southern Cali fornia Association of Governments Regional Housing Needs Assessment requires adequate land resources to accommodate 8,165 new housing units, 2,871 of which are for households with low and very-low incomes. The Site

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-41
Inventory in this Housing Element presents an analysis of adequacy of available land resources for this Regional Housing Needs Assessment allocation.

The total housing needs identified often exceed available resources and the community’s ability to satisfy this need. Therefore, cities must establish quantified objectives for the actual creation of affordable housing opportunities and the pr ovision of other housi ng assistance. Such quantified objectives need not be identical to the total housing needs.

This section outlines policies and programs that range from streamlining to encourage housing development to homeless services and other housing assistance programs. While many programs and policies are essentia l to meeting the City’s housing needs by reducing barriers and creating opportunities for a balanced communi ty, they are qualitativ e. Other programs are quantitative in nature and allow for an estimate to be generated.

Based on quantitative programs and policies, the City reasonably expects that a total of 3,778620 households will be assisted, as summariz ed in Table 7-1 and detailed by program in Table 7-2.

Table 7-1. Quantified Objectives Summary

PROGRAM/ACTIVITY/ACTION EXTREMELY
LOW
VERY-

LOW LOW MODERATE ABOVE

MODERATE TOTAL
RHNA Allocation 1,735 1,136 1,504 3,790 8,165
New Construction 180205 191206 4384586 165 1,500 2,4745342 Rehabilitation (Housing Repair
Loans & Grants) 29 29 38 0 0 96
Housing Assistance 251261 136146 813823 0 2 1,202232
Housing Conservation (At-Risk
Housing) 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total 816876 1,2893197 165 1,502 3,7728620

Table 7-2. Quantified Objectives Details

PROGRAM/ACTIVITY/ACTION

NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS ASSISTED OR UNITS CREATED,

REHABILITATED, OR PRESERVED

EXTREMELY
LOW
VERY-

LOW LOW MODERATE ABOVE

MODERATE TOTAL
GOAL 1. ENCOURAGE DEVELOPMENT OF DIFFERENT HOUSING TYPES TO MEET THE CITY'S DIFFERENT NEEDS Update the City’s Land Use Element
and Zoning Ordinance 18 18 24 0 0 60
Adopt a Density Bonus Ordinance
and Create a Menu of Density
BonusesCreate a Menu of Density
Bonuses
15 15 20 0 0 50
Increase Zoning in Areas Zoned for
Multi-Family 0 0 40 0 400 440
Change Zoning in Appropriate
Commercial and Residential Zones 40 40 52 69 500 700
Encourage the Subdivision of Sites
that are 10 Acres or Larger 28 28 36 48 350 490
Continue to Encourage Single-
Family Home Development in
Designated Areas
0 0 0 0 12 12
Encourage Buffers and Transitions 0
Adequate Setbacks 0
Evaluate and Change Off-Street
Parking Requirements 0

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-42
Table 7-2. Quantified Objectives Details

PROGRAM/ACTIVITY/ACTION

NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS ASSISTED OR UNITS CREATED,

REHABILITATED, OR PRESERVED

EXTREMELY
LOW
VERY-

LOW LOW MODERATE ABOVE

MODERATE TOTAL
Assist with Development of Low-
Income Housing 1 4 9 88 0 0 101
Expedite Development 0 0 2 10 50 62
Review the City’s Development
Standards 0 0 1 3 12 16
Provide Permit Fee Information for
Developers 0
Notes:
1 Target to have 50% of units in lower resource areas and 50% of units in higher resource areas.

SB 35 Streamlined and Ministerial
Approval Process 0
Provide a Menu of
Incentives/Concessions for
Developers
0 GOAL 2. MAXIMIZE LAND UTILIZATION FOR RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT Update the City’s Zoning Ordinance
to Allow for Higher Densities in
Areas With
Underdeveloped/Underutilized
Property
2 015 015 20 0 150 150200
Update the City’s Accessory
Dwelling Unit (ADU) Policies to
Comply with Changes in State Law
1 4 35 0 0 40
Plan to Encourage and Incentivize
ADUs

GOAL 3. PRESERVED EXISTING HOUSING STOCK
Enforce Existing Building and Safety
Code
0 Provide Technical Assistance for
Rehabilitation Needs 3
0 Support Nonprofits in Pursuing
Rehabilitation Programs 3
0 Assist Residents with Extremely
Low, Very Low, and Low Incomes 3 29 29 38 0 0 96
Advertise Rehabilitation Programs 0
Housing Choice Rental Vouchers 33 81 813 0 0 927
Continue the Conservation and
Monitoring of Existing and Future
Affordable Units
0 Replacement Housing 0 0 1 0 0 1
GOAL 4. PROVIDE MORE AFFORDABLE HOUSING
Advertise Available Resources 2 0 0 0 1 6 7
Monitor Grant Opportunities and
Maximize Grant Applications 2 2 4 44 0 0 50
Local Housing Trust 2 0 1 7 34 0 42
Recurring Notice of Funding
Availability2
0 Community Revitalization and
Investment Authority 24 24 32 0 0 80
Publish Available Resources 0
Adopt Ordinances and Policies that
Encourage a Diverse Housing Stock 23 23 31 0 0 77
Update the City’s Land Use Element
and Zoning Ordinance
0 GOAL 5. MAXIMIZE SOLUTIONS FOR THOSE EXPERIENCING OR AT RISK OF HOMELESSNESS

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-43
Table 7-2. Quantified Objectives Details

PROGRAM/ACTIVITY/ACTION

NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS ASSISTED OR UNITS CREATED,

REHABILITATED, OR PRESERVED

EXTREMELY
LOW
VERY-

LOW LOW MODERATE ABOVE

MODERATE TOTAL
Update the City’s Zoning Ordinance
and Policies Related to Emergency
Shelters, Low-Barrier Navigation
Centers, Supportive Housing, and
Group Care Facilities to Comply with
Current Laws
25 25 25 0 0 75
Notes:
2 Target to have 30% of units in lower resource areas and 70% of units in higher resource areas. 3 Target to have at least 50% of assisted units in concentrated areas of poverty and areas with more code enforcement citations.

Wellness and Recuperative Center
14 168 0 0 0 0 168
Other Transitional Housing Options 50 50 0 0 0 100
Services for People Experiencing
Homelessness
0 Crisis Response Protocol 0
Work with Developers to Identify
Innovative Solutions/Construction
Techniques for Homeless Housing
0 Shared Housing 0 5 0 0 0 5
Cooperation with Community Based
Organizations
0 Displacement Prevention 0
GOAL 6. ENCOURAGE HOMEOWNERSHIP
Homeownership Education 0 0 0 0 2 2
Down Payment Assistance Program 0 0 0 0 0 0
Development Impact Fee Deferral
for Affordable For-Sale Housing
Development
0 0 0 0 20 20
Development Impact Fee Waiver for
Old Town Victorville Area 0 0 1 0 0 1
GOAL 7. IMPROVE QUALITY OF LIFE AND PROMOTE PLACEMAKING Update and Implement the City’s
Land Use Element Included in Goal 1 Program 0
Create and Implement
Environmental Justice Element
0 Safe Housing Conditions Education 5 5 5 0 0 015
Priority for Water and Sewer
Services and Delivery of Housing 0
GOAL 8. AFFIRMATIVELY FURTHER FAIR HOUSING
Create and Implement
Environmental Justice Element 0
Cooperation with Community-Based
Organization 5 5 5 0 0 015
Uphold Fair Housing Laws 0
Refer Redlining Complaints 0
Encourage Special Needs Housing 5 5 0 0 0 10
Remove Barriers for Renters 0
GOAL 8. AFFIRMATIVELY FURTHER FAIR HOUSING
Total 816876 1,2893197 165 1,502 3,7786220

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-44
Table 7-2. Quantified Objectives Details

PROGRAM/ACTIVITY/ACTION

NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS ASSISTED OR UNITS CREATED,

REHABILITATED, OR PRESERVED

EXTREMELY
LOW
VERY-

LOW LOW MODERATE ABOVE

MODERATE TOTAL
Notes:
1 Target to have 50% of units in lower resource areas and 50% of units in higher resource areas. 2 Target to have 30% of units in lower resource areas and 70% of units in higher resource areas. 3 Target to have at least 50% of assisted units in concentrated areas of poverty and areas with more code enforcement citations.
41 The City is in the process of opening the Wellness Center Campus, which will operate as a low-barrier, emergency shelter providing services to assist the homeless with income stabilization, community resources, and housing navigation. It will accommodate 168 beds for individuals and families and have case managers onsite to develop individualized service plans for individuals experiencing homelessness.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-45

This page intentionally left blank.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 7: Housing Plan
7-46
Table of Contents

7. Housing Plan .................................................................................................................. .... 1 Goal 1: Encourage development of different housing types to meet the City’s different needs ......................................................................................................................... ......... 2 Goal 2: Maximize land utilization for residential development ......................................... 109 Goal 3: Preserve existing housing stock ................................................................... 111110 Goal 4: Encourage more affordable housing units .................................................... 161615 Goal 5: Maximize solutions for those experiencing or at risk of homelessness ......... 232221 Goal 6. Encourage homeownership .......................................................................... 292726 Goal 7: Improve quality of life and promote placemaking .......................................... 312928 Goal 8: Affirmatively further fair housing ................................................................... 373533 Quantified Objectives ................................................................................................ 403836 Figures
No table of figures entries found.

Tables
Table 7-1. Quantified Objectives Summary ........................................................................ 413936 Table 7-2. Quantified Objectives Details............................................................................. 413937

Appendices
No table of figures entries found.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-1
8 ADEQUATE SITES INVENTORY

ANALYSIS AND METHODOLOGY
Housing Element law requires the City to identify sites suitable for development of all housing types, with capacity to satisfy the City’s housing needs for the current 2021–2029 6th Cycle Housing Element period. The Sites Inventory is an assessment of the City’s capacity for new housing development, which must demonstrate that the Regional Housing Needs Assessment ( RHNA) target of 8,165 housing units, including 2,871 lower-income (extremely low-, very-low-, and low- income) affordable units, can reasonably be achieved under the City’s current land use plans and zoning regulations, or with planned amendments thereto. Through the Sites Inventory for the 2021– 2029 planning period, the City has demonstrated that it has capacity for at least 15,314 housing units, including 4,788 housing units on sites adequate for lower-income housing based on criteria in California Government Code, Section 65583.2. A complete analysis of the Sites Inventory follows.

The Sites Inventory is included as Appendix C.

This capacity is largely available on vacant sites under current land use plans and zoning regulations. To encourage housing development in accordance with principles of sustainable communities and affirmatively furthering fair housing, the City has identified zoning and land use changes to permit higher-density housing in resource-advantaged areas. These areas are not necessarily “High Resource” areas, as defined for the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee (TCAC) / Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) Opportunity Map.

However, the areas score more highly in this regard relative to other portions of the City, and they provide proximity to resources and amenities, such as schools, parks, public services, and commercial uses. Sites dependent on such changes are identified.

Through its Sites Inventory, the City identified 158 sites that are adequate for development of housing and that have zoned housing capacity that is reasonably developable within the planning period or will have such capacity with planned zoning and land use changes. These sites have capacity for at least 15,314 net housing units under the sites’ existing zoning (or with a proposed zone change in certain circumstances), net of existing residential units on these sites. A subset of these sites meet the suitability criteria for sites adequate for lower -income (extremely low -, very -low-, and low -income) housing established by California Government Code, Section 65583.2. Out of the total 158 sites adequate for housing development, 51 sites meet the lower-income suitability criteria. These sites have zoned capacity for at least 4,788 net potential lower-income housing units, with some sites including moderate -income and above moderate-income units as part of mixed-income development.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-2

8.1 Summary of Sites Capacity
Table 8-1 includes a summary of the detailed inventory of vacant and underutilized sites as contained in the City’s Sites Inventory, Appendix C. Each identified site is adjacent to developed land, adjacent to another site that is adjacent to developed land, or is the subject of a proposed housing development project. Each site can be readily connected to the City’s existing infrastructure.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-3
Table 8-1. Summary of Sites Capacity

CURRENT
ZONING

PROPOSED

ZONING/

HOUSING
TYPE
SITE
COUNT
TOTAL
ACRES
MAX

DENSITY

REALISTIC

CAPACITY
(NET UNITS)

AFFORDABILITY NOTES
VACANT
R-1 No change 63 587.06 R-3 2,279 Above moderate
R-1 MU-2 8 98.64 30
240 Lower
233 Moderate
814 Above moderate
R-1 Mobile home 1 0.22 5 1 Lower
R-3 No change 3 67.02 20 218 Moderate 1
712 Above moderate 1
R-3 R-4 5 62.02 30 713 Lower
235 Moderate
R-4 No change 5 92.31 30
62 Lower 2, 3
144 Moderate 2
1,036 Above moderate 2
R-4 No change 7 46.52 30 1,114 Lower 4
Specific Plan,
low density No change 8 180.85 2–8 879 Above moderate
Specific Plan,
moderate
density
No change 1 0.16 15 2 Moderate
Specific Plan,
high density No change 22 95.14 30–48
1,134 Lower
701 Moderate
533 Above moderate
C-2/C-A MU-2 11 168.17 30
726 Lower
311 Moderate
798 Above moderate
PUD No change 4 143.23 5–7 91 Moderate
563 Above moderate
PUD MU-2 10 56.21 30 764 Lower
370 Moderate
Subtotals
4,754 Lower
2,305 Moderate
7,614 Above moderate
148 1,597.55 14,673 Total

NONVACANT
R-1 No change 1 4.68 5 2 Above moderate 5
R-1 MU-2 3 24.92 30 238 Moderate 6
360 Above moderate 6
Specific Plan,
moderate
density
No change 1 0.47 25 4 Above moderate 7
Specific Plan,
high density No change 1 0.86 48 33 Lower 8
R-1/Specific
Plan ADU 4 1.26 5 1 Lower
3 Above moderate
Subtotals
34 Lower
238 Moderate
369 Above moderate
10 32.21 641 Total
Total 158 1,629.75 15,314
Notes:
1 Current R-3 zoning allows 15 units per acre. City will update zoning code to allow up to 20 units per acre in R-3 zones. 2 Current R-4 zoning allows 20 units per acre. City will update zoning code to allow up to 30 units per acre in R-4 zones.

Projected buildout is based on a 20 units per acre maximum, as a conservative approach. 3 Lower-income units are projected on a Site to be built out at 20 units per acre. Though this does not meet the default density, a housing development is currently proposed for the Site that includes the lower-income units. 4 Current R-4 zoning allows 20 units per acre. City will update zoning code to allow up to 30 units per acre in R-4 zones.

Projected buildout is based on a 30 units per acre maximum.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-4
5 Proposed two-unit addition to a Site with an existing home. 6 Current uses include abandoned farmland and a single house. 7 Rebuild of a nonconforming, damaged, uninhabited and uninhabitable four-unit structure. 8 Current use is a parking lot.

8.2 Capacity Determination
Table 8-2 summarizes the City’s determination that there is sufficient capacity to accommodate the City’s RHNA by income and lists site categories representing land suitable and available for residential development, as defined in California Government Code, Section 65583.2(a).

Table 8-2. Capacity Determination

VERY LOW LOW MODERATE ABOVE

MODERATE TOTAL
RHNA 1,735 1,136 1,504 3,790 8,165
Entitled or Proposed Projects1 0 63 2 3,570 3,635
Accessory Dwelling Unit Potential 0 1 0 3 4
R-1, Single Family Residential
(Vacant, no zone change) 0 0 0 1,705 1,705
R-3, Multifamily Residential (Vacant,
no zone change) 0 0 218 0 218
R-4, Multifamily Residential (Vacant,
density calculated based on no zone
change)
0 0 144 576 720
PUD, Planned Unit Development 0 0 91 0 91
Old Town Specific Plan 317 176 45 0 538
Civic Center Specific Plan 402 272 656 533 1,863
Subtotal 719 512 1,156 6,387 8,774
Pre-Rezoning Surplus/(Shortfall) (1,016) (624) (348) 2,597 609

ADEQUATE SITES PROGRAM
R-1, Single Family Residential
(Vacant, rezone to higher density) 120 120 233 814 1,287 R-1, Single Family Residential (Non-
vacant, rezone to higher density) 0 0 238 360 598
R-3, Multifamily Residential (Vacant,
rezone to higher density) 516 197 235 0 948
R-4, Multifamily Residential (Vacant,
new development standard on
existing zone)
558 556 0 0 1,114
C-2 & C-A, Commercial & PUD,
Planned Unit Development (Vacant,
rezone to mixed use)
837 653 681 422 2,593
Subtotal 2,031 1,526 1,387 1,596 6,540

Total 2,750 2,038 2,543 7,983 15,314
Net Surplus/(Shortfall) 1,015 902 1,039 4,193 7,149
Net “Buffer” 59% 79% 69% 111% 88%
1 The proposed developments that represent the 63 low-income units include a 310-unit apartment development (62 low-income units) and a mobile home installation. Affordability was determined based on the apartment developer’s anticipated rents and a market survey of mobile home sale prices.

The 63 low-income units anticipated from proposed projects include 62 units that are part of a 310-unit proposed apartment development near the intersection of Seneca Road and Del Gado Road (Site 43) and a proposed mobile home installation ( Site 34). According to the apartmen developer for Site 43 , anticipated monthly rents are $633 for 1 -bedroom units, $749 for 2 - bedroom units,units, and $844 for 3-bedroom units. According toPer the State Income Limits for

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-5
2021 published by HCD on April 26, 2021 and the rent calculation specified in Health & Safety Code section 50053 ________, tThese rents qualify the units at 45% of Area Median Income (AMI). A survey conducted by Harris & Associates of mobile homes in the City listed for sale on realtor.com as of October 18, 2021 reflected a median sales price of $150,000. Factoring in average mortgage assumptions to estimate a mortgage payment , plus taxes, insurance, and average mobile home space rent in the City (the sum of which represents the housing costs for a mobile home) , this sales price corresponds approximately to a household with 60% of AMI , based on housing costs being 30% of income, per Health & Safety Code section 50052.5.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-6

8.3 Identification of Developable Sites and Potential
Capacity Methodologies
State law requires that each jurisdiction demonstrate sufficient zoned housing capacity to meet each Housing Element Cycle’s RHNA target. The City determines its housing capacity through a review of planned development and of vacant and non -vacant developable land throughout the City that may reasonably develop within the Housing Element planning period. It is important to note that the Site Inventory (Appendix C) includes more sites than necessary for the City’s allocated share of RHNA , as there is currently significant developable vacant land within the City’s boundaries. This approach, as recommended by HCD, is utilized because many factors will affect housing development feasibility, trends, and developer and property owner choices within the City . Additionally, mandating housing development on private property or property owned by other government agencies is not within the City’s authority or powers.

To prepare the Sites Inventory, the City utilized multiple data sources, including building permit and entitlement applications, the City’s interactive GIS portal (which incorporates data from the City’s zoning and land use designations, and location data identified by the City’s GIS Services Division), and the County of San Bernardino Fiscal Year 2020-21 equalized assessment roll.

The process of e valuating potential sites involved applying specified criteria to identify sites where planned/zoned residential capacity can realistically be achieved. Per California Government Code, Section 65583.2(a), the City i dentified the following types of sites as land suitable for residential development:
 Vacant sites zoned for residential use.
 Residentially zoned sites that are capable of being developed at a higher density than current zoning allows, including sites owned by the City, and for which the Housing Element includes a program to up-zone the site to permit higher-density residential use (Program PP-A.3).
 Sites zoned for nonresidential use that can be redeveloped for residential use and for which the Housing Element includes a program to rezone the site to permit residential use (Program PP-A.4).

Specifically, the City considered and included commercial zones in resource-advantaged areas as potential sites for rezoning to allow mixed-use development, as well as residential zones that allow low-density (up to 5 dwelling units per acre) or moderate-density development (up to 20 dwelling units per acre) as potential sites for upzoning to accommodate lower-income residential development at the City’s default lower-income housing density (30 dwelling units per acre). The City incorporated this step in recognition of changing demands for commercial development to adapt to changes in retail land uses (with the increasing popularity of e -commerce) and to plan

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-7
for lowe r-income, multifamily residential development to be located throughout the City, particularly in proximity to resources such as parks, schools, public services, and employment centers. The City compiled, organized, and mapped the Sites Inventory data into a separate GIS map, shown as Figure 8-1.

As stated above, through its Sites Inventory , the City identified 158 sites adequate for development of housing and that have housing capacity that is reasonably developable within the planning period or will have such capacity with planned zoning and land use changes. These sites have capacity for at least 15,314 net housing units under the sites’ existing zoning (or with a proposed zone change in certain circumstances). All of the sites have sufficient water, sewer, and dry utilities infrastructure available and accessible to support housing development. A complete description of the utility infrastructure is provided at the end of this chapter.

Sites with a proposed development are included if the developer has applied and/or received entitlement approval and is expected to receive a permit or certificate of occupancy after the beginning of the City’s RHNA Projection Period (i.e., June 30, 2021). In these cases, projected site densities are based on owner-proposed development densities.

For sites without a currently proposed development Otherwise, projected densities were estimated using a combination of are based on the following approach.

The City applied several factors to project a realistic development density:. The combination of factors used for each site factors that are dependent on thea site’s particularunique characteristics, including:
 specifically wWhether the site is or will be zoned for mixed-use development;  , wWhether the site is constrained by environmental conditions;, and  The size of the site’ssiz.

In addition to these factors, the City applied an 80% Realistic Capacity Factor to all sites without a currently proposed development.

The methodology utilized for the factors listed above is as follows:.  A Mixed-Use Factor for sites that are or will be zoned for mixed-use development. o While 100% residential development will be permissible in the City’s MU-2, mixed-use zone, this 67% factor accounts for the expectation that developers may want to include some commercial development, thereby reducing the residential development capacity.  An Environmental Factor for sites that overlap the Oro Grande Wash.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-8
o Ranging between 50% and 75%, depending on the site size and orientation to the Oro Grande Wash, this factor accounts for the expectation that no construction would occur on the Oro Grande Wash portion of these sites.
 An Acreage Factor for lower-income sites greater than 10 acres in size. o Ranging between 18% and 86%, this factor effectively only counts lower-income sites greater than 10 acres in size for the number of units that could be developed on 10 acres. This approach ensures that units are not over -counted. When large sites will be subdivided, per Prog ram PP-A.5, more units could be built on each site in the inventory.
 A Realistic Capacity Factor for all sites.
o The City has provided a listing of proposed development projects in various stages of the planning process currently in Table 8-3 on the following page. There are over 3,200 housing units proposed in the City. Based on an overview of The proposed development densitiesdensity of these projects—which generally range between from 75% and to 100% of zoned maximums for multifamily developments and between from 69% and to 99% of zoned maximums for single-family developments with more than 5 homes. Therefore, the City believes that market conditions (analyzed in other sections of this Housing Element), market demand, and developer interest provide evidence that a realistic density at this point in time is at least —this factor is set at 80% of zoned maximums for all sites that do not have a current proposed development. See Table 8 -3 lists the Sites with currently for details on proposed developments, along with their parcel size, zoning, and the capacity expected to be realized based on the proposed development densities. Because the weighted average realized capacities are 90% and 84%, the use of an 80% Realistic Capacity Factor is conservative.
o OAll of the proposed developments listed in Table 8-3, all are 100% market-rate, with the exception of for Site 43, which includeswill consist of 62 proposed low-income units and 248 market -rate units. City staff expects that affordable housing developments would generally have a density greater than or equal to or more thantheir market-rate counterpartsdevelopments due to density bonuses and public funding sources.

The City believes that the combination of these factors provides realistic estimates of potential development on the sites. Actual densities will depend on property owners and may exceed 100% of zoned maximums, if State-allowed density bonuses are utilized.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-9
Projected housing development counts are net of any existing residential units on the sites.

These “net potential units” are shown for each site in Table A, Housing Element Sites Inventory, in Appendix C.

Developable sites identified include vacant and n on-vacant sites with current or planned land use designations and zoning that permit residential uses, that are at least 4,000 square feet in size (smaller sites may be difficult to develop) , or for which the owners have applied for entitlement or a permit. Sites identified for lower-income capacity, in accordance with State law, generally have a parcel size of at least 0.5 acres and less than 10 acres and have a zoning designation that permits development density of 30 or more dwelling units per acre, which is the City’s default lower-income density pursuant to California Government Code, Section 65583.2.

The exceptions (i.e., sites identified for lower -income capacity that do not meet the above criteria) are listed in Section 8.14, Assembly Bill 1397 Requirements, with explanations providing evidence that the sites can be developed as lower-income housing, in accordance with California Government Code, Section 65583.2.

Table 8-3. Proposed Developments, City of Victorville
SITE

NUMBER APN ACREAGE CURRENT
ZONING
# UNITS
(ENTITLED OR

PROPOSED)
UNITS

ALLOWED

REALIZED

CAPACITY
(UNITS

PROPOSED
AS % OF
UNITS

ALLOWED)
MULTIFAMILY DEVELOPMENTS*
42 3106-201-36 29.33 R-3 440 440 100%
43 0396-401-01 20.53 R-4 310 411 75%
49 3092-401-01 11.34 R-4 212 227 93%
50 3090-501-01 19.48 R-3 272 292 93%
Weighted Average 90%
SINGLE-FAMILY DEVELOPMENTS*
21 0395-091-25 126.80 PUD 561 634 88%
23 3072-251-34 43.64 R-1 168 218 77%
24 3096-371-01 37.69 SP 147 188 78%
25 3133-111-01 38.86 R-1 135 194 70%
26 0395-221-10 21.50 R-1 74 108 69%
58 3096-361-02 14.46 R-1 55 72 76%
61 3134-561-16 8.28 R-1 37 41 90%
67 3096-014-01 24.21 SP 112 121 93%
71 3091-141-02 4.78 R-1 17 24 71%
72 3135-361-05 19.54 R-1 71 98 72%
115 0455-892-01 25.80 SP 180 181 99%
116 0455-892-02 14.00 SP 80 84 95%
117 0455-892-05 11.08 SP 55 66 83%
118 0455-882-01 22.65 SP 115 136 85%
119 0455-882-03 18.05 SP 75 90 83%
120 0455-882-07 27.37 SP 115 123 93%
Weighted Average 84%
*Site number 43 includes 62 low-income units. All other proposed developments are 100% market-rate. Based on the weighted average realized capacities for these proposed developments, the City applied an 80% Realistic Capacity Factor to forecast development for sites without a proposed development.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-10
To ensure that identified residential capacity can be achieved during the planning period, the following site “types” (i.e., sites with zoning that permits residential uses ) have been excluded from the list of potential housing sites:
 Sites with a small area (less than 4,000 square feet), difficult -to-develop shape, difficult- to-develop topography or that are located in the outskirts of the City, away from existing developed areas.
 Sites with income-restricted affordable units that are legally required to remain affordable through the Housing Element planning period under applicable deed restrictions or other legal covenants.
 Certain government-owned sites:
o City-owned sites that are needed for an existing or planned City use. o City-owned sites that are not currently utilized for City operations, but have not yet been identified as potentially surplus and suitable for sale (i.e., having potential not to be needed for an existing or planned City use).
o Sites that are owned by other government agencies (e.g., County of San Bernardino, State of California, federal government, Snowline Joint Unified School District) that may be needed for future public use, even if they are currently vacant.

Environmental constraints are factored into the Site s Inventory. Most sites are not impacted by any environmental constraints. More specifically, approximately 107 acres out of 126 gross acres on Site 21 is proposed for the development of 561 housing units and overlaps a 100-year flood zone. However, the proposed units will be developed outside of the flood zone area and the developer will construct a containment channel to reduce the risk of flooding.

Additionally, Sites 3, 5, 6, and 12 are located in a 500-year flood zone. This is a lower level of risk than the 100-year flood zone, and developers will be required to implement mitigation measures.

Finally, Sites 17C, 17D, 17E, and 17F partially overlap the Oro Grande Wash but are sufficiently large (ranging between 8.65 acres and 39.61 acres) that development can occur without building directly in the wash. In order to account for this, the projected site capacity in the Site Inventory for these properties has been reduced to account for this restriction. The applied Environmental Factor ranges between 50% and 75% for these Sites, corresponding to an approximation of the portion of the Site outside of the wash.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-11

8.4 Housing Capacity and Past Housing Production
by Community
For the purposes of assessing future development likelih ood, the City reviewed recent development by planning area . This review illuminates housing development interest and viability for different areas of the City.

8.4.1 Recent Past Housing Production by Community
The numbers of housing units with issued permits during the 5th Cycle Housing Element planning period to date are shown by planning area in Table 8-4. During this period, residential permitting in the City has occurred predominantly in the Baldy Mesa and West City Planning Areas, where over 65% of the total permitted units are located. Other popular Planning Areas for proposed development are West Bear Valley (18% of permitted units), East Bear Valley (10%), and Golden Triangle (7%). Notably, no multifamily developments were permitted during this period as there was a lack of developer interest. Consultations with the Building Industry Association, Inland Empire Chapter, reveal that local developers have been interested solely in developing single familysingle-family homes due to consumer demand and preferences, as well as the fact that prices for single familysingle-family homes are significantly lower and within reach of a larger population than in adjacent counties like Orange and Riverside.

Table 8-4. 2013-2021 Housing Units with Issued Permits by Planning Area PLANNING AREA1 SINGLE-FAMILY MULTI-FAMILY TOTAL PERCENT Baldy Mesa 532 0 532 28%
Central City 16 0 16 1%
Civic Center 1 0 1 <1%
East Bear Valley 186 0 186 10%
Golden Triangle 133 0 133 7%
Old Town 2 0 2 <1%
West Bear Valley 343 0 343 18%
West City 722 0 722 37%
TOTAL 1,935 0 1,935
Notes:
1 For the purposes of this table, the Old Town and Civic Center Specific Plan areas are treated as separate Planning Areas.

In the City’s Land Use Element, they are part of the Central City and West City Planning Areas, respectively.

For comparison, the City analyzed the sites in this 6th Cycle Housing Element Sites Inventory by Planning Area , as summarized in Table 8 -5. Similar to recent development, the Sites Inventory anticipates a significant number (47%) of units to be developed in the Baldy Mesa and West City areas. In contrast to development during the 5 th Cycle, the Sites Inventory is more diversified to encourage new residential development to serve all areas of the City. Specifically, the Sites Inventory includes 21% of units in the Golden Triangle Planning Area and 12% in each of the Civic Center and East Bear Valley Planning Areas.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-12
Table 8-5. 2021–2029 Site Inventory by Planning Area
PLANNING AREA1 SINGLE-FAMILY MULTI-FAMILY TOTAL PERCENT Baldy Mesa 1,007 1,373 2,380 16%
Central City 1 0 1 <1%
Civic Center 0 1,863 1,863 12%
East Bear Valley 451 1,326 1,777 12%
Golden Triangle 705 2,571 3,276 21%
Old Town 4 542 546 4%
West Bear Valley 198 469 667 4%
West City 1,740 3,064 4,804 31%
TOTAL 4,106 11,208 15,314
Notes:
1 For the purposes of this table, the Old Town and Civic Center Specific Plan areas are treated as separate Planning Areas.

In the City’s Land Use Element, they are part of the Central City and West City Planning Areas, respectively.

8.5 Housing Potential Assumptions – General
In general, the reasonable residential development potential of vacant and no n-vacant sites is assumed at 80% of maximum permitted density of the applicable zone, which is rounded down from the average based on recent, actual submitted and anticipated housing development applications (see Table 8 -3), with adjustments made for environmental considerations, expectations for mixed -use development, and expectations for partial large -site development.

The City expects that future housing development project applications will match the current trend of proposed residential densities near the maximum density allowed or will seek density bonuses as allowed by State law.

The City’s Zoning Code provides residential and mixed-use land use designations with maximum densities in dwelling units per acre. The Old Town and Civic Center Specific Plans offer a range of allowed densities, and the Old Town Specific Plan offers a density bonus for including affordable housing. The City enforces the zone maximum permitted residential density for projects that do not use the affordable housing density bonus program.

Projects seeking a higher-level discretionary permit are reviewed for project consistency with the General Plan and the associated Specific Plan. City staff encourages development projects to achieve densities as c lose as possible to the allowed maximums. Projects that propose to exceed the zone maximum permitted density are given the option to use the affordable housing density bonus program (or other related program), reduce the proposed density to the zone maximum, or apply for a rezone to increase the permitted residential density in order to proceed with permit processing. Projects that propose a density below the Specific Plan-permitted density would be given the option to revise the project to increase the proposed density or to proceed to a hearing to make their case for the lower proposed density to the permit decision maker. The City has not received any development proposals for less than the permitted density where that permitted density is a range.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-13

8.6 Housing Potential Methodology – Sites with
Commercial Zoning
A portion of the City’s reasonably developable housing capacity, as identified in the Sites Inventory, is attributable to vacant sites with zoning for commercial uses, specifically the General Commercial (C-2) and Administrative Professional Offices (C-A) zones. The total number and percentage of sites in the inventory with commercial zoning and their net potential units are shown in Table 8-6. More specifically, v acant sites currently zoned for commercial uses represent approximately 12% of potential units at all income levels and approximately 15% of potential lower-income units pursuant to the Sites Inventory. It is important to emphasize that all sites zoned for commercial uses included in th e Sites Inventory are vacant land and will be rezoned to permit mixed -use development as part of the Land Use Element Update currently in process and anticipated to be completed in 2022.

Table 8-6. Commercial Sites and Net Potential Units

SITES/UNITS
TOTALS
(ALL
ZONES)
TOTAL
LOWER
INCOME

COMMERCIAL
SITES % OF TOTAL

COMMERCIAL
– LOWER
INCOME
% OF TOTAL
LOWER
INCOME
Sites 158 51 11 7% 8 16%
Net Potential
Units 15,314 4,788 1,835 12% 726 15%

The City has utilized the following methodology to calculate realistic residential development potential on the commercially zoned sites:
 The City’s program to rezone the identified commercial areas would apply a zoning that allows mixed-use development with residential density up to 30 dwelling units per acre.

Notably site 14D is the site of a current , conceptual development proposal tentatively featuring 376 residences, equal to a net density of 10.5 dwelling units per acre, along with a commercial component.
 The residential capacity of the commercial sites is reduced by a factor of 67% to account for the anticipated reduction in residential development due to the inclusion of commercial uses. Several sites are located on the Oro Grande Wash and have a second factor of 50% to 75% (“Environmental Factor”) applied, corresponding to an approximation of the portion of the Site outside of the wash.
 Because the sites are anticipated to include affordable housing development, a further reduction to residential capacity is applied to those sites larger than 10 acres. Specifically, if the prior adjustments have not already reduced the site capacity below 300 dwelling

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-14
units (the capacity of 10 acres developed at 30 units per acre) , this adjustment reduces the site capacity to 300 dwelling units, i.e., as if only 10 acres were developed.  Finally, an 80% factor is applied to the site capacity, as it is to all other sites in the Sites Inventory.

The City’s program to encourage subdivision of high -density residential and mixed -use sites greater than 10 acres will increase capacity above what is projected.

8.6.1 Likelihood of Development of Sites with Commercial Zoning with Residential Uses
The actual proposed d evelopment projects that include both commercial and residential uses provides evidence of developer interest in building residential units on properties zoned for mixed-use development. One notable example is located on Site 14D; the developer sought to change the zoning to allow mixed-use development, even before the City began the Housing Element update. Another example is Site 17F, regarding which City staff received an email from a representative of a recent buyer of the site. The representative indicated that the new owner is interested in rezoning the property for residential development.

8.7 Consistency with Affirmatively Furthering
Fair Housing
The City has determined that the Sites Inventory is consistent with the City’s goals to further fair housing affirmatively. This evaluation is detailed in Appendix B, Affirmative ly Furthering Fair Housing, and summarized here.

The City’s Sites Inventory (including the City’s rezone strategy) will affirmatively further fair housing as residential sites are/will be (following zone changes) distributed across resource areas — including a higher share of lower-income units in the City’s TCAC/HCD moderate resource areas.

This distribution facilit ates housing development in areas with better access to jobs, transit, schools, public services, and other amenities. It is important to note that the City is pursuing all resources and methods for the revitalization of TCAC/HCD Low Resource areas, including the adoption of a Community Revitalization Investment Area (CRIA) as allowed by State Law.

8.8 Vacant Sites
The Sites Inventory identifies vacant developable residential sites throughout the City that can develop within the current RHNA cycle. Vacant sites currently zoned for residential uses or planned for rezoning to allow residential uses total 148 (94% of total sites) and facilitate the development of 14,673 future housing units (96% of total net potential units). All sites that the City plans to rezone are vacant.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-15
Twenty-seven vacant sites have been included in the Sites Inventory of the previous Housing Element cycle (see Section 8.14, Assembly Bill 1397 Requirements). However, it is important to note that none of the sites in the Sites Inventory were listed in the Sites Inventory of the two most recent Housing Element cycles.

8.9 Non-Vacant Sites
Only 10 sites listed in the Sites Inventory are not vacant, as defined in the Housing Element Sites Inventory Guidebook.

Site 4 is a parking lot and Sites 109, 110, and 125 contain abandoned farmland and a single house. The City expects development demand to be strong for these sites due to a significant planned development of the nearby St. Mary’s Medical Campus, which is planned as a 255-bed hospital and surrounding complementary uses.

The remaining six (6) non-vacant sites are included in the Site Inventory due to recent entitlement approvals or active development applications (no building permits have been issued to date). These developments include four ADUs, one subdivision resulting in two additional residential units, and one rebuild of a nonconforming, damaged, uninhabited, and uninhabitable four-unit structure. It is important to note that n one of the 10 non-vacant sites were included in the 5th Cycle Housing Element Sites Inventory.

8.9.1 Replacement Housing Requirements
California Government Code Section 65583.2(g)(3) requires that the following are subject to a policy requiring replacement units affordable to the same or lower income level:
 Sites that currently have residential uses; and
 Sites that had residential uses within the past five years which have had residential uses and have been vacated or demolished that:
o Are or were subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents to levels affordable to persons and families of low or very low income; o Are or were subject to any other form of rent or price control through a public entity’s valid exercise of its police power; or
o Are or were occupied by low or very low-income households.

Of the 10 non-vacant sites in the Sites Inventory, two have existing residential uses (excluding sites for which an ADU is proposed):
 Site 60 (15436 6th St.) – This property is a 0.5 acre lot. A three-unit residential structure was damaged by fire and has been demolished. A one-unit structure and a 2-car parking garage remain standing with a four-unit residential structure. The property It was last sold

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-16
in 2014 and is not subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restric ts rents.

The remaining residential structure is nonconforming, damaged, uninhabited, and uninhabitable. The property is currently listed for sale and the photographs on Zillow.com (October 2021) show the structure as boarded up and abandoned . , therefore it is assumed that tTheis structure is uninhabited and does not require replacement housing.  Site 125 (13112 Smoke Tree St.) – This property is made up of five acres of farmland with a single house. It was last sold in 2014 and is not subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents. The house on the property is currently habitable and has an active rental license. Howe ver, the City has no available record of the property being currently inhabited or the income levels of any residents that could be inhabiting it.

If it is determined that the residential unit is occupied by a lower-income household, then the unit will be replaced with a unit restricted for a lower -income household on the same or a nearby parcel.
 To ensure that any demolished units are replaced, the City is including a program for replacement units (See Policy HE-E.7 and Proposed Program PP-E.3). Pursuant to this program, Site 60 (15436 6th St.) – This property is a 0.5 acre lot with a four-unit residential structure. It was last sold in 2014 and is not subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents. The structure is nonconforming, damaged, uninhabited, and uninhabitable. The property is currently listed for sale and the photographs on Zillow.com (October 2021) show the structure as boarded up and abandoned, therefore it is assumed that this structure is uninhabited and does not require replacement housing. the City will review all available information continue to monitor for both propertiesstructures and will ensure that any needed replacement housing is provided for any units with lower-income households residing in the structures now or in the past five years.

8.118.10 Accessory Dwelling Units
The City’s Sites Inventory includes four sites on which the property owner has an application pending or entitlement approved, but not a building permit issued, for construction of an ADU or conversion of an existing structure (garage) to an ADU. These ADUs may be permitted and/or built before June 30, 2021. They are included as representative of other ADUs expected to be permitted during the Projection Period. The City has not counted additional credits for anticipated ADUs. While ADUs are permitted in the City, including on sites zoned for single-family residential use, there is not yet sufficient data on ADU building permits to adequately identify the likely rate

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-17
of future ADU construction. Therefore, the City is taking a conservative appro ach by projecting only the number of ADUs with a pending or approved application from 2020.

8.128.11 Assembly Bill 1486 City-Owned Land
AB 1486, signed into State law in 2019, expands surplus property requirements for State and local government agencies. The bill i ncludes amendments to the California Government Code to require that jurisdictions include government -owned sites that are zoned for residential use, vacant and non-vacant, in the Sites Inventory.

The City included four sites that it wholly or partially owns in the Sites Inventory, all of which are located in the Old Town area. The City is pursuing the adoption of a CRIA to help generate funding for affordable housing development in the Old Town area. It is anticipated that the formation of a CRIA will provide funding and planning efforts to develop affordable housing on the four sites.

For the purposes of this Sites Inventory, consistent with the provisions of AB 1486 regarding “exempt surplus land,” the following types of City-owned sites are not included in the inventory:
 Sites that are needed for existing or planned City use, including storm water drainage, water storage, and delivery
 Sites that have not been identified as potentially surplus and suitable for sale  Sites that have been acquired by the City in relation to a legal claim  Sites that are subject to a right-of-way easement that would need to be vacated by action of the City Council prior to potential housing permitting and development Sites that are potentially surplus and have potential for sale are included in the Sites Inventory in Appendix C. This group includes five sites, all of which have been offered for sale by the City in a Request for Proposals. These City -owned properties wi ll be subject to the disposition requirements in AB 1486 with which the City will fully comply.

8.138.12 Suitability of Sites for Moderate-Income
Housing
Housing Element law does not specify a minimum zoning requirement for moderate -income housing. Therefore, both moderate income and above-moderate income housing can be developed in all zones allowing residential development. As stated in Section 8.3, Identification of Developable Sites and Potential Capacity Methodologies, the City has identified sites generally suitable for housing development for both moderate-income and above-moderate-income housing, including sites in the following zones:

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-18
 Suburban Residential (S-R)
 Single Family Residential (R-1)
 Medium Density Residential (R-2)
 High Density Residential (R-3)
 Very High Density Residential (R-4)
 Mixed Density Residential (MDR)
 Residential Mobile Home Planned
Development (R-MPD)
 Planned Unit Development (PUD)
 Specific Plan (SP)
In addition, the sites that are currently zoned for commercial uses but planned for zone changes to allow for residential units (as described earlier in this chapter) would also allow for moderate- income and above-moderate-income housing.

8.148.13 Suitability of Sites for Lower-Income
Housing
The Sites Inventory identifies 4,788 total potential housing units on 51 sites that are suitable for lower-income housing development, based on the criteria established by Housing Element law and the HCD, with special considerations described below (Table 8-7). These units are attributed to sites that:
 Have a minimum zoned and/or des ignated residential density of 30 dwelling units per acre or for which the City has a program to allow such development on the sites , with several exceptions identified and explained below
 Have a minimum parcel size of 0.5 acres
 Have a maximum parcel size of 9.99 acres, with several exceptions identified and explained below
 Are vacant (the California Government Code allows the inclusion of non-vacant sites, but the City has elected to focus on vacant sites)
Table 8-7 quantifies the lower income Sites with special considerations: lower density Sites that the City will up-zone, commercial Sites that the City will rezone, and large (10+ acres) Sites with an Acreage Factor applied to project realistic capacity based on a 10-acre development.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-19
Table 8-7. Identified Sites Suitable for Lower-Income Housing

TOTAL
(ALL
INCOME

LEVELS)
TOTA L
LOWER
INCOME
LOWER DENSITY SITES1 COMMERCIAL SITES LARGE SITES
NUMBER
(% OF
TOTAL
LOWER

INCOME)
NUMBER
(% OF
TOTAL
LOWER

INCOME)
Vacant
Sites2 148 49 25 51% 8 16% 9 18%
Net
Potential
Units3
14,673 4,754 2,894 60% 726 15% 1,163 24%
Non-Vacant
Sites4 10 2 1 50% 0 0% 0 0%
Net
Potential
Units3
641 34 1 3% 0 0% 0 0%
Notes:
1 Includes sites zoned PUD, Planned Unit Development, and R-4, Very High Density Residential. The former does not have an inherent allowable density. The latter currently allows up to 20 units per acre. 2 Includes only vacant sites.
3 Includes only lower income units associated with the Sites. 4 Includes only non-vacant sites.

Site 43 is the site of a current proposal for the development of 310 units, including 62 lower-income housing units, equal to a total net density of approximately 15 units per acre . The proposal is conceptual as of the date of this Draft Housing Element, and additional details are pending.

In addition, 14 of the 51 sites identified for lower -income housing are considered relatively competitive for affordable housing funding since the y are located in a moderate resource area according to the 2021 TCAC/HCD Opportunity Area Maps. This is the highest resou rce level available in the City, according to the 2021 Opportunity Maps.

8.14.18.13.1 Sites Used in Previous Planning Periods’ Housing Elements
Twenty-seven vacant sites listed in the Site Inventory were previously included in the 5th Cycle Housing Element Sites Inventory. However, none of the sites in the Sites Inventory were included in the 4th Cycle Housing Element Sites Inventory. Additionally, ten (10) non-vacant sites are included in the current Sites Inventory. None of the m were included in the previous Housing Element Sites Inventory. Therefore, none of the sites in the Sites Inventory is subject to the requirements applicable to sites used in previous periods’ Housing Elements.

It should be noted that the Sites Inventory template does not allow one to choose “Used in Prior Housing Element – Vacant.” The City labeled the vacant sites that were identified in the 5th Cycle Sites Inventory as “Not used in prior Housing Element,” since that is the closest designation available. The City added notes to the Optional Information field to clarify the designation.

8.14.28.13.2 Sites Zoned/Designated for Adequate Density The City is considered a “metropolitan jurisdiction,” which designates a default lower-income housing density of 30 dwelling units per acre for sites to be considered suitable for lower-income

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-20
housing. The City’s zoning and land use designations use the residential density ranges shown in Table 8-8, as established by the City’s General Plan, Old Town Specific Plan, and Civic Center Specific Plan, and as codified in the City’s Municipal Code.

Table 8-8. Zone/Designation Housing Densities and Associated Density Ranges

HOUSING DENSITY DESCRIPTION CURRENT RESIDENTIAL

DENSITY RANGE

PROPOSED RESIDENTIAL

DENSITY RANGE
Single Family Residential (R1) Up to 5 dwelling units per acre Up to 5 dwelling units per acre3 Medium Density Residential (R2) Up to 8 dwelling units per acre 6–12 dwelling units per acre High Density Residential (R3) Up to 15 dwelling units per acre 12–20 dwelling units per acre Very High Density Residential (R4) Up to 20 dwelling units per acre 20–30 dwelling units per acre Old Town Specific Plan, Residential Medium-
High Density Up to 34 dwelling units per acre1 Up to 34 dwelling units per acre1 Old Town Specific Plan, Mixed-Use Retail Up to 48 dwelling units per acre1 Up to 48 dwelling units per acre1 Old Town Specific Plan, Mixed-Use Service Up to 48 dwelling units per acre1 Up to 48 dwelling units per acre1 Civic Center Specific Plan, Civic Mixed Up to 30 dwelling units per acre Up to 30 dwelling units per acre Civic Center Specific Plan, Civic Commons 20–30 dwelling units per acre 20–30 dwelling units per acre Vista Verde, Talon Ranch, and West Creek
Specific Plans (specific portions thereof) 2–8 dwelling units per acre NA Planned Unit Development (PUD)2 NA Up to 30 dwelling units per acre (Mixed Use 2)
General Commercial (C-2)2 NA Up to 30 dwelling units per acre (Mixed Use 2)
Notes:
1 With an affordable housing density bonus, per the Specific Plan. 2 Assumes rezoning to allow indicated residential development. 3 Up to 7 dwelling units per acre in the designated Infill Overlay Zone.

With the City’s rezoning program, all sites designated for lower -income housing development currently permit or will permit at least up 30 dwelling units per acre.

8.158.14 Assembly Bill 1397 Requirements
Adopted in 2017, AB 1397 implemented new requirements for the Sites Inventory regarding non- vacant sites that were identified in one previous Housing Element and vacant sites that were identified in two previous Housing Elements. In order to be eligible to be counted toward the City’s lower-income housing capacity without being subject to restrictions on discretionary review, these sites must meet both of the following criteria:
 Zoned to allow a maximum residential density consistent with the City’s default lower - income residential density of 30 dwelling units per acre; and  Allow residential use by right for housing developments in which at least 20% of the units are affordable to households with lower incomes.

Of the sites in the City’s current Sites Inventory, 27 vacant sites were identified in the 5th Cycle Housing Element Sites Inventory but no Sites were identified in the 4th Cycle Sites Inventory.

Further, AB 1397 requires that , if the “i nventory of land suitable and available for residential development” (which includes “s ites zoned for nonresidential use that can be redeveloped for residential use, and for which the Housing Element includes a program to rezone the site to

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-21
permit residential use”) does not identify sufficient capacity, then the City must include a program to rezone sites that can be developed for housing to accommodate t he “shortfall,” with specific program requirements that restrict the City’s review to a ministerial review. The City previously interpreteds this portion of AB 1397 and the “shortfall” to refer to programs for rezoning in a previous Housing Element cycle (meaning the 5th cycle in this case) that were not implemented, which does would not apply to the City.

In its September 17, 2021 review letter, HCD insisted on a different Another interpretation: is that the “shortfall” refers to the difference in the current Housing Element cycle (meaning the 6th cycle in this case) between the City’s RHNA and the Sites Inventory prior to any rezoning. The City understands that the HCD considers this interpretation correct. The City has sufficient vacant land zoned appropriately to fulfill its RHNA at all income levels without any rezoning.

However, the City has chosen to r ezone certain areas in order to further fair housing affirmatively, to encourage infill development, and to use City land more responsibly and resiliently. In accordance with HCD’s interpretation, t he City ’s programs to rezone sites (Proposed Programs PP -A.4 and PP -P.1) are designed to permit owner-occupied and rental multifamily residential use by right for developments in which at least 20 % of the units are affordable to lower income households.

To encourage affordable housing development throughout the City, particularly in resource - advantaged areas, the City designated 18 sites in the Sites Inventory that are zoned for commercial or PUD for rezoning and lower-income residential development . The 18 sites are located either in the Desert Valley Hospital area, directly west of Dunia Plaza, or in the Baldy Mesa Planning Area. The Housing Element includes a program (Program PP-A.4) to rezone commercial and PUD zones in these areas to allow mixed -use d evelopment, including higher -density residential development.

For the same reason of encouraging affordable housing throughout the City, the Sites Inventory contains 6 sites currently zoned at a lower density (R -1 or R -3) designated for rezoning to a higher density (a new R -4) and for lower -income residential development , as well as 7 sites currently zoned R -4 that can be considered to be rezoned when the City will increase its R -4 development standards from 20 units per acre to 30 units per acre (Program PP-A.4). These sites are located either close to the intersection of CA Route 18 and US Route 395 or just west of the Civic Center.

Under HCD’s interpretation, the City would be subject to an “Adequate Sites Program” applicable to the sites that will be rezoned to satisfy the lower-income RHNA. Specifically:
a. The Adequate Sites Program must accommodate 100% of the shortfall of sites necessary to accommodate the remaining lower-income housing need.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-22
b. The City must permit owner-occupied and rental multifamily uses by right for developments in which 20% or more of the units are affordable to lower-income households. c. The City must permit the development of at least 16 units per site. d. The City must permit a minimum of 20 dwelling units per acre. e. The City must ensure that either:

1. At least 50% of the shortfall of low - and very low-income regional housing need can be accommodated on sites designated for exclusively residential uses; or

2. All sites designated for mixed -uses must allow 100% residential use and require residential use to occupy at least 50% of the floor area in a mixed-use project.

As evidenced in this 6th Cycle Housing Element, the City has satisfied all of these requirements.

The Adequate Sites Program accommodate s 100% of the shortfall of site s necessary to accommodate the remaining lower -income housing need. Based on the City’s default density and the sites’ sizes, the City will permit 30 dwelling units per acre on the rezoned sites and at least 16 units per site. If required by HCD, the City will permit residential development by right for developments in which at least 20% of the units are affordable to lower-income households.

The City will adopt objective standards to apply in such circumstances. As shown in Table 8-9, more than 50% of the shortfall can be accommodated on sites designated for exclusively residential uses.

Table 8-9. Victorville Adequate Sites Program Summary

VERY LOW INCOME LOW INCOME
RHNA 1,735 1,136
Sites Inventory Capacity Prior to Rezoning 719 512
RHNA “Shortfall” 1,016 624
Adequate Sites Program 2,031 1,526
Sites Designated for Exclusively Residential Uses 1,194 873 Sites Designated for Mixed Use 837 653
Share of “Shortfall” Accommodated by Sites Designated for Exclusively Residential Uses 118% 140%

AB 1397 also requires that sites deemed adequate for lower -income housing should be more than 0.5 acre and less than 10 acres in size. The City’s Sites Inventory includes nine (9) sites that the City deems adequate for lower -income housing, even though they are la rger than 10 acres. The following explains the City’s rationale for including these sites, including the reasons to consider them adequate for lower-income housing development:

1. Site 15A is located in the Baldy Mesa Planning Area and is currently zoned for PUD. For the Sites Inventory, the site is projected to contain 240 units, approximately 53% of the maximum site capacity. (For this and the following calculations of “maximum site capacity,” an 80% Realistic Capacity Factor is incorporated.)

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-23
f. Site 16A is located in the West Bear Valley Planning Area and is split between two zones, High Density Residential (R-3) (up to 15 dwelling units per acre) and General Commercial (C-2). The Housing Element includes a planned program (Program PP -A.3) to allow higher-density residential development in High Density Residential (R-3) and Very High Density Residential (R-4) zones in portions of the City . Specifically, as planned in the Land Use Element, this site would be rezoned Very High Density Residential (R-4), which would be adjusted to allow up to 30 dwelling units per acre. This would enable lower - income residential development on the current High Density Residential (R-3) portion of this site. The City expects that the site would be subdivided yet only projects 240 units, approximately 45% of the High Density Residential (R3) portion of the site’s capacity at a 30 dwelling unit per acre density.
g. Site 17B is located west of Dunia Plaza and is zoned General Commercial (C-2). The Housing Element includes a program (Program PP -A.4) to rezone select General Commercial (C-2) sites to allow mixed-use with higher-density residential development, including lower-income residential development. The site is only slightly larger than 10 acres, at 10.16 acres. For the Sites Inventory, the site is projected to contain 163 units. This includes a 67% Mixed-Use Factor, even though the site is set back more than 500 feet from Bear Valley Road and is, therefore, a potential candidate for a 100% residential development. h. Site 17D is located west of Dunia Plaza and is zoned General Commercial (C-2). The Housing Element includes a program (Program PP -A.4) to rezone select General Commercial (C-2) sites to allow mixed-use with higher-density residential development, including lower -income residential development. For the Sites Inventory , the site is projected to be developed with a mix of uses, with commercial uses fronting Bear Valley Road and higher-density residential development behind the commercial uses. The site is projected to have 208 dwelling units, which includes a 67% Mixed -Use Factor and a 60% Environmental Factor for the Oro Grande Wash.
i. Site 17E is located west of Dunia Plaza and is zoned General Commercial (C-2). The Housing Element includes a program (Program PP -A.4) to rezone select General Commercial (C-2) sites to allow mixed-use with higher-density residential development, including lower -income residential development. For the Sites Inventory , the site is projected to be developed with a mix of uses, with commercial uses fronting Bear Valley Road and higher-density residential development behind the commercial uses. The site is projected to have 144 dwelling units, which includes a 67% Mixed -Use Factor and a 60% Environmental Factor for the Oro Grande Wash.
j. Site 17F is located west of Dunia Plaza and is zoned General Commercial (C-2). The Housing Element includes a program (Program PP -A.4) to rezone select General Commercial (C-2) sites to allow mixed-use with higher-density residential development, including lower-income residential development. The site significantly overlaps with the

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-24
Oro Grande Wash. For the Sites Inventory, the City projects that only a 10 -acre portion of the site would be developed with a residential use , resulting in 240 units . The site is sufficiently large to accommodate this even after accounting for a 67% Mixed-Use Factor and a 50% Environmental Factor.

The City received an email on June 7, 2021, from a representative of the recent buyer of this property asking about including the re -designation of this site for residential use in the General Plan Update. The buyer’s representative was probably unaware that the City had already announced this intention at a May 26, 2021 , Land Use Element workshop.

The City considers this inquiry as represen tative of increasing interest in developing residential uses in current commercial zones.
k. Site 18 is located in the West City Planning Area and is zoned High Density Residential (R3) (up to 15 dwelling units per acre). The Housing Element includes a planned program (Program PP -A.3) to allow higher -density residential development in High Density Residential (R-3) and Very High Density Residential ( R-4) zones within the West City area. Specifically, this site would be rezoned High Density Residential (R-4), which would be adjusted to allow up to 30 dwelling units per acre. This would enable lower -income residential development on this site. For the Sites Inventory, the City projects that the site would be developed with 240 units, approximately 79% of the site’s capacity at a 30 dwelling unit per acre density.
l. Site 43 is the subject of a current development proposal for 310 dwelling units, which include 62 proposed low-income units. The site is located between two existing multifamily developments.
m. Site 105 is located in the West City Planning Area. Although the site is currently zoned Single Family Residential (R-1), it is located within walking distance of commercial services and other c urrent or future high -density residential zones . For the Sites Inventory, the City projects that the site would be developed with 240 units, approximately 18% of the site’s capacity at a 30 dwelling unit per acre density.

The Housing Element includes a pro gram (Program PP-A.5) to encourage subdivision of the large, lower-income sites in the Sites Inventory. Because the Housing Element also includes a program (Program PP-A.4) to rezone these sites, the City anticipates that the rezoning will spur owners to re-evaluate their properties for potential subdivision.

8.168.15 Specific Plans
The Sites Inventory includes 34 sites located in Specific Plan areas, including 17 sites designated for lower -income housing. The lower-income sites are primarily located in the Old Town and Civic Center Specific Plan areas, with additional sites in the Vista Verde, Talon Ranch,

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-25
and West Creek Specific Plan areas. Table 8 -10 identifies the required information concerning the Specific Plans.

Table 8-10. Specific Plan Areas with Sites

SPECIFIC
PLAN
PLAN

APPROVAL
PLAN

EXPIRATION

APPROVED
OR

PENDING

PROJECTS

INDICATE

ANTICIPATED

AFFORDABILITY

OF THE UNITS
FOR

ANTICIPATED

PROJECTS

DEVELOPMENT

AGREEMENTS,

CONDITIONS, OR

REQUIREMENTS, SUCH

AS PHASING OR TIMING

REQUIREMENTS, THAT

IMPACT DEVELOPMENT
Civic Center Adopted April 5,
2016 NA None NA Green building practices
Old Town Adopted
November 2018 NA Sites 27, 60,
63 Moderate and
above moderate Development Standards
Talon Rach
Adopted
November 1989.

Amended
September 2002.

NA
Site 67

Above moderate Development Plan
Vista Verde
Adopted August
1992, Amended
July 2000
NA Site 24 Above moderate Environmental Resources,
Development Plan
West Creek Adopted July 6,
2004 NA Sites 115–
120 Above moderate Development Regulations
Entitlements will include a public Planning Commission hearing to review design, to review a site plan, and to make a CEQA determination.

8.178.16 Senate Bill 330 Requirements
Adopted in 2019, Senate Bill (SB) 330 implements new requirements applicable to the Sites Inventory to cons erve existing affordable housing units and units that are occupied by households with lower incomes. Pursuant to SB 330, sites with existing residential units cannot be counted toward the City’s lower -income capacity unless the City has adopted a mechanism to require replacement of existing units that are, or within the last 5 years were, affordable to households with low or very -low incomes or occupied by households with low or very -low incomes (referred to by SB 330 as “Protected Units”). All of the City’s sites identified for lower - income housing are vacant land ; a large lot with one, unprotected home on it ; a parking lot; or identified as adding an ADU, which the City has determined to be affordable to households with lower incomes. None of the sites in the Sites Inventory contains a Protected Unit.

8.188.17 Senate Bill 1333 Requirements – “No Net
Loss”
Recent modifications to Housing Element law adopted through SB 1333, known as the “No Net Loss” provisions, require that the City maintain adequat e capacity to accommodate the remaining unmet portion of its RHNA target for each of the income categories throughout the 8- year Housing Element planning period. The City must also monitor housing production as the planning period progresses, and ensure that the City does not reduce the housing capacity below

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-26
what is needed to meet its RHNA target by income level through either (1) adoption of reductions in allowable residential densities for sites identified in the Sites Inventory through community plan update/amendment or rezone, or (2) approval of development or building permits for sites identified in the inventory that authorize the construction or development of fewer units (by income level) than identified as possible in the inventory.

To address the intent of the “No Net Loss” provisions, in preparing its Sites Inventory, the City:
 Reduced the estimates of site housing capacity based on environmental features, expectations for mixed-use development, and expectations for partial large-site development.  Further reduced estimated site housing capacity to ensure estimates are conservative (80% of the net potential housing units).
 Identified enough sites with housing capacity to provide a substantial ( 88% overall and 67% for the lower-income levels) capacity buffer above its RHNA targets to ensure that the City maintains adequate capacity to meet its targets.

The City will monitor its Sites Inventory regularly through the Housing Element period and prepare the Annual Progress Reports to evaluate the City’s progress in permitting units in its Sites Inventory and to ensure that the City maintains sufficient housing capacity. As needed, the City will update its community plans and zoning to identify opportunities to increase housing capacity in a manner consistent with the General Plan.

8.198.18 Development Site Access to Water,
Sewer, and
Dry Utilities

8.19.18.18.1 Water and Sewer
The City provides water and wastewater services within the city limits of Victorville. The extent of the services currently provided and those that are planned into the future are detailed in the City’s 2020 Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) and 2016 Sewer Master Plan. Water resources in the region are under the control of the Mojave Water Authority, which regulates groundwater resources, and the importation of water from the State Water Project. Regional wastewater treatment is provided by the Victor Valley Water Reclamation Agency providing conveyance and treatment to Victorville and several other local communities. Approximately 20% of the wastewater generated in the City is sent to the City-owned Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plant.

Licensed engineers from Harris & Associates reviewed the UWMP and 2016 Sewer Master Plan and concluded that the existing infrastructure can accommodate the City’s RHNA target of 8,165 housing units. Such findings are explained in this section.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-27
As stated in the UWMP, the Victorville Water Division (VWD) has adequate water supplies to meet demands during average, single dry, and multiple dry years throughout the 25-year planning period.

VWD will continue aggressive water conservation efforts, increased use of recycled water to offset potable water demand, and participation in new water supply projects with the Mojave Water Authority to ensure supplies continue to meet current and projected demands.

A check with the Victor Valley Water Reclamation Agency indicated it had adequate wastewater treatment capacity, but could not offer a planning horizon for how long the capacity would be available. The Victor Valley Water Reclamation Agency is in the process of developing a master plan for its conveyance and treatment system. No time frame was offered when the master plan would be completed.

Through the UWMP and the 2016 Sewer Master Plan , the City plans the extension of water mains and sewer lines over the 25-year planning horizon into undeveloped and under-developed areas of the City and into its Sphere of Influence. New water mains and sewer lines in previously undeveloped and under-developed areas are installed by developers/property owners as part of the construction project. Connection fees are also assessed at the time of connection to the water main or sewer line that the developer/property owner purchases a portion of the water supply and treatment and the wastewater treatment and disposal. Water main service may or may not be immediately available at the proposed sites in the Sites Inventory as the City does not make this information readily available for security reasons. However, the UWMP states the City has adequate supplies to meet the growth demands of the City through the UWMP 25-year planning horizon. A comparison of the Sites Inventory with an existing sewer line indicates that all sites are reasonably near or adjacent to active sewer lines, except for Site 28, which appears to be a considerable distance from an active sewer line. Site 28 is included in the Sites Inventory because it is the site of a recently approved entitlement and is surrounded by developed sites on all four sides.

The UWMP does state that “VWD will not deny or put unreasonable conditions for water services, or reduce the amount of services applied for by a proposed development that includes housing unit affordable to households with lower incomes unless one of the following occurs:
 “VWD specifically find it does not have sufficient water supply.  “VWD is subject to a compliance order issued by the State that prohibits new water connections.
 “The applicant has failed to agree to reasonable terms and conditions relating to the provision of services.”

8.19.28.18.2 Dry Utilities
All sites in the inventory lie within the city limits of Victorville and are provided electrical service by Southern California Edison and natural gas service by Southwest Gas. Additional dry utilities include telecommunications providers, cable providers, and solid waste collection (Victorville

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-28
Disposal). As with water and sewer services, with development in the City gradually shifting to be more infill, new development will largely occur as infill in areas with existing utility infrastructure or in the newly developing areas that are located near developed areas with existing utility infrastructure.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-29

This page intentionally left blank.

2021–2029 Housing Element
Chapter 8: Adequate Sites Inventory Analysis and Methodology 8-30

Figure 8-1. Inventory Sites

APPENDIX A – PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT

This page intentionally left blank.

1 APPENDIX A - PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT
Government Code Section 65583(c)(7) requires that local governments “make a diligent effort to achieve public participation of all economic segments of the community in the development of the housing element.” Compliant with this requirement and in an effort to engage the City’s constituents in the planning process, the City of Victorville organized multiple activities, including a community survey, two community workshops held during special meetings held by the Planning Commission, a meeting with the Building Industry Association, and four meetings with local housing developers.

In order to promote all of these activities, the City used the City’s website, social media accounts, mailers, and their public email system. Furthermore, the City made sure to reach out to local stakeholders, including community organizations, to ensure all of the mediums used for feedback were accessible to everyone in our community.

Once all the feedback was compiled, the City summarized it to find the issues that were most pressing to the Victorville community, and used that information to steer the goals, policies, and proposed activities for the planning period. All of the activities and outreach materials are documented in this Appendix A, which includes the following:

Table of Contents
Public Engagement Plan .....
..................................................................................................... 3 Community Survey ................................................................................................................. 16 English Survey (Blank) .......................................................................................................... 17 Spanish Survey (Blank) ......................................................................................................... 33 English Survey Results Summary ......................................................................................... 49 Spanish Survey Results Summary ........................................................................................ 74 Archived Survey Items (City Website) ................................................................................... 75 Community Workshop #1 (February 1, 2021) ....................................................................... 77 Notices .................................................................................................................................. 78 Stakeholder List ..................................................................................................................... 91 Social Media Posts ................................................................................................................ 96 Meeting Agenda .................................................................................................................. 104 1 1

2 Presentation ........................................................................................................................ 107 Notes
................................................................................................................................... 146 Archived Meeting Items ....................................................................................................... 151 Building Industry Association Strategy Session (February 5, 2021) ............................... 153 Meeting Agenda .................................................................................................................. 154 Notes ................................................................................................................................... 156 Housing Developer Strategy Session #1 (March 9, 2021) ................................................. 159 Notes ................................................................................................................................... 160 Housing Developer Strategy Session #2 (March 10, 2021) ............................................... 164 Notes ................................................................................................................................... 165 Housing Developer Strategy Session #3 (March 10, 2021) ............................................... 168 Notes ................................................................................................................................... 169 Housing Developer Strategy Session #4 (March 12, 2021) ............................................... 173 Notes ................................................................................................................................... 174 Community Workshop #2 (March 15, 2021) ........................................................................ 178 Notices ................................................................................................................................ 179 Stakeholder List ................................................................................................................... 188 Social Media Posts .............................................................................................................. 193 Meeting Agenda .................................................................................................................. 201 Presentation ........................................................................................................................ 204 Workshop Zoom Chat ......................................................................................................... 262 Notes ................................................................................................................................... 267 Archived Meeting Items ....................................................................................................... 273 Other Public Comment ......................................................................................................... 276 Public Comment Response Summary ................................................................................. 277 Emails.................................................................................................................................. 282 2 PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT PLAN
3 3

Page 1 of 12 ends

Victorville City CouncilJanuary 18, 2022

Victorville City Council
January 18, 2022